[Illustration]




Steep Trails

by John Muir

California • Utah • Nevada • Washington
Oregon • The Grand Cañon

Contents

 EDITOR’S NOTE
 Steep Trails
 I. Wild Wool
 II. A Geologist’s Winter Walk
 III. Summer Days at Mount Shasta
 IV. A Perilous Night on Shasta’s Summit
 V. Shasta Rambles and Modoc Memories
 VI. The City of the Saints
 VII. A Great Storm in Utah
 VIII. Bathing in Salt Lake
 IX. Mormon Lilies
 X. The San Gabriel Valley
 XI. The San Gabriel Mountains
 XII. Nevada Farms
 XIII. Nevada Forests
 XIV. Nevada’s Timber Belt
 XV. Glacial Phenomena in Nevada
 XVI. Nevada’s Dead Towns
 XVII. Puget Sound
 XVIII. The Forests of Washington
 XIX. People and Towns of Puget Sound
 XX. An Ascent of Mount Rainier
 XXI. The Physical and Climatic Characteristics of Oregon
 XXII. The Forests of Oregon and their Inhabitants
 XXIII. The Rivers of Oregon
 XXIV. The Grand Cañon of the Colorado
 Footnotes:

[Illustration:
Mountain Sheep
(_Ovis nelsoni_)
From a drawing by Allan Brooks]

Illustrations

 Mountain Sheep (_Ovis nelsoni_)
 TISSIACK FROM GLACIER POINT: TENAYA CAÑON ON THE LEFT
 MOUNT SHASTA AFTER A SNOWSTORM
 AT SHASTA SODA SPRINGS
 IN THE WAHSATCH MOUNTAINS
 SEGO LILIES (_Calochortus Nuttallii_)
 SAN GABRIEL VALLEY
 THE SAGE LEVELS OF THE NEVADA DESERT
 MOUNT RAINIER FROM THE SODA SPRINGS
 THE OREGON SEA-BLUFFS
 CAPE HORN, COLUMBIA RIVER
 THE GRAND CAÑON AT O’NEILL’S POINT




EDITOR’S NOTE


The papers brought together in this volume have, in a general way, been
arranged in chronological sequence. They span a period of twenty-nine
years of Muir’s life, during which they appeared as letters and
articles, for the most part in publications of limited and local
circulation. The Utah and Nevada sketches, and the two San Gabriel
papers, were contributed, in the form of letters, to the _San Francisco
Evening Bulletin_ toward the end of the seventies. Written in the
field, they preserve the freshness of the author’s first impressions of
those regions. Much of the material in the chapters on Mount Shasta
first took similar shape in 1874. Subsequently it was rewritten and
much expanded for inclusion in _Picturesque California, and the Region
West of the Rocky Mountains_, which Muir began to edit in 1888. In the
same work appeared the description of Washington and Oregon. The
charming little essay “Wild Wool” was written for the _Overland
Monthly_ in 1875. “A Geologist’s Winter Walk” is an extract from a
letter to a friend, who, appreciating its fine literary quality, took
the responsibility of sending it to the _Overland Monthly_ without the
author’s knowledge. The concluding chapter on “The Grand Cañon of the
Colorado” was published in the _Century Magazine_ in 1902, and exhibits
Muir’s powers of description at their maturity.

Some of these papers were revised by the author during the later years
of his life, and these revisions are a part of the form in which they
now appear. The chapters on Mount Shasta, Oregon, and Washington will
be found to contain occasional sentences and a few paragraphs that were
included, more or less verbatim, in _The Mountains of California_ and
_Our National Parks_. Being an important part of their present context,
these paragraphs could not be omitted without impairing the unity of
the author’s descriptions.

The editor feels confident that this volume will meet, in every way,
the high expectations of Muir’s readers. The recital of his experiences
during a stormy night on the summit of Mount Shasta will take rank
among the most thrilling of his records of adventure. His observations
on the dead towns of Nevada, and on the Indians gathering their harvest
of pine nuts, recall a phase of Western life that has left few traces
in American literature. Many, too, will read with pensive interest the
author’s glowing description of what was one time called the New
Northwest. Almost inconceivably great have been the changes wrought in
that region during the past generation. Henceforth the landscapes that
Muir saw there will live in good part only in his writings, for fire,
axe, plough, and gunpowder have made away with the supposedly boundless
forest wildernesses and their teeming life.

WILLIAM FREDERIC BADÈ


Berkeley, California
_May_, 1918




STEEP TRAILS




I. Wild Wool


Moral improvers have calls to preach. I have a friend who has a call to
plough, and woe to the daisy sod or azalea thicket that falls under the
savage redemption of his keen steel shares. Not content with the
so-called subjugation of every terrestrial bog, rock, and moorland, he
would fain discover some method of reclamation applicable to the ocean
and the sky, that in due calendar time they might be brought to bud and
blossom as the rose. Our efforts are of no avail when we seek to turn
his attention to wild roses, or to the fact that both ocean and sky are
already about as rosy as possible—the one with stars, the other with
dulse, and foam, and wild light. The practical developments of his
culture are orchards and clover-fields wearing a smiling, benevolent
aspect, truly excellent in their way, though a near view discloses
something barbarous in them all. Wildness charms not my friend, charm
it never so wisely: and whatsoever may be the character of his heaven,
his earth seems only a chaos of agricultural possibilities calling for
grubbing-hoes and manures.

Sometimes I venture to approach him with a plea for wildness, when he
good-naturedly shakes a big mellow apple in my face, reiterating his
favorite aphorism, “Culture is an orchard apple; Nature is a crab.” Not
all culture, however, is equally destructive and inappreciative. Azure
skies and crystal waters find loving recognition, and few there be who
would welcome the axe among mountain pines, or would care to apply any
correction to the tones and costumes of mountain waterfalls.
Nevertheless, the barbarous notion is almost universally entertained by
civilized man, that there is in all the manufactures of Nature
something essentially coarse which can and must be eradicated by human
culture. I was, therefore, delighted in finding that the wild wool
growing upon mountain sheep in the neighborhood of Mount Shasta was
much finer than the average grades of cultivated wool. This FINE
discovery was made some three months ago[1], while hunting among the
Shasta sheep between Shasta and Lower Klamath Lake. Three fleeces were
obtained—one that belonged to a large ram about four years old, another
to a ewe about the same age, and another to a yearling lamb. After
parting their beautiful wool on the side and many places along the
back, shoulders, and hips, and examining it closely with my lens, I
shouted: “Well done for wildness! Wild wool is finer than tame!”

My companions stooped down and examined the fleeces for themselves,
pulling out tufts and ringlets, spinning them between their fingers,
and measuring the length of the staple, each in turn paying tribute to
wildness. It WAS finer, and no mistake; finer than Spanish Merino. Wild
wool IS finer than tame.

“Here,” said I, “is an argument for fine wildness that needs no
explanation. Not that such arguments are by any means rare, for all
wildness is finer than tameness, but because fine wool is appreciable
by everybody alike—from the most speculative president of national
wool-growers’ associations all the way down to the gude-wife spinning
by her ingleside.”

Nature is a good mother, and sees well to the clothing of her many
bairns—birds with smoothly imbricated feathers, beetles with shining
jackets, and bears with shaggy furs. In the tropical south, where the
sun warms like a fire, they are allowed to go thinly clad; but in the
snowy northland she takes care to clothe warmly. The squirrel has socks
and mittens, and a tail broad enough for a blanket; the grouse is
densely feathered down to the ends of his toes; and the wild sheep,
besides his undergarment of fine wool, has a thick overcoat of hair
that sheds off both the snow and the rain. Other provisions and
adaptations in the dresses of animals, relating less to climate than to
the more mechanical circumstances of life, are made with the same
consummate skill that characterizes all the love work of Nature. Land,
water, and air, jagged rocks, muddy ground, sand beds, forests,
underbrush, grassy plains, etc., are considered in all their possible
combinations while the clothing of her beautiful wildlings is
preparing. No matter what the circumstances of their lives may be, she
never allows them to go dirty or ragged. The mole, living always in the
dark and in the dirt, is yet as clean as the otter or the wave-washed
seal; and our wild sheep, wading in snow, roaming through bushes, and
leaping among jagged storm-beaten cliffs, wears a dress so exquisitely
adapted to its mountain life that it is always found as unruffled and
stainless as a bird.

On leaving the Shasta hunting grounds I selected a few specimen tufts,
and brought them away with a view to making more leisurely
examinations; but, owing to the imperfectness of the instruments at my
command, the results thus far obtained must be regarded only as rough
approximations.

As already stated, the clothing of our wild sheep is composed of fine
wool and coarse hair. The hairs are from about two to four inches long,
mostly of a dull bluish-gray color, though varying somewhat with the
seasons. In general characteristics they are closely related to the
hairs of the deer and antelope, being light, spongy, and elastic, with
a highly polished surface, and though somewhat ridged and spiraled,
like wool, they do not manifest the slightest tendency to felt or
become taggy. A hair two and a half inches long, which is perhaps near
the average length, will stretch about one fourth of an inch before
breaking. The diameter decreases rapidly both at the top and bottom,
but is maintained throughout the greater portion of the length with a
fair degree of regularity. The slender tapering point in which the
hairs terminate is nearly black: but, owing to its fineness as compared
with the main trunk, the quantity of blackness is not sufficient to
affect greatly the general color. The number of hairs growing upon a
square inch is about ten thousand; the number of wool fibers is about
twenty-five thousand, or two and a half times that of the hairs. The
wool fibers are white and glossy, and beautifully spired into ringlets.
The average length of the staple is about an inch and a half. A fiber
of this length, when growing undisturbed down among the hairs, measures
about an inch; hence the degree of curliness may easily be inferred. I
regret exceedingly that my instruments do not enable me to measure the
diameter of the fibers, in order that their degrees of fineness might
be definitely compared with each other and with the finest of the
domestic breeds; but that the three wild fleeces under consideration
are considerably finer than the average grades of Merino shipped from
San Francisco is, I think, unquestionable.

When the fleece is parted and looked into with a good lens, the skin
appears of a beautiful pale-yellow color, and the delicate wool fibers
are seen growing up among the strong hairs, like grass among stalks of
corn, every individual fiber being protected about as specially and
effectively as if inclosed in a separate husk. Wild wool is too fine to
stand by itself, the fibers being about as frail and invisible as the
floating threads of spiders, while the hairs against which they lean
stand erect like hazel wands; but, notwithstanding their great
dissimilarity in size and appearance, the wool and hair are forms of
the same thing, modified in just that way and to just that degree that
renders them most perfectly subservient to the well-being of the sheep.
Furthermore, it will be observed that these wild modifications are
entirely distinct from those which are brought chancingly into
existence through the accidents and caprices of culture; the former
being inventions of God for the attainment of definite ends. Like the
modifications of limbs—the fin for swimming, the wing for flying, the
foot for walking—so the fine wool for warmth, the hair for additional
warmth and to protect the wool, and both together for a fabric to wear
well in mountain roughness and wash well in mountain storms.

The effects of human culture upon wild wool are analogous to those
produced upon wild roses. In the one case there is an abnormal
development of petals at the expense of the stamens, in the other an
abnormal development of wool at the expense of the hair. Garden roses
frequently exhibit stamens in which the transmutation to petals may be
observed in various stages of accomplishment, and analogously the
fleeces of tame sheep occasionally contain a few wild hairs that are
undergoing transmutation to wool. Even wild wool presents here and
there a fiber that appears to be in a state of change. In the course of
my examinations of the wild fleeces mentioned above, three fibers were
found that were wool at one end and hair at the other. This, however,
does not necessarily imply imperfection, or any process of change
similar to that caused by human culture. Water lilies contain parts
variously developed into stamens at one end, petals at the other, as
the constant and normal condition. These half wool, half hair fibers
may therefore subserve some fixed requirement essential to the
perfection of the whole, or they may simply be the fine boundary-lines
where and exact balance between the wool and the hair is attained.

I have been offering samples of mountain wool to my friends, demanding
in return that the fineness of wildness be fairly recognized and
confessed, but the returns are deplorably tame. The first question
asked, is, “Now truly, wild sheep, wild sheep, have you any wool?”
while they peer curiously down among the hairs through lenses and
spectacles. “Yes, wild sheep, you HAVE wool; but Mary’s lamb had more.
In the name of use, how many wild sheep, think you, would be required
to furnish wool sufficient for a pair of socks?” I endeavor to point
out the irrelevancy of the latter question, arguing that wild wool was
not made for man but for sheep, and that, however deficient as clothing
for other animals, it is just the thing for the brave mountain-dweller
that wears it. Plain, however, as all this appears, the quantity
question rises again and again in all its commonplace tameness. For in
my experience it seems well-nigh impossible to obtain a hearing on
behalf of Nature from any other standpoint than that of human use.
Domestic flocks yield more flannel per sheep than the wild, therefore
it is claimed that culture has improved upon wildness; and so it has as
far as flannel is concerned, but all to the contrary as far as a
sheep’s dress is concerned. If every wild sheep inhabiting the Sierra
were to put on tame wool, probably only a few would survive the dangers
of a single season. With their fine limbs muffled and buried beneath a
tangle of hairless wool, they would become short-winded, and fall an
easy prey to the strong mountain wolves. In descending precipices they
would be thrown out of balance and killed, by their taggy wool catching
upon sharp points of rocks. Disease would also be brought on by the
dirt which always finds a lodgment in tame wool, and by the draggled
and water-soaked condition into which it falls during stormy weather.

No dogma taught by the present civilization seems to form so
insuperable an obstacle in the way of a right understanding of the
relations which culture sustains to wildness as that which regards the
world as made especially for the uses of man. Every animal, plant, and
crystal controverts it in the plainest terms. Yet it is taught from
century to century as something ever new and precious, and in the
resulting darkness the enormous conceit is allowed to go unchallenged.

I have never yet happened upon a trace of evidence that seemed to show
that any one animal was ever made for another as much as it was made
for itself. Not that Nature manifests any such thing as selfish
isolation. In the making of every animal the presence of every other
animal has been recognized. Indeed, every atom in creation may be said
to be acquainted with and married to every other, but with universal
union there is a division sufficient in degree for the purposes of the
most intense individuality; no matter, therefore, what may be the note
which any creature forms in the song of existence, it is made first for
itself, then more and more remotely for all the world and worlds.

Were it not for the exercise of individualizing cares on the part of
Nature, the universe would be felted together like a fleece of tame
wool. But we are governed more than we know, and most when we are
wildest. Plants, animals, and stars are all kept in place, bridled
along appointed ways, _with_ one another, and _through the midst_ of
one another—killing and being killed, eating and being eaten, in
harmonious proportions and quantities. And it is right that we should
thus reciprocally make use of one another, rob, cook, and consume, to
the utmost of our healthy abilities and desires. Stars attract one
another as they are able, and harmony results. Wild lambs eat as many
wild flowers as they can find or desire, and men and wolves eat the
lambs to just the same extent.

This consumption of one another in its various modifications is a kind
of culture varying with the degree of directness with which it is
carried out, but we should be careful not to ascribe to such culture
any improving qualities upon those on whom it is brought to bear. The
water-ousel plucks moss from the riverbank to build its nest, but is
does not improve the moss by plucking it. We pluck feathers from birds,
and less directly wool from wild sheep, for the manufacture of clothing
and cradle-nests, without improving the wool for the sheep, or the
feathers for the bird that wore them. When a hawk pounces upon a linnet
and proceeds to pull out its feathers, preparatory to making a meal,
the hawk may be said to be cultivating the linnet, and he certainly
does effect an improvement as far as hawk-food is concerned; but what
of the songster? He ceases to be a linnet as soon as he is snatched
from the woodland choir; and when, hawklike, we snatch the wild sheep
from its native rock, and, instead of eating and wearing it at once,
carry it home, and breed the hair out of its wool and the bones out of
its body, it ceases to be a sheep.

These breeding and plucking processes are similarly improving as
regards the secondary uses aimed at; and, although the one requires but
a few minutes for its accomplishment, the other many years or
centuries, they are essentially alike. We eat wild oysters alive with
great directness, waiting for no cultivation, and leaving scarce a
second of distance between the shell and the lip; but we take wild
sheep home and subject them to the many extended processes of
husbandry, and finish by boiling them in a pot—a process which
completes all sheep improvements as far as man is concerned. It will be
seen, therefore, that wild wool and tame wool—wild sheep and tame
sheep—are terms not properly comparable, nor are they in any correct
sense to be considered as bearing any antagonism toward each other;
they are different things. Planned and accomplished for wholly
different purposes.

Illustrative examples bearing upon this interesting subject may be
multiplied indefinitely, for they abound everywhere in the plant and
animal kingdoms wherever culture has reached. Recurring for a moment to
apples. The beauty and completeness of a wild apple tree living its own
life in the woods is heartily acknowledged by all those who have been
so happy as to form its acquaintance. The fine wild piquancy of its
fruit is unrivaled, but in the great question of quantity as human food
wild apples are found wanting. Man, therefore, takes the tree from the
woods, manures and prunes and grafts, plans and guesses, adds a little
of this and that, selects and rejects, until apples of every
conceivable size and softness are produced, like nut galls in response
to the irritating punctures of insects. Orchard apples are to me the
most eloquent words that culture has ever spoken, but they reflect no
imperfection upon Nature’s spicy crab. Every cultivated apple is a
crab, not improved, _but cooked_, variously softened and swelled out in
the process, mellowed, sweetened, spiced, and rendered pulpy and
foodful, but as utterly unfit for the uses of nature as a meadowlark
killed and plucked and roasted. Give to Nature every cultured
apple—codling, pippin, russet—and every sheep so laboriously
compounded—muffled Southdowns, hairy Cotswolds, wrinkled Merinos—and
she would throw the one to her caterpillars, the other to her wolves.

It is now some thirty-six hundred years since Jacob kissed his mother
and set out across the plains of Padan-aram to begin his experiments
upon the flocks of his uncle, Laban; and, notwithstanding the high
degree of excellence he attained as a wool-grower, and the innumerable
painstaking efforts subsequently made by individuals and associations
in all kinds of pastures and climates, we still seem to be as far from
definite and satisfactory results as we ever were. In one breed the
wool is apt to wither and crinkle like hay on a sun-beaten hillside. In
another, it is lodged and matted together like the lush tangled grass
of a manured meadow. In one the staple is deficient in length, in
another in fineness; while in all there is a constant tendency toward
disease, rendering various washings and dippings indispensable to
prevent its falling out. The problem of the quality and quantity of the
carcass seems to be as doubtful and as far removed from a satisfactory
solution as that of the wool. Desirable breeds blundered upon by long
series of groping experiments are often found to be unstable and
subject to disease—bots, foot rot, blind staggers, etc.—causing
infinite trouble, both among breeders and manufacturers. Would it not
be well, therefore, for some one to go back as far as possible and take
a fresh start?

The source or sources whence the various breeds were derived is not
positively known, but there can be hardly any doubt of their being
descendants of the four or five wild species so generally distributed
throughout the mountainous portions of the globe, the marked
differences between the wild and domestic species being readily
accounted for by the known variability of the animal, and by the long
series of painstaking selection to which all its characteristics have
been subjected. No other animal seems to yield so submissively to the
manipulations of culture. Jacob controlled the color of his flocks
merely by causing them to stare at objects of the desired hue; and
possibly Merinos may have caught their wrinkles from the perplexed
brows of their breeders. The California species (_Ovis montana_)[2] is
a noble animal, weighing when full-grown some three hundred and fifty
pounds, and is well worthy the attention of wool-growers as a point
from which to make a new departure, for pure wildness is the one great
want, both of men and of sheep.




II. A Geologist’s Winter Walk[3]


After reaching Turlock, I sped afoot over the stubble fields and
through miles of brown hemizonia and purple erigeron, to Hopeton,
conscious of little more than that the town was behind and beneath me,
and the mountains above and before me; on through the oaks and
chaparral of the foothills to Coulterville; and then ascended the first
great mountain step upon which grows the sugar pine. Here I slackened
pace, for I drank the spicy, resiny wind, and beneath the arms of this
noble tree I felt that I was safely home. Never did pine trees seem so
dear. How sweet was their breath and their song, and how grandly they
winnowed the sky! I tingled my fingers among their tassels, and rustled
my feet among their brown needles and burrs, and was exhilarated and
joyful beyond all I can write.

When I reached Yosemite, all the rocks seemed talkative, and more
telling and lovable than ever. They are dear friends, and seemed to
have warm blood gushing through their granite flesh; and I love them
with a love intensified by long and close companionship. After I had
bathed in the bright river, sauntered over the meadows, conversed with
the domes, and played with the pines, I still felt blurred and weary,
as if tainted in some way with the sky of your streets. I determined,
therefore, to run out for a while to say my prayers in the higher
mountain temples. “The days are sunful,” I said, “and, though now
winter, no great danger need be encountered, and no sudden storm will
block my return, if I am watchful.”

The morning after this decision, I started up the cañon of Tenaya,
caring little about the quantity of bread I carried; for, I thought, a
fast and a storm and a difficult cañon were just the medicine I needed.
When I passed Mirror Lake, I scarcely noticed it, for I was absorbed in
the great Tissiack—her crown a mile away in the hushed azure; her
purple granite drapery flowing in soft and graceful folds down to my
feet, embroidered gloriously around with deep, shadowy forest. I have
gazed on Tissiack a thousand times—in days of solemn storms, and when
her form shone divine with the jewelry of winter, or was veiled in
living clouds; and I have heard her voice of winds, and snowy, tuneful
waters when floods were falling; yet never did her soul reveal itself
more impressively than now. I hung about her skirts, lingering timidly,
until the higher mountains and glaciers compelled me to push up the
cañon.

[Illustration: TISSIACK FROM GLACIER POINT: TENAYA CAÑON ON THE LEFT]

This cañon is accessible only to mountaineers, and I was anxious to
carry my barometer and clinometer through it, to obtain sections and
altitudes, so I chose it as the most attractive highway. After I had
passed the tall groves that stretch a mile above Mirror Lake, and
scrambled around the Tenaya Fall, which is just at the head of the lake
groves, I crept through the dense and spiny chaparral that plushes the
roots of the mountains here for miles in warm green, and was ascending
a precipitous rock front, smoothed by glacial action, when I suddenly
fell—for the first time since I touched foot to Sierra rocks. After
several somersaults, I became insensible from the shock, and when
consciousness returned I found myself wedged among short, stiff bushes,
trembling as if cold, not injured in the slightest.

Judging by the sun, I could not have been insensible very long;
probably not a minute, possibly an hour; and I could not remember what
made me fall, or where I had fallen from; but I saw that if I had
rolled a little further, my mountain climbing would have been finished,
for just beyond the bushes the cañon wall steepened and I might have
fallen to the bottom. “There,” said I, addressing my feet, to whose
separate skill I had learned to trust night and day on any mountain,
“that is what you get by intercourse with stupid town stairs, and dead
pavements.” I felt degraded and worthless. I had not yet reached the
most difficult portion of the cañon, but I determined to guide my
humbled body over the most nerve-trying places I could find; for I was
now awake, and felt confident that the last of the town fog had been
shaken from both head and feet.

I camped at the mouth of a narrow gorge which is cut into the bottom of
the main cañon, determined to take earnest exercise next day. No plushy
boughs did my ill-behaved bones enjoy that night, nor did my bumped
head get a spicy cedar plume pillow mixed with flowers. I slept on a
naked boulder, and when I awoke all my nervous trembling was gone.

The gorged portion of the cañon, in which I spent all the next day, is
about a mile and a half in length; and I passed the time in tracing the
action of the forces that determined this peculiar bottom gorge, which
is an abrupt, ragged-walled, narrow-throated cañon, formed in the
bottom of the wide-mouthed, smooth, and beveled main cañon. I will not
stop now to tell you more; some day you may see it, like a shadowy
line, from Cloud’s Rest. In high water, the stream occupies all the
bottom of the gorge, surging and chafing in glorious power from wall to
wall. But the sound of the grinding was low as I entered the gorge,
scarcely hoping to be able to pass through its entire length. By cool
efforts, along glassy, ice-worn slopes, I reached the upper end in a
little over a day, but was compelled to pass the second night in the
gorge, and in the moonlight I wrote you this short pencil-letter in my
notebook:—

The moon is looking down into the cañon, and how marvelously the great
rocks kindle to her light! Every dome, and brow, and swelling boss
touched by her white rays, glows as if lighted with snow. I am now only
a mile from last night’s camp; and have been climbing and sketching all
day in this difficult but instructive gorge. It is formed in the bottom
of the main cañon, among the roots of Cloud’s Rest. It begins at the
filled-up lake basin where I camped last night, and ends a few hundred
yards above, in another basin of the same kind. The walls everywhere
are craggy and vertical, and in some places they overlean. It is only
from twenty to sixty feet wide, and not, though black and broken
enough, the thin, crooked mouth of some mysterious abyss; but it was
eroded, for in many places I saw its solid, seamless floor.

    I am sitting on a big stone, against which the stream divides, and
    goes brawling by in rapids on both sides; half of my rock is white
    in the light, half in shadow. As I look from the opening jaws of
    this shadowy gorge, South Dome is immediately in front—high in the
    stars, her face turned from the moon, with the rest of her body
    gloriously muffled in waved folds of granite. On the left,
    sculptured from the main Cloud’s Rest ridge, are three magnificent
    rocks, sisters of the great South Dome. On the right is the
    massive, moonlit front of Mount Watkins, and between, low down in
    the furthest distance, is Sentinel Dome, girdled and darkened with
    forest. In the near foreground Tenaya Creek is singing against
    boulders that are white with snow and moonbeams. Now look back
    twenty yards, and you will see a waterfall fair as a spirit; the
    moonlight just touches it, bringing it into relief against a dark
    background of shadow. A little to the left, and a dozen steps this
    side of the fall, a flickering light marks my camp—and a precious
    camp it is. A huge, glacier-polished slab, falling from the smooth,
    glossy flank of Cloud’s Rest, happened to settle on edge against
    the wall of the gorge. I did not know that this slab was
    glacier-polished until I lighted my fire. Judge of my delight. I
    think it was sent here by an earthquake. It is about twelve feet
    square. I wish I could take it home[4] for a hearthstone. Beneath
    this slab is the only place in this torrent-swept gorge where I
    could find sand sufficient for a bed.
    I expected to sleep on the boulders, for I spent most of the
    afternoon on the slippery wall of the cañon, endeavoring to get
    around this difficult part of the gorge, and was compelled to
    hasten down here for water before dark. I shall sleep soundly on
    this sand; half of it is mica. Here, wonderful to behold, are a few
    green stems of prickly rubus, and a tiny grass. They are here to
    meet us. Ay, even here in this darksome gorge, “frightened and
    tormented” with raging torrents and choking avalanches of snow. Can
    it be? As if rubus and the grass leaf were not enough of God’s
    tender prattle words of love, which we so much need in these mighty
    temples of power, yonder in the “benmost bore” are two blessed
    adiantums. Listen to them! How wholly infused with God is this one
    big word of love that we call the world! Good-night. Do you see the
    fire-glow on my ice-smoothed slab, and on my two ferns and the
    rubus and grass panicles? And do you hear how sweet a sleep- song
    the fall and cascades are singing?

The water-ground chips and knots that I found fastened between the
rocks kept my fire alive all through the night. Next morning I rose
nerved and ready for another day of sketching and noting, and any form
of climbing. I escaped from the gorge about noon, after accomplishing
some of the most delicate feats of mountaineering I ever attempted; and
here the cañon is all broadly open again—the floor luxuriantly forested
with pine, and spruce, and silver fir, and brown-trunked libocedrus.
The walls rise in Yosemite forms, and Tenaya Creek comes down seven
hundred feet in a white brush of foam. This is a little Yosemite
valley. It is about two thousand feet above the level of the main
Yosemite, and about twenty-four hundred below Lake Tenaya.

I found the lake frozen, and the ice was so clear and unruffled that
the surrounding mountains and the groves that look down upon it were
reflected almost as perfectly as I ever beheld them in the calm evening
mirrors of summer. At a little distance, it was difficult to believe
the lake frozen at all; and when I walked out on it, cautiously
stamping at short intervals to test the strength of the ice, I seemed
to walk mysteriously, without adequate faith, on the surface of the
water. The ice was so transparent that I could see through it the
beautifully wave-rippled, sandy bottom, and the scales of mica glinting
back the down-pouring light. When I knelt down with my face close to
the ice, through which the sunbeams were pouring, I was delighted to
discover myriads of Tyndall’s six-rayed water flowers, magnificently
colored.

A grand old mountain mansion is this Tenaya region! In the glacier
period it was a _mer de glace_, far grander than the _mer de glace_ of
Switzerland, which is only about half a mile broad. The Tenaya _mer de
glace_ was not less than two miles broad, late in the glacier epoch,
when all the principal dividing crests were bare; and its depth was not
less than fifteen hundred feet. Ice streams from Mounts Lyell and Dana,
and all the mountains between, and from the nearer Cathedral Peak,
flowed hither, welded into one, and worked together. After eroding this
Tanaya Lake basin, and all the splendidly sculptured rocks and
mountains that surround and adorn it, and the great Tenaya Cañon, with
its wealth of all that makes mountains sublime, they were welded with
the vast South, Lyell, and Illilouette glaciers on one side, and with
those of Hoffman on the other—thus forming a portion of a yet grander
_mer de glace_ in Yosemite Valley.

I reached the Tenaya Cañon, on my way home, by coming in from the
northeast, rambling down over the shoulders of Mount Watkins, touching
bottom a mile above Mirror Lake. From thence home was but a saunter in
the moonlight.

After resting one day, and the weather continuing calm, I ran up over
the left shoulder of South Dome and down in front of its grand split
face to make some measurements, completed my work, climbed to the right
shoulder, struck off along the ridge for Cloud’s Rest, and reached the
topmost heave of her sunny wave in ample time to see the sunset.

Cloud’s Rest is a thousand feet higher than Tissiack. It is a wavelike
crest upon a ridge, which begins at Yosemite with Tissiack, and runs
continuously eastward to the thicket of peaks and crests around Lake
Tenaya. This lofty granite wall is bent this way and that by the
restless and weariless action of glaciers just as if it had been made
of dough. But the grand circumference of mountains and forests are
coming from far and near, densing into one close assemblage; for the
sun, their god and father, with love ineffable, is glowing a sunset
farewell. Not one of all the assembled rocks or trees seemed remote.
How impressively their faces shone with responsive love!

I ran home in the moonlight with firm strides; for the sun-love made me
strong. Down through the junipers; down through the firs; now in jet
shadows, now in white light; over sandy moraines and bare, clanking
rocks; past the huge ghost of South Dome rising weird through the firs;
past the glorious fall of Nevada, the groves of Illilouette; through
the pines of the valley; beneath the bright crystal sky blazing with
stars. All of this mountain wealth in one day!—one of the rich ripe
days that enlarge one’s life; so much of the sun upon one side of it,
so much of the moon and stars on the other.




III. Summer Days at Mount Shasta


Mount Shasta rises in solitary grandeur from the edge of a
comparatively low and lightly sculptured lava plain near the northern
extremity of the Sierra, and maintains a far more impressive and
commanding individuality than any other mountain within the limits of
California. Go where you may, within a radius of from fifty to a
hundred miles or more, there stands before you the colossal cone of
Shasta, clad in ice and snow, the one grand unmistakable landmark—the
pole star of the landscape. Far to the southward Mount Whitney lifts
its granite summit four or five hundred feet higher than Shasta, but it
is nearly snowless during the late summer, and is so feebly
individualized that the traveler may search for it in vain among the
many rival peaks crowded along the axis of the range to north and south
of it, which all alike are crumbling residual masses brought into
relief in the degradation of the general mass of the range. The highest
point on Mount Shasta, as determined by the State Geological Survey, is
14,440 feet above mean tide. That of Whitney, computed from fewer
observations, is about 14,900 feet. But inasmuch as the average
elevation of the plain out of which Shasta rises is only about four
thousand feet above the sea, while the actual base of the peak of Mount
Whitney lies at an elevation of eleven thousand feet, the individual
height of the former is about two and a half times as great as that of
the latter.

Approaching Shasta from the south, one obtains glimpses of its snowy
cone here and there through the trees from the tops of hills and
ridges; but it is not until Strawberry Valley is reached, where there
is a grand out-opening of the forests, that Shasta is seen in all its
glory. From base to crown clearly revealed with its wealth of woods and
waters and fountain snow, rejoicing in the bright mountain sky, and
radiating beauty on all the subject landscape like a sun. Standing in a
fringing thicket of purple spiraea in the immediate foreground is a
smooth expanse of green meadow with its meandering stream, one of the
smaller affluents of the Sacramento; then a zone of dark, close forest,
its countless spires of pine and fir rising above one another on the
swelling base of the mountain in glorious array; and, over all, the
great white cone sweeping far into the thin, keen sky—meadow, forest,
and grand icy summit harmoniously blending and making one sublime
picture evenly balanced.

[Illustration: MOUNT SHASTA AFTER A SNOWSTORM]

The main lines of the landscape are immensely bold and simple, and so
regular that it needs all its shaggy wealth of woods and chaparral and
its finely tinted ice and snow and brown jutting crags to keep it from
looking conventional. In general views of the mountain three distinct
zones may be readily defined. The first, which may be called the
Chaparral Zone, extends around the base in a magnificent sweep nearly a
hundred miles in length on its lower edge, and with a breadth of about
seven miles. It is a dense growth of chaparral from three to six or
eight feet high, composed chiefly of manzanita, cherry, chincapin, and
several species of ceanothus, called deerbrush by the hunters, forming,
when in full bloom, one of the most glorious flowerbeds conceivable.
The continuity of this flowery zone is interrupted here and there,
especially on the south side of the mountain, by wide swaths of
coniferous trees, chiefly the sugar and yellow pines, Douglas spruce,
silver fir, and incense cedar, many specimens of which are two hundred
feet high and five to seven feet in diameter. Goldenrods, asters,
gilias, lilies, and lupines, with many other less conspicuous plants,
occur in warm sheltered openings in these lower woods, making charming
gardens of wildness where bees and butterflies are at home and many a
shy bird and squirrel.

The next higher is the Fir Zone, made up almost exclusively of two
species of silver fir. It is from two to three miles wide, has an
average elevation above the sea of some six thousand feet on its lower
edge and eight thousand on its upper, and is the most regular and best
defined of the three.

The Alpine Zone has a rugged, straggling growth of storm-beaten dwarf
pines (_Pinus albicaulis_), which forms the upper edge of the
timberline. This species reaches an elevation of about nine thousand
feet, but at this height the tops of the trees rise only a few feet
into the thin frosty air, and are closely pressed and shorn by wind and
snow; yet they hold on bravely and put forth an abundance of beautiful
purple flowers and produce cones and seeds. Down towards the edge of
the fir belt they stand erect, forming small, well-formed trunks, and
are associated with the taller two-leafed and mountain pines and the
beautiful Williamson spruce. Bryanthus, a beautiful flowering
heathwort, flourishes a few hundred feet above the timberline,
accompanied with kalmia and spiraea. Lichens enliven the faces of the
cliffs with their bright colors, and in some of the warmer nooks of the
rocks, up to a height of eleven thousand feet, there are a few tufts of
dwarf daisies, wallflowers, and penstemons; but, notwithstanding these
bloom freely, they make no appreciable show at a distance, and the
stretches of rough brown lava beyond the storm-beaten trees seem as
bare of vegetation as the great snow fields and glaciers of the summit.

Shasta is a fire-mountain, an old volcano gradually accumulated and
built up into the blue deep of the sky by successive eruptions of ashes
and molten lava which, shot high in the air and falling in darkening
showers, and flowing from chasms and craters, grew outward and upward
like the trunk of a knotty, bulging tree. Not in one grand convulsion
was Shasta given birth, nor in any one special period of volcanic storm
and stress, though mountains more than a thousand feet in height have
been cast up like molehills in a night—quick contributions to the
wealth of the landscapes, and most emphatic statements, on the part of
Nature, of the gigantic character of the power that dwells beneath the
dull, dead-looking surface of the earth. But sections cut by the
glaciers, displaying some of the internal framework of Shasta, show
that comparatively long periods of quiescence intervened between many
distinct eruptions, during which the cooling lavas ceased to flow, and
took their places as permanent additions to the bulk of the growing
mountain. Thus with alternate haste and deliberation eruption succeeded
eruption, until Mount Shasta surpassed even its present sublime height.

Then followed a strange contrast. The glacial winter came on. The sky
that so often had been darkened with storms of cinders and ashes and
lighted by the glare of volcanic fires was filled with crystal
snow-flowers, which, loading the cooling mountain, gave birth to
glaciers that, uniting edge to edge, at length formed one grand conical
glacier—a down-crawling mantle of ice upon a fountain of smouldering
fire, crushing and grinding its brown, flinty lavas, and thus degrading
and remodeling the entire mountain from summit to base. How much
denudation and degradation has been effected we have no means of
determining, the porous, crumbling rocks being ill adapted for the
reception and preservation of glacial inscriptions.

The summit is now a mass of ruins, and all the finer striations have
been effaced from the flanks by post-glacial weathering, while the
irregularity of its lavas as regards susceptibility to erosion, and the
disturbance caused by inter- and post-glacial eruptions, have obscured
or obliterated those heavier characters of the glacial record found so
clearly inscribed upon the granite pages of the high Sierra between
latitude 36 degrees 30 minutes and 39 degrees. This much, however, is
plain: that the summit of the mountain was considerably lowered, and
the sides were deeply grooved and fluted while it was a center of
dispersal for the glaciers of the circumjacent region. And when at
length the glacial period began to draw near its close, the ice mantle
was gradually melted off around the base of the mountain, and in
receding and breaking up into its present fragmentary condition the
irregular heaps and rings of moraine matter were stored upon its flanks
on which the forests are growing. The glacial erosion of most of the
Shasta lavas gives rise to detritus composed of rough subangular
boulders of moderate size and porous gravel and sand, which yields
freely to the transporting power of running water. Several centuries
ago immense quantities of this lighter material were washed down from
the higher slopes by a flood of extraordinary magnitude, caused
probably by the sudden melting of the ice and snow during an eruption,
giving rise to the deposition of conspicuous delta-like beds around the
base. And it is upon these flood-beds of moraine soil, thus suddenly
and simultaneously laid down and joined edge to edge, that the flowery
chaparral is growing.

Thus, by forces seemingly antagonistic and destructive, Nature
accomplishes her beneficent designs—now a flood of fire, now a flood of
ice, now a flood of water; and again in the fullness of time an
outburst of organic life—forest and garden, with all their wealth of
fruit and flowers, the air stirred into one universal hum with
rejoicing insects, a milky way of wings and petals, girdling the
newborn mountain like a cloud, as if the vivifying sunbeams beating
against its sides had broken into a foam of plant-bloom and bees.

But with such grand displays as Nature is making here, how grand are
her reservations, bestowed only upon those who devotedly seek them!
Beneath the smooth and snowy surface the fountain fires are still
aglow, to blaze forth afresh at their appointed times. The glaciers,
looking so still and small at a distance, represented by the artist
with a patch of white paint laid on by a single stroke of his brush,
are still flowing onward, unhalting, with deep crystal currents,
sculpturing the mountain with stern, resistless energy. How many caves
and fountains that no eye has yet seen lie with all their fine
furniture deep down in the darkness, and how many shy wild creatures
are at home beneath the grateful lights and shadows of the woods,
rejoicing in their fullness of perfect life!

Standing on the edge of the Strawberry Meadows in the sun-days of
summer, not a foot or feather or leaf seems to stir; and the grand,
towering mountain with all its inhabitants appears in rest, calm as a
star. Yet how profound is the energy ever in action, and how great is
the multitude of claws and teeth, wings and eyes, wide awake and at
work and shining! Going into the blessed wilderness, the blood of the
plants throbbing beneath the life-giving sunshine seems to be heard and
felt; plant growth goes on before our eyes, and every tree and bush and
flower is seen as a hive of restless industry. The deeps of the sky are
mottled with singing wings of every color and tone—clouds of brilliant
chrysididae dancing and swirling in joyous rhythm, golden-barred
vespidae, butterflies, grating cicadas and jolly rattling
grasshoppers—fairly enameling the light, and shaking all the air into
music. Happy fellows they are, every one of them, blowing tiny pipe and
trumpet, plodding and prancing, at work or at play.

Though winter holds the summit, Shasta in summer is mostly a massy,
bossy mound of flowers colored like the alpenglow that flushes the
snow. There are miles of wild roses, pink bells of huckleberry and
sweet manzanita, every bell a honey-cup, plants that tell of the north
and of the south; tall nodding lilies, the crimson sarcodes,
rhododendron, cassiope, and blessed linnaea; phlox, calycanthus, plum,
cherry, crataegus, spiraea, mints, and clovers in endless variety;
ivesia, larkspur, and columbine; golden aplopappus, linosyris[5],
bahia, wyethia, arnica, brodiaea, etc.,—making sheets and beds of light
edgings of bloom in lavish abundance for the myriads of the air
dependent on their bounty.

The common honeybees, gone wild in this sweet wilderness, gather tons
of honey into the hollows of the trees and rocks, clambering eagerly
through bramble and hucklebloom, shaking the clustered bells of the
generous manzanita, now humming aloft among polleny willows and firs,
now down on the ashy ground among small gilias and buttercups, and anon
plunging into banks of snowy cherry and buckthorn. They consider the
lilies and roll into them, pushing their blunt polleny faces against
them like babies on their mother’s bosom; and fondly, too, with eternal
love does Mother Nature clasp her small bee-babies and suckle them,
multitudes at once, on her warm Shasta breast. Besides the common
honeybee there are many others here, fine, burly, mossy fellows, such
as were nourished on the mountains many a flowery century before the
advent of the domestic species—bumblebees, mason-bees, carpenter-bees,
and leaf-cutters. Butterflies, too, and moths of every size and
pattern; some wide-winged like bats, flapping slowly and sailing in
easy curves; others like small flying violets shaking about loosely in
short zigzag flights close to the flowers, feasting in plenty night and
day.

Deer in great abundance come to Shasta from the warmer foothills every
spring to feed in the rich, cool pastures, and bring forth their young
in the ceanothus tangles of the chaparral zone, retiring again before
the snowstorms of winter, mostly to the southward and westward of the
mountain. In like manner the wild sheep of the adjacent region seek the
lofty inaccessible crags of the summit as the snow melts, and are
driven down to the lower spurs and ridges where there is but little
snow, to the north and east of Shasta.

Bears, too, roam this foodful wilderness, feeding on grass, clover,
berries, nuts, ant eggs, fish, flesh, or fowl,—whatever comes in their
way,—with but little troublesome discrimination. Sugar and honey they
seem to like best of all, and they seek far to find the sweets; but
when hard pushed by hunger they make out to gnaw a living from the bark
of trees and rotten logs, and might almost live on clean lava alone.

Notwithstanding the California bears have had as yet but little
experience with honeybees, they sometimes succeed in reaching the
bountiful stores of these industrious gatherers and enjoy the feast
with majestic relish. But most honeybees in search of a home are wise
enough to make choice of a hollow in a living tree far from the ground,
whenever such can be found. There they are pretty secure, for though
the smaller brown and black bears climb well, they are unable to gnaw
their way into strong hives, while compelled to exert themselves to
keep from falling and at the same time endure the stings of the bees
about the nose and eyes, without having their paws free to brush them
off. But woe to the unfortunates who dwell in some prostrate trunk, and
to the black bumblebees discovered in their mossy, mouselike nests in
the ground. With powerful teeth and claws these are speedily laid bare,
and almost before time is given for a general buzz the bees, old and
young, larvae, honey, stings, nest, and all, are devoured in one
ravishing revel.

The antelope may still be found in considerable numbers to the
northeastward of Shasta, but the elk, once abundant, have almost
entirely gone from the region. The smaller animals, such as the wolf,
the various foxes, wildcats, coon, squirrels, and the curious wood rat
that builds large brush huts, abound in all the wilder places; and the
beaver, otter, mink, etc., may still be found along the sources of the
rivers. The blue grouse and mountain quail are plentiful in the woods
and the sage-hen on the plains about the northern base of the mountain,
while innumerable smaller birds enliven and sweeten every thicket and
grove.

There are at least five classes of human inhabitants about the Shasta
region: the Indians, now scattered, few in numbers and miserably
demoralized, though still offering some rare specimens of savage
manhood; miners and prospectors, found mostly to the north and west of
the mountain, since the region about its base is overflowed with lava;
cattle-raisers, mostly on the open plains to the northeastward and
around the Klamath Lakes; hunters and trappers, where the woods and
waters are wildest; and farmers, in Shasta Valley on the north side of
the mountain, wheat, apples, melons, berries, all the best production
of farm and garden growing and ripening there at the foot of the great
white cone, which seems at times during changing storms ready to fall
upon them—the most sublime farm scenery imaginable.

The Indians of the McCloud River that have come under my observation
differ considerably in habits and features from the Diggers and other
tribes of the foothills and plains, and also from the Pah Utes and
Modocs. They live chiefly on salmon. They seem to be closely related to
the Tlingits of Alaska, Washington, and Oregon, and may readily have
found their way here by passing from stream to stream in which salmon
abound. They have much better features than the Indians of the plains,
and are rather wide awake, speculative and ambitious in their way, and
garrulous, like the natives of the northern coast.

Before the Modoc War they lived in dread of the Modocs, a tribe living
about the Klamath Lake and the Lava Beds, who were in the habit of
crossing the low Sierra divide past the base of Shasta on freebooting
excursions, stealing wives, fish, and weapons from the Pitts and
McClouds. Mothers would hush their children by telling them that the
Modocs would catch them.

During my stay at the Government fish-hatching station on the McCloud I
was accompanied in my walks along the riverbank by a McCloud boy about
ten years of age, a bright, inquisitive fellow, who gave me the Indian
names of the birds and plants that we met. The water-ousel he knew well
and he seemed to like the sweet singer, which he called “Sussinny.” He
showed me how strips of the stems of the beautiful maidenhair fern were
used to adorn baskets with handsome brown bands, and pointed out
several plants good to eat, particularly the large saxifrage growing
abundantly along the river margin. Once I rushed suddenly upon him to
see if he would be frightened; but he unflinchingly held his ground,
struck a grand heroic attitude, and shouted, “Me no fraid; me Modoc!”

Mount Shasta, so far as I have seen, has never been the home of
Indians, not even their hunting ground to any great extent, above the
lower slopes of the base. They are said to be afraid of fire-mountains
and geyser basins as being the dwelling places of dangerously powerful
and unmanageable gods. However, it is food and their relations to other
tribes that mainly control the movements of Indians; and here their
food was mostly on the lower slopes, with nothing except the wild sheep
to tempt them higher. Even these were brought within reach without
excessive climbing during the storms of winter.

On the north side of Shasta, near Sheep Rock, there is a long cavern,
sloping to the northward, nearly a mile in length, thirty or forty feet
wide, and fifty feet or more in height, regular in form and direction
like a railroad tunnel, and probably formed by the flowing away of a
current of lava after the hardening of the surface. At the mouth of
this cave, where the light and shelter is good, I found many of the
heads and horns of the wild sheep, and the remains of campfires, no
doubt those of Indian hunters who in stormy weather had camped there
and feasted after the fatigues of the chase. A wild picture that must
have formed on a dark night—the glow of the fire, the circle of
crouching savages around it seen through the smoke, the dead game, and
the weird darkness and half-darkness of the walls of the cavern, a
picture of cave-dwellers at home in the stone age!

Interest in hunting is almost universal, so deeply is it rooted as an
inherited instinct ever ready to rise and make itself known. Fine
scenery may not stir a fiber of mind or body, but how quick and how
true is the excitement of the pursuit of game! Then up flames the
slumbering volcano of ancient wildness, all that has been done by
church and school through centuries of cultivation is for the moment
destroyed, and the decent gentleman or devout saint becomes a howling,
bloodthirsty, demented savage. It is not long since we all were cavemen
and followed game for food as truly as wildcat or wolf, and the long
repression of civilization seems to make the rebound to savage love of
blood all the more violent. This frenzy, fortunately, does not last
long in its most exaggerated form, and after a season of wildness
refined gentlemen from cities are not more cruel than hunters and
trappers who kill for a living.

Dwelling apart in the depths of the woods are the various kinds of
mountaineers,—hunters, prospectors, and the like,—rare men, “queer
characters,” and well worth knowing. Their cabins are located with
reference to game and the ledges to be examined, and are constructed
almost as simply as those of the wood rats made of sticks laid across
each other without compass or square. But they afford good shelter from
storms, and so are “square” with the need of their builders. These men
as a class are singularly fine in manners, though their faces may be
scarred and rough like the bark of trees. On entering their cabins you
will promptly be placed on your good behavior, and, your wants being
perceived with quick insight, complete hospitality will be offered for
body and mind to the extent of the larder.

These men know the mountains far and near, and their thousand voices,
like the leaves of a book. They can tell where the deer may be found at
any time of year or day, and what they are doing; and so of all the
other furred and feathered people they meet in their walks; and they
can send a thought to its mark as well as a bullet. The aims of such
people are not always the highest, yet how brave and manly and clean
are their lives compared with too many in crowded towns mildewed and
dwarfed in disease and crime! How fine a chance is here to begin life
anew in the free fountains and skylands of Shasta, where it is so easy
to live and to die! The future of the hunter is likely to be a good
one; no abrupt change about it, only a passing from wilderness to
wilderness, from one high place to another.

Now that the railroad has been built up the Sacramento, everybody with
money may go to Mount Shasta, the weak as well as the strong,
fine-grained, succulent people, whose legs have never ripened, as well
as sinewy mountaineers seasoned long in the weather. This, surely, is
not the best way of going to the mountains, yet it is better than
staying below. Many still small voices will not be heard in the noisy
rush and din, suggestive of going to the sky in a chariot of fire or a
whirlwind, as one is shot to the Shasta mark in a booming palace-car
cartridge; up the rocky cañon, skimming the foaming river, above the
level reaches, above the dashing spray—fine exhilarating translation,
yet a pity to go so fast in a blur, where so much might be seen and
enjoyed.

The mountains are fountains not only of rivers and fertile soil, but of
men. Therefore we are all, in some sense, mountaineers, and going to
the mountains is going home. Yet how many are doomed to toil in town
shadows while the white mountains beckon all along the horizon! Up the
cañon to Shasta would be a cure for all care. But many on arrival seem
at a loss to know what to do with themselves, and seek shelter in the
hotel, as if that were the Shasta they had come for. Others never leave
the rail, content with the window views, and cling to the comforts of
the sleeping car like blind mice to their mothers. Many are sick and
have been dragged to the healing wilderness unwillingly for body-good
alone. Were the parts of the human machine detachable like Yankee
inventions, how strange would be the gatherings on the mountains of
pieces of people out of repair!

How sadly unlike the whole-hearted ongoing of the seeker after gold is
this partial, compulsory mountaineering!—as if the mountain treasuries
contained nothing better than gold! Up the mountains they go,
high-heeled and high-hatted, laden like Christian with mortifications
and mortgages of divers sorts and degrees, some suffering from the
sting of bad bargains, others exulting in good ones; hunters and
fishermen with gun and rod and leggins; blythe and jolly troubadours to
whom all Shasta is romance; poets singing their prayers; the weak and
the strong, unable or unwilling to bear mental taxation. But, whatever
the motive, all will be in some measure benefited. None may wholly
escape the good of Nature, however imperfectly exposed to her
blessings. The minister will not preach a perfectly flat and
sedimentary sermon after climbing a snowy peak; and the fair play and
tremendous impartiality of Nature, so tellingly displayed, will surely
affect the after pleadings of the lawyer. Fresh air at least will get
into everybody, and the cares of mere business will be quenched like
the fires of a sinking ship.

Possibly a branch railroad may some time be built to the summit of
Mount Shasta like the road on Mount Washington. In the mean time
tourists are dropped at Sisson’s, about twelve miles from the summit,
whence as headquarters they radiate in every direction to the so-called
“points of interest”; sauntering about the flowery fringes of the
Strawberry Meadows, bathing in the balm of the woods, scrambling,
fishing, hunting; riding about Castle Lake, the McCloud River, Soda
Springs, Big Spring, deer pastures, and elsewhere. Some demand bears,
and make excited inquiries concerning their haunts, how many there
might be altogether on the mountain, and whether they are grizzly,
brown, or black. Others shout, “Excelsior,” and make off at once for
the upper snow fields. Most, however, are content with comparatively
level ground and moderate distances, gathering at the hotel every
evening laden with trophies—great sheaves of flowers, cones of various
trees, cedar and fir branches covered with yellow lichens, and possibly
a fish or two, or quail, or grouse.

[Illustration: AT SHASTA SODA SPRINGS]

But the heads of deer, antelope, wild sheep, and bears are
conspicuously rare or altogether wanting in tourist collections in the
“paradise of hunters.” There is a grand comparing of notes and
adventures. Most are exhilarated and happy, though complaints may
occasionally be heard—“The mountain does not look so very high after
all, nor so very white; the snow is in patches like rags spread out to
dry,” reminding one of Sydney Smith’s joke against Jeffrey, “D—n the
Solar System; bad light, planets too indistinct.” But far the greater
number are in good spirits, showing the influence of holiday enjoyment
and mountain air. Fresh roses come to cheeks that long have been pale,
and sentiment often begins to blossom under the new inspiration.

The Shasta region may be reserved as a national park, with special
reference to the preservation of its fine forests and game. This should
by all means be done; but, as far as game is concerned, it is in little
danger from tourists, notwithstanding many of them carry guns, and are
in some sense hunters. Going in noisy groups, and with guns so shining,
they are oftentimes confronted by inquisitive Douglas squirrels, and
are thus given opportunities for shooting; but the larger animals
retire at their approach and seldom are seen. Other gun people, too
wise or too lifeless to make much noise, move slowly along the trails
and about the open spots of the woods, like benumbed beetles in a
snowdrift. Such hunters are themselves hunted by the animals, which in
perfect safety follow them out of curiosity.

During the bright days of midsummer the ascent of Shasta is only a
long, safe saunter, without fright or nerve strain, or even serious
fatigue, to those in sound health. Setting out from Sisson’s on
horseback, accompanied by a guide leading a pack animal with provision,
blankets, and other necessaries, you follow a trail that leads up to
the edge of the timberline, where you camp for the night, eight or ten
miles from the hotel, at an elevation of about ten thousand feet. The
next day, rising early, you may push on to the summit and return to
Sisson’s. But it is better to spend more time in the enjoyment of the
grand scenery on the summit and about the head of the Whitney Glacier,
pass the second night in camp, and return to Sisson’s on the third day.
Passing around the margin of the meadows and on through the zones of
the forest, you will have good opportunities to get ever-changing views
of the mountain and its wealth of creatures that bloom and breathe.

The woods differ but little from those that clothe the mountains to the
southward, the trees being slightly closer together and generally not
quite so large, marking the incipient change from the open sunny
forests of the Sierra to the dense damp forests of the northern coast,
where a squirrel may travel in the branches of the thick-set trees
hundreds of miles without touching the ground. Around the upper belt of
the forest you may see gaps where the ground has been cleared by
avalanches of snow, thousands of tons in weight, which, descending with
grand rush and roar, brush the trees from their paths like so many
fragile shrubs or grasses.

At first the ascent is very gradual. The mountain begins to leave the
plain in slopes scarcely perceptible, measuring from two to three
degrees. These are continued by easy gradations mile after mile all the
way to the truncated, crumbling summit, where they attain a steepness
of twenty to twenty-five degrees. The grand simplicity of these lines
is partially interrupted on the north subordinate cone that rises from
the side of the main cone about three thousand feet from the summit.
This side cone, past which your way to the summit lies, was active
after the breaking-up of the main ice-cap of the glacial period, as
shown by the comparatively unwasted crater in which it terminates and
by streams of fresh-looking, unglaciated lava that radiate from it as a
center.

The main summit is about a mile and a half in diameter from southwest
to northeast, and is nearly covered with snow and _névé_, bounded by
crumbling peaks and ridges, among which we look in vain for any sure
plan of an ancient crater. The extreme summit is situated on the
southern end of a narrow ridge that bounds the general summit on the
east. Viewed from the north, it appears as an irregular blunt point
about ten feet high, and is fast disappearing before the stormy
atmospheric action to which it is subjected.

At the base of the eastern ridge, just below the extreme summit, hot
sulphurous gases and vapor escape with a hissing, bubbling noise from a
fissure in the lava. Some of the many small vents cast up a spray of
clear hot water, which falls back repeatedly until wasted in vapor. The
steam and spray seem to be produced simply by melting snow coming in
the way of the escaping gases, while the gases are evidently derived
from the heated interior of the mountain, and may be regarded as the
last feeble expression of the mighty power that lifted the entire mass
of the mountain from the volcanic depths far below the surface of the
plain.

The view from the summit in clear weather extends to an immense
distance in every direction. Southeastward, the low volcanic portion of
the Sierra is seen like a map, both flanks as well as the crater-dotted
axis, as far as Lassen’s Butte[6], a prominent landmark and an old
volcano like Shasta, between ten and eleven thousand feet high, and
distant about sixty miles. Some of the higher summit peaks near
Independence Lake, one hundred and eighty miles away, are at times
distinctly visible. Far to the north, in Oregon, the snowy volcanic
cones of Mounts Pitt, Jefferson, and the Three Sisters rise in clear
relief, like majestic monuments, above the dim dark sea of the northern
woods. To the northeast lie the Rhett and Klamath Lakes, the Lava Beds,
and a grand display of hill and mountain and gray rocky plains. The
Scott, Siskiyou, and Trinity Mountains rise in long, compact waves to
the west and southwest, and the valley of the Sacramento and the coast
mountains, with their marvelous wealth of woods and waters, are seen;
while close around the base of the mountain lie the beautiful Shasta
Valley, Strawberry Valley, Huckleberry Valley, and many others, with
the headwaters of the Shasta, Sacramento, and McCloud Rivers. Some
observers claim to have seen the ocean from the summit of Shasta, but I
have not yet been so fortunate.

The Cinder Cone near Lassen’s Butte is remarkable as being the scene of
the most recent volcanic eruption in the range. It is a symmetrical
truncated cone covered with gray cinders and ashes, with a regular
crater in which a few pines an inch or two in diameter are growing. It
stands between two small lakes which previous to the last eruption,
when the cone was built, formed one lake. From near the base of the
cone a flood of extremely rough black vesicular lava extends across
what was once a portion of the bottom of the lake into the forest of
yellow pine.

This lava flow seems to have been poured out during the same eruption
that gave birth to the cone, cutting the lake in two, flowing a little
way into the woods and overwhelming the trees in its way, the ends of
some of the charred trunks still being visible, projecting from beneath
the advanced snout of the flow where it came to rest; while the floor
of the forest for miles around is so thickly strewn with loose cinders
that walking is very fatiguing. The Pitt River Indians tell of a
fearful time of darkness, probably due to this eruption, when the sky
was filled with falling cinders which, as they thought, threatened
every living creature with destruction, and say that when at length the
sun appeared through the gloom it was red like blood.

Less recent craters in great numbers dot the adjacent region, some with
lakes in their throats, some overgrown with trees, others nearly
bare—telling monuments of Nature’s mountain fires so often lighted
throughout the northern Sierra. And, standing on the top of icy Shasta,
the mightiest fire-monument of them all, we can hardly fail to look
forward to the blare and glare of its next eruption and wonder whether
it is nigh. Elsewhere men have planted gardens and vineyards in the
craters of volcanoes quiescent for ages, and almost without warning
have been hurled into the sky. More than a thousand years of profound
calm have been known to intervene between two violent eruptions.
Seventeen centuries intervened between two consecutive eruptions on the
island of Ischia. Few volcanoes continue permanently in eruption. Like
gigantic geysers, spouting hot stone instead of hot water, they work
and sleep, and we have no sure means of knowing whether they are only
sleeping or dead.




IV. A Perilous Night on Shasta’s Summit


Toward the end of summer, after a light, open winter, one may reach the
summit of Mount Shasta without passing over much snow, by keeping on
the crest of a long narrow ridge, mostly bare, that extends from near
the camp-ground at the timberline. But on my first excursion to the
summit the whole mountain, down to its low swelling base, was smoothly
laden with loose fresh snow, presenting a most glorious mass of winter
mountain scenery, in the midst of which I scrambled and reveled or lay
snugly snowbound, enjoying the fertile clouds and the snow-bloom in all
their growing, drifting grandeur.

I had walked from Redding, sauntering leisurely from station to station
along the old Oregon stage road, the better to see the rocks and
plants, birds and people, by the way, tracing the rushing Sacramento to
its fountains around icy Shasta. The first rains had fallen on the
lowlands, and the first snows on the mountains, and everything was
fresh and bracing, while an abundance of balmy sunshine filled all the
noonday hours. It was the calm afterglow that usually succeeds the
first storm of the winter. I met many of the birds that had reared
their young and spent their summer in the Shasta woods and chaparral.
They were then on their way south to their winter homes, leading their
young full-fledged and about as large and strong as the parents.
Squirrels, dry and elastic after the storms, were busy about their
stores of pine nuts, and the latest goldenrods were still in bloom,
though it was now past the middle of October. The grand color glow—the
autumnal jubilee of ripe leaves—was past prime, but, freshened by the
rain, was still making a fine show along the banks of the river and in
the ravines and the dells of the smaller streams.

At the salmon-hatching establishment on the McCloud River I halted a
week to examine the limestone belt, grandly developed there, to learn
what I could of the inhabitants of the river and its banks, and to give
time for the fresh snow that I knew had fallen on the mountain to
settle somewhat, with a view to making the ascent. A pedestrian on
these mountain roads, especially so late in the year, is sure to excite
curiosity, and many were the interrogations concerning my ramble. When
I said that I was simply taking a walk, and that icy Shasta was my
mark, I was invariably admonished that I had come on a dangerous quest.
The time was far too late, the snow was too loose and deep to climb,
and I should be lost in drifts and slides. When I hinted that new snow
was beautiful and storms not so bad as they were called, my advisers
shook their heads in token of superior knowledge and declared the
ascent of “Shasta Butte” through loose snow impossible. Nevertheless,
before noon of the second of November I was in the frosty azure of the
utmost summit.

When I arrived at Sisson’s everything was quiet. The last of the summer
visitors had flitted long before, and the deer and bears also were
beginning to seek their winter homes. My barometer and the sighing
winds and filmy half-transparent clouds that dimmed the sunshine gave
notice of the approach of another storm, and I was in haste to be off
and get myself established somewhere in the midst of it, whether the
summit was to be attained or not. Sisson, who is a mountaineer,
speedily fitted me out for storm or calm as only a mountaineer could,
with warm blankets and a week’s provisions so generous in quantity and
kind that they easily might have been made to last a month in case of
my being closely snowbound. Well I knew the weariness of snow-climbing,
and the frosts, and the dangers of mountaineering so late in the year;
therefore I could not ask a guide to go with me, even had one been
willing. All I wanted was to have blankets and provisions deposited as
far up in the timber as the snow would permit a pack animal to go.
There I could build a storm nest and lie warm, and make raids up and
around the mountain in accordance with the weather.

Setting out on the afternoon of November first, with Jerome Fay,
mountaineer and guide, in charge of the animals, I was soon plodding
wearily upward through the muffled winter woods, the snow of course
growing steadily deeper and looser, so that we had to break a trail.
The animals began to get discouraged, and after night and darkness came
on they became entangled in a bed of rough lava, where, breaking
through four or five feet of mealy snow, their feet were caught between
angular boulders. Here they were in danger of being lost, but after we
had removed packs and saddles and assisted their efforts with ropes,
they all escaped to the side of a ridge about a thousand feet below the
timberline.

To go farther was out of the question, so we were compelled to camp as
best we could. A pitch pine fire speedily changed the temperature and
shed a blaze of light on the wild lava-slope and the straggling
storm-bent pines around us. Melted snow answered for coffee, and we had
plenty of venison to roast. Toward midnight I rolled myself in my
blankets, slept an hour and a half, arose and ate more venison, tied
two days’ provisions to my belt, and set out for the summit, hoping to
reach it ere the coming storm should fall. Jerome accompanied me a
little distance above camp and indicated the way as well as he could in
the darkness. He seemed loath to leave me, but, being reassured that I
was at home and required no care, he bade me good-bye and returned to
camp, ready to lead his animals down the mountain at daybreak.

After I was above the dwarf pines, it was fine practice pushing up the
broad unbroken slopes of snow, alone in the solemn silence of the
night. Half the sky was clouded; in the other half the stars sparkled
icily in the keen, frosty air; while everywhere the glorious wealth of
snow fell away from the summit of the cone in flowing folds, more
extensive and continuous than any I had ever seen before. When day
dawned the clouds were crawling slowly and becoming more massive, but
gave no intimation of immediate danger, and I pushed on faithfully,
though holding myself well in hand, ready to return to the timber; for
it was easy to see that the storm was not far off. The mountain rises
ten thousand feet above the general level of the country, in blank
exposure to the deep upper currents of the sky, and no labyrinth of
peaks and cañons I had ever been in seemed to me so dangerous as these
immense slopes, bare against the sky.

The frost was intense, and drifting snow dust made breathing at times
rather difficult. The snow was as dry as meal, and the finer particles
drifted freely, rising high in the air, while the larger portions of
the crystals rolled like sand. I frequently sank to my armpits between
buried blocks of loose lava, but generally only to my knees. When tired
with walking I still wallowed slowly upward on all fours. The steepness
of the slope—thirty-five degrees in some places—made any kind of
progress fatiguing, while small avalanches were being constantly set in
motion in the steepest places. But the bracing air and the sublime
beauty of the snowy expanse thrilled every nerve and made absolute
exhaustion impossible. I seemed to be walking and wallowing in a cloud;
but, holding steadily onward, by half-past ten o’clock I had gained the
highest summit.

I held my commanding foothold in the sky for two hours, gazing on the
glorious landscapes spread maplike around the immense horizon, and
tracing the outlines of the ancient lava-streams extending far into the
surrounding plains, and the pathways of vanished glaciers of which
Shasta had been the center. But, as I had left my coat in camp for the
sake of having my limbs free in climbing, I soon was cold. The wind
increased in violence, raising the snow in magnificent drifts that were
drawn out in the form of wavering banners blowing in the sun. Toward
the end of my stay a succession of small clouds struck against the
summit rocks like drifting icebergs, darkening the air as they passed,
and producing a chill as definite and sudden as if ice-water had been
dashed in my face. This is the kind of cloud in which snow-flowers
grow, and I turned and fled.

Finding that I was not closely pursued, I ventured to take time on the
way down for a visit to the head of the Whitney Glacier and the “Crater
Butte.” After I had reached the end of the main summit ridge the
descent was but little more than one continuous soft, mealy, muffled
slide, most luxurious and rapid, though the hissing, swishing speed
attained was obscured in great part by flying snow dust—a marked
contrast to the boring seal-wallowing upward struggle. I reached camp
about an hour before dusk, hollowed a strip of loose ground in the lee
of a large block of red lava, where firewood was abundant, rolled
myself in my blankets, and went to sleep.

Next morning, having slept little the night before the ascent and being
weary with climbing after the excitement was over, I slept late. Then,
awaking suddenly, my eyes opened on one of the most beautiful and
sublime scenes I ever enjoyed. A boundless wilderness of storm clouds
of different degrees of ripeness were congregated over all the lower
landscape for thousands of square miles, colored gray, and purple, and
pearl, and deep-glowing white, amid which I seemed to be floating;
while the great white cone of the mountain above was all aglow in the
free, blazing sunshine. It seemed not so much an ocean as a land of
clouds—undulating hill and dale, smooth purple plains, and silvery
mountains of cumuli, range over range, diversified with peak and dome
and hollow fully brought out in light and shade.

I gazed enchanted, but cold gray masses, drifting like dust on a
wind-swept plain, began to shut out the light, forerunners of the
coming storm I had been so anxiously watching. I made haste to gather
as much wood as possible, snugging it as a shelter around my bed. The
storm side of my blankets was fastened down with stakes to reduce as
much as possible the sifting-in of drift and the danger of being blown
away. The precious bread sack was placed safely as a pillow, and when
at length the first flakes fell I was exultingly ready to welcome them.
Most of my firewood was more than half rosin and would blaze in the
face of the fiercest drifting; the winds could not demolish my bed, and
my bread could be made to last indefinitely; while in case of need I
had the means of making snowshoes and could retreat or hold my ground
as I pleased.

Presently the storm broke forth into full snowy bloom, and the
thronging crystals darkened the air. The wind swept past in hissing
floods, grinding the snow into meal and sweeping down into the hollows
in enormous drifts all the heavier particles, while the finer dust was
sifted through the sky, increasing the icy gloom. But my fire glowed
bravely as if in glad defiance of the drift to quench it, and,
notwithstanding but little trace of my nest could be seen after the
snow had leveled and buried it, I was snug and warm, and the passionate
uproar produced a glad excitement.

Day after day the storm continued, piling snow on snow in weariless
abundance. There were short periods of quiet, when the sun would seem
to look eagerly down through rents in the clouds, as if to know how the
work was advancing. During these calm intervals I replenished my
fire—sometimes without leaving the nest, for fire and woodpile were so
near this could easily be done—or busied myself with my notebook,
watching the gestures of the trees in taking the snow, examining
separate crystals under a lens, and learning the methods of their
deposition as an enduring fountain for the streams. Several times, when
the storm ceased for a few minutes, a Douglas squirrel came frisking
from the foot of a clump of dwarf pines, moving in sudden interrupted
spurts over the bossy snow; then, without any apparent guidance, he
would dig rapidly into the drift where were buried some grains of
barley that the horses had left. The Douglas squirrel does not strictly
belong to these upper woods, and I was surprised to see him out in such
weather. The mountain sheep also, quite a large flock of them, came to
my camp and took shelter beside a clump of matted dwarf pines a little
above my nest.

The storm lasted about a week, but before it was ended Sisson became
alarmed and sent up the guide with animals to see what had become of me
and recover the camp outfit. The news spread that “there was a man on
the mountain,” and he must surely have perished, and Sisson was blamed
for allowing any one to attempt climbing in such weather; while I was
as safe as anybody in the lowlands, lying like a squirrel in a warm,
fluffy nest, busied about my own affairs and wishing only to be let
alone. Later, however, a trail could not have been broken for a horse,
and some of the camp furniture would have had to be abandoned. On the
fifth day I returned to Sisson’s, and from that comfortable base made
excursions, as the weather permitted, to the Black Butte, to the foot
of the Whitney Glacier, around the base of the mountain, to Rhett and
Klamath Lakes, to the Modoc region and elsewhere, developing many
interesting scenes and experiences.

But the next spring, on the other side of this eventful winter, I saw
and felt still more of the Shasta snow. For then it was my fortune to
get into the very heart of a storm, and to be held in it for a long
time.

On the 28th of April 1875 I led a party up the mountain for the purpose
of making a survey of the summit with reference to the location of the
Geodetic monument. On the 30th, accompanied by Jerome Fay, I made
another ascent to make some barometrical observations, the day
intervening between the two ascents being devoted to establishing a
camp on the extreme edge of the timberline. Here, on our red trachyte
bed, we obtained two hours of shallow sleep broken for occasional
glimpses of the keen, starry night. At two o’clock we rose, breakfasted
on a warmed tin-cupful of coffee and a piece of frozen venison broiled
on the coals, and started for the summit. Up to this time there was
nothing in sight that betokened the approach of a storm; but on gaining
the summit, we saw toward Lassen’s Butte hundreds of square miles of
white cumuli boiling dreamily in the sunshine far beneath us, and
causing no alarm.

The slight weariness of the ascent was soon rested away, and our
glorious morning in the sky promised nothing but enjoyment. At 9 a.m.
the dry thermometer stood at 34 degrees in the shade and rose steadily
until at 1 p.m. it stood at 50 degrees, probably influenced somewhat by
radiation from the sun-warmed cliffs. A common bumblebee, not at all
benumbed, zigzagged vigorously about our heads for a few moments, as if
unconscious of the fact that the nearest honey flower was a mile
beneath him.

In the mean time clouds were growing down in Shasta Valley—massive
swelling cumuli, displaying delicious tones of purple and gray in the
hollows of their sun-beaten bosses. Extending gradually southward
around on both sides of Shasta, these at length united with the older
field towards Lassen’s Butte, thus encircling Mount Shasta in one
continuous cloud zone. Rhett and Klamath Lakes were eclipsed beneath
clouds scarcely less brilliant than their own silvery disks. The Modoc
Lava Beds, many a snow-laden peak far north in Oregon, the Scott and
Trinity and Siskiyou Mountains, the peaks of the Sierra, the blue Coast
Range, Shasta Valley, the dark forests filling the valley of the
Sacramento, all in turn were obscured or buried, leaving the lofty cone
on which we stood solitary in the sunshine between two skies—a sky of
spotless blue above, a sky of glittering cloud beneath. The creative
sun shone glorious on the vast expanse of cloudland; hill and dale,
mountain and valley springing into existence responsive to his rays and
steadily developing in beauty and individuality. One huge mountain-cone
of cloud, corresponding to Mount Shasta in these newborn cloud ranges,
rose close alongside with a visible motion, its firm, polished bosses
seeming so near and substantial that we almost fancied that we might
leap down upon them from where we stood and make our way to the
lowlands. No hint was given, by anything in their appearance, of the
fleeting character of these most sublime and beautiful cloud mountains.
On the contrary they impressed one as being lasting additions to the
landscape.

The weather of the springtime and summer, throughout the Sierra in
general, is usually varied by slight local rains and dustings of snow,
most of which are obviously far too joyous and life-giving to be
regarded as storms—single clouds growing in the sunny sky, ripening in
an hour, showering the heated landscape, and passing away like a
thought, leaving no visible bodily remains to stain the sky. Snowstorms
of the same gentle kind abound among the high peaks, but in spring they
not unfrequently attain larger proportions, assuming a violence and
energy of expression scarcely surpassed by those bred in the depths of
winter. Such was the storm now gathering about us.

It began to declare itself shortly after noon, suggesting to us the
idea of at once seeking our safe camp in the timber and abandoning the
purpose of making an observation of the barometer at 3 p.m.,—two having
already been made, at 9 a.m., and 12 m., while simultaneous
observations were made at Strawberry Valley. Jerome peered at short
intervals over the ridge, contemplating the rising clouds with anxious
gestures in the rough wind, and at length declared that if we did not
make a speedy escape we should be compelled to pass the rest of the day
and night on the summit. But anxiety to complete my observations
stifled my own instinctive promptings to retreat, and held me to my
work. No inexperienced person was depending on me, and I told Jerome
that we two mountaineers should be able to make our way down through
any storm likely to fall.

Presently thin, fibrous films of cloud began to blow directly over the
summit from north to south, drawn out in long fairy webs like carded
wool, forming and dissolving as if by magic. The wind twisted them into
ringlets and whirled them in a succession of graceful convolutions like
the outside sprays of Yosemite Falls in flood time; then, sailing out
into the thin azure over the precipitous brink of the ridge they were
drifted together like wreaths of foam on a river. These higher and
finer cloud fabrics were evidently produced by the chilling of the air
from its own expansion caused by the upward deflection of the wind
against the slopes of the mountain. They steadily increased on the
north rim of the cone, forming at length a thick, opaque, ill-defined
embankment from the icy meshes of which snow-flowers began to fall,
alternating with hail. The sky speedily darkened, and just as I had
completed my last observation and boxed my instruments ready for the
descent, the storm began in serious earnest. At first the cliffs were
beaten with hail, every stone of which, as far as I could see, was
regular in form, six-sided pyramids with rounded base, rich and
sumptuous-looking, and fashioned with loving care, yet seemingly thrown
away on those desolate crags down which they went rolling, falling,
sliding in a network of curious streams.

After we had forced our way down the ridge and past the group of
hissing fumaroles, the storm became inconceivably violent. The
thermometer fell 22 degrees in a few minutes, and soon dropped below
zero. The hail gave place to snow, and darkness came on like night. The
wind, rising to the highest pitch of violence, boomed and surged amid
the desolate crags; lightning flashes in quick succession cut the
gloomy darkness; and the thunders, the most tremendously loud and
appalling I ever heard, made an almost continuous roar, stroke
following stroke in quick, passionate succession, as though the
mountain were being rent to its foundations and the fires of the old
volcano were breaking forth again.

Could we at once have begun to descend the snow slopes leading to the
timber, we might have made good our escape, however dark and wild the
storm. As it was, we had first to make our way along a dangerous ridge
nearly a mile and a half long, flanked in many places by steep
ice-slopes at the head of the Whitney Glacier on one side and by
shattered precipices on the other. Apprehensive of this coming
darkness, I had taken the precaution, when the storm began, to make the
most dangerous points clear to my mind, and to mark their relations
with reference to the direction of the wind. When, therefore, the
darkness came on, and the bewildering drift, I felt confident that we
could force our way through it with no other guidance. After passing
the “Hot Springs” I halted in the lee of a lava-block to let Jerome,
who had fallen a little behind, come up. Here he opened a council in
which, under circumstances sufficiently exciting but without evincing
any bewilderment, he maintained, in opposition to my views, that it was
impossible to proceed. He firmly refused to make the venture to find
the camp, while I, aware of the dangers that would necessarily attend
our efforts, and conscious of being the cause of his present peril,
decided not to leave him.

Our discussions ended, Jerome made a dash from the shelter of the
lava-block and began forcing his way back against the wind to the “Hot
Springs,” wavering and struggling to resist being carried away, as if
he were fording a rapid stream. After waiting and watching in vain for
some flaw in the storm that might be urged as a new argument in favor
of attempting the descent, I was compelled to follow. “Here,” said
Jerome, as we shivered in the midst of the hissing, sputtering
fumaroles, “we shall be safe from frost.” “Yes,” said I, “we can lie in
this mud and steam and sludge, warm at least on one side; but how can
we protect our lungs from the acid gases, and how, after our clothing
is saturated, shall we be able to reach camp without freezing, even
after the storm is over? We shall have to wait for sunshine, and when
will it come?”

The tempered area to which we had committed ourselves extended over
about one fourth of an acre; but it was only about an eighth of an inch
in thickness, for the scalding gas jets were shorn off close to the
ground by the oversweeping flood of frosty wind. And how lavishly the
snow fell only mountaineers may know. The crisp crystal flowers seemed
to touch one another and fairly to thicken the tremendous blast that
carried them. This was the bloom-time, the summer of the cloud, and
never before have I seen even a mountain cloud flowering so profusely.

When the bloom of the Shasta chaparral is falling, the ground is
sometimes covered for hundreds of square miles to a depth of half an
inch. But the bloom of this fertile snow cloud grew and matured and
fell to a depth of two feet in a few hours. Some crystals landed with
their rays almost perfect, but most of them were worn and broken by
striking against one another, or by rolling on the ground. The touch of
these snow-flowers in calm weather is infinitely gentle—glinting,
swaying, settling silently in the dry mountain air, or massed in flakes
soft and downy. To lie out alone in the mountains of a still night and
be touched by the first of these small silent messengers from the sky
is a memorable experience, and the fineness of that touch none will
forget. But the storm-blast laden with crisp, sharp snow seems to crush
and bruise and stupefy with its multitude of stings, and compels the
bravest to turn and flee.

The snow fell without abatement until an hour or two after what seemed
to be the natural darkness of the night. Up to the time the storm first
broke on the summit its development was remarkably gentle. There was a
deliberate growth of clouds, a weaving of translucent tissue above,
then the roar of the wind and the thunder, and the darkening flight of
snow. Its subsidence was not less sudden. The clouds broke and
vanished, not a crystal was left in the sky, and the stars shone out
with pure and tranquil radiance.

During the storm we lay on our backs so as to present as little surface
as possible to the wind, and to let the drift pass over us. The mealy
snow sifted into the folds of our clothing and in many places reached
the skin. We were glad at first to see the snow packing about us,
hoping it would deaden the force of the wind, but it soon froze into a
stiff, crusty heap as the temperature fell, rather augmenting our novel
misery.

When the heat became unendurable, on some spot where steam was escaping
through the sludge, we tried to stop it with snow and mud, or shifted a
little at a time by shoving with our heels; for to stand in blank
exposure to the fearful wind in our frozen-and-broiled condition seemed
certain death. The acrid incrustations sublimed from the escaping gases
frequently gave way, opening new vents to scald us; and, fearing that
if at any time the wind should fall, carbonic acid, which often formed
a considerable portion of the gaseous exhalations of volcanoes, might
collect in sufficient quantities to cause sleep and death, I warned
Jerome against forgetting himself for a single moment, even should his
sufferings admit of such a thing.

Accordingly, when during the long, dreary watches of the night we
roused from a state of half-consciousness, we called each other by name
in a frightened, startled way, each fearing the other might be benumbed
or dead. The ordinary sensations of cold give but a faint conception of
that which comes on after hard climbing with want of food and sleep in
such exposure as this. Life is then seen to be a fire, that now
smoulders, now brightens, and may be easily quenched. The weary hours
wore away like dim half-forgotten years, so long and eventful they
seemed, though we did nothing but suffer. Still the pain was not always
of that bitter, intense kind that precludes thought and takes away all
capacity for enjoyment. A sort of dreamy stupor came on at times in
which we fancied we saw dry, resinous logs suitable for campfires, just
as after going days without food men fancy they see bread.

Frozen, blistered, famished, benumbed, our bodies seemed lost to us at
times—all dead but the eyes. For the duller and fainter we became the
clearer was our vision, though only in momentary glimpses. Then, after
the sky cleared, we gazed at the stars, blessed immortals of light,
shining with marvelous brightness with long lance rays, near-looking
and new-looking, as if never seen before. Again they would look
familiar and remind us of stargazing at home. Oftentimes imagination
coming into play would present charming pictures of the warm zone
below, mingled with others near and far. Then the bitter wind and the
drift would break the blissful vision and dreary pains cover us like
clouds. “Are you suffering much?” Jerome would inquire with pitiful
faintness. “Yes,” I would say, striving to keep my voice brave, “frozen
and burned; but never mind, Jerome, the night will wear away at last,
and tomorrow we go a-Maying, and what campfires we will make, and what
sunbaths we will take!”

The frost grew more and more intense, and we became icy and covered
over with a crust of frozen snow, as if we had lain cast away in the
drift all winter. In about thirteen hours—every hour like a year—day
began to dawn, but it was long ere the summit’s rocks were touched by
the sun. No clouds were visible from where we lay, yet the morning was
dull and blue, and bitterly frosty; and hour after hour passed by while
we eagerly watched the pale light stealing down the ridge to the hollow
where we lay. But there was not a trace of that warm, flushing sunrise
splendor we so long had hoped for.

As the time drew near to make an effort to reach camp, we became
concerned to know what strength was left us, and whether or no we could
walk; for we had lain flat all this time without once rising to our
feet. Mountaineers, however, always find in themselves a reserve of
power after great exhaustion. It is a kind of second life, available
only in emergencies like this; and, having proved its existence, I had
no great fear that either of us would fail, though one of my arms was
already benumbed and hung powerless.

At length, after the temperature was somewhat mitigated on this
memorable first of May, we arose and began to struggle homeward. Our
frozen trousers could scarcely be made to bend at the knee, and we
waded the snow with difficulty. The summit ridge was fortunately
wind-swept and nearly bare, so we were not compelled to lift our feet
high, and on reaching the long home slopes laden with loose snow we
made rapid progress, sliding and shuffling and pitching headlong, our
feebleness accelerating rather than diminishing our speed. When we had
descended some three thousand feet the sunshine warmed our backs and we
began to revive. At 10 a.m. we reached the timber and were safe.

Half an hour later we heard Sisson shouting down among the firs, coming
with horses to take us to the hotel. After breaking a trail through the
snow as far as possible he had tied his animals and walked up. We had
been so long without food that we cared but little about eating, but we
eagerly drank the coffee he prepared for us. Our feet were frozen, and
thawing them was painful, and had to be done very slowly by keeping
them buried in soft snow for several hours, which avoided permanent
damage. Five thousand feet below the summit we found only three inches
of new snow, and at the base of the mountain only a slight shower of
rain had fallen, showing how local our storm had been, notwithstanding
its terrific fury. Our feet were wrapped in sacking, and we were soon
mounted and on our way down into the thick sunshine—“God’s Country,” as
Sisson calls the Chaparral Zone. In two hours’ ride the last snowbank
was left behind. Violets appeared along the edges of the trail, and the
chaparral was coming into bloom, with young lilies and larkspurs about
the open places in rich profusion. How beautiful seemed the golden
sunbeams streaming through the woods between the warm brown boles of
the cedars and pines! All my friends among the birds and plants seemed
like _old_ friends, and we felt like speaking to every one of them as
we passed, as if we had been a long time away in some far, strange
country.

In the afternoon we reached Strawberry Valley and fell asleep. Next
morning we seemed to have risen from the dead. My bedroom was flooded
with sunshine, and from the window I saw the great white Shasta cone
clad in forests and clouds and bearing them loftily in the sky.
Everything seemed full and radiant with the freshness and beauty and
enthusiasm of youth. Sisson’s children came in with flowers and covered
my bed, and the storm on the mountaintop banished like a dream.




V. Shasta Rambles and Modoc Memories


Arctic beauty and desolation, with their blessings and dangers, all may
be found here, to test the endurance and skill of adventurous climbers;
but far better than climbing the mountain is going around its warm,
fertile base, enjoying its bounties like a bee circling around a bank
of flowers. The distance is about a hundred miles, and will take some
of the time we hear so much about—a week or two—but the benefits will
compensate for any number of weeks. Perhaps the profession of doing
good may be full, but every body should be kind at least to himself.
Take a course of good water and air, and in the eternal youth of Nature
you may renew your own. Go quietly, alone; no harm will befall you.
Some have strange, morbid fears as soon as they find themselves with
Nature, even in the kindest and wildest of her solitudes, like very
sick children afraid of their mother—as if God were dead and the devil
were king.

One may make the trip on horseback, or in a carriage, even; for a good
level road may be found all the way round, by Shasta Valley, Sheep
Rock, Elk Flat, Huckleberry Valley, Squaw Valley, following for a
considerable portion of the way the old Emigrant Road, which lies along
the east disk of the mountain, and is deeply worn by the wagons of the
early gold-seekers, many of whom chose this northern route as perhaps
being safer and easier, the pass here being only about six thousand
feet above sea level. But it is far better to go afoot. Then you are
free to make wide waverings and zigzags away from the roads to visit
the great fountain streams of the rivers, the glaciers also, and the
wildest retreats in the primeval forests, where the best plants and
animals dwell, and where many a flower-bell will ring against your
knees, and friendly trees will reach out their fronded branches and
touch you as you pass. One blanket will be enough to carry, or you may
forego the pleasure and burden altogether, as wood for fires is
everywhere abundant. Only a little food will be required. Berries and
plums abound in season, and quail and grouse and deer—the magnificent
shaggy mule deer as well as the common species.

As you sweep around so grand a center, the mountain itself seems to
turn, displaying its riches like the revolving pyramids in jewelers’
windows. One glacier after another comes into view, and the outlines of
the mountain are ever changing, though all the way around, from
whatever point of view, the form is maintained of a grand, simple cone
with a gently sloping base and rugged, crumbling ridges separating the
glaciers and the snowfields more or less completely. The play of
colors, from the first touches of the morning sun on the summit, down
the snowfields and the ice and lava until the forests are aglow, is a
never-ending delight, the rosy lava and the fine flushings of the snow
being ineffably lovely. Thus one saunters on and on in the glorious
radiance in utter peace and forgetfulness of time.

Yet, strange to say, there are days even here somewhat dull-looking,
when the mountain seems uncommunicative, sending out no appreciable
invitation, as if not at home. At such time its height seems much less,
as if, crouching and weary, it were taking rest. But Shasta is always
at home to those who love her, and is ever in a thrill of enthusiastic
activity—burning fires within, grinding glaciers without, and fountains
ever flowing. Every crystal dances responsive to the touches of the
sun, and currents of sap in the growing cells of all the vegetation are
ever in a vital whirl and rush, and though many feet and wings are
folded, how many are astir! And the wandering winds, how busy they are,
and what a breadth of sound and motion they make, glinting and bubbling
about the crags of the summit, sifting through the woods, feeling their
way from grove to grove, ruffling the loose hair on the shoulders of
the bears, fanning and rocking young birds in their cradles, making a
trumpet of every corolla, and carrying their fragrance around the
world.

In unsettled weather, when storms are growing, the mountain looms
immensely higher, and its miles of height become apparent to all,
especially in the gloom of the gathering clouds, or when the storm is
done and they are rolling away, torn on the edges and melting while in
the sunshine. Slight rainstorms are likely to be encountered in a trip
round the mountain, but one may easily find shelter beneath
well-thatched trees that shed the rain like a roof. Then the shining of
the wet leaves is delightful, and the steamy fragrance, and the burst
of bird song from a multitude of thrushes and finches and warblers that
have nests in the chaparral.

The nights, too, are delightful, watching with Shasta beneath the great
starry dome. A thousand thousand voices are heard, but so finely
blended they seem a part of the night itself, and make a deeper
silence. And how grandly do the great logs and branches of your
campfire give forth the heat and light that during their long
century-lives they have so slowly gathered from the sun, storing it
away in beautiful dotted cells and beads of amber gum! The neighboring
trees look into the charmed circle as if the noon of another day had
come, familiar flowers and grasses that chance to be near seem far more
beautiful and impressive than by day, and as the dead trees give forth
their light all the other riches of their lives seem to be set free and
with the rejoicing flames rise again to the sky. In setting out from
Strawberry Valley, by bearing off to the northwestward a few miles you
may see

    “...beneath dim aisles, in odorous beds,
    The slight Linnaea hang its twin-born heads,
    And [bless] the monument of the man of flowers,
    Which breathes his sweet fame through the northern bowers.”

This is one of the few places in California where the charming linnaea
is found, though it is common to the northward through Oregon and
Washington. Here, too, you may find the curious but unlovable
darlingtonia, a carnivorous plant that devours bumblebees,
grasshoppers, ants, moths, and other insects, with insatiable appetite.
In approaching it, its suspicious-looking yellow-spotted hood and
watchful attitude will be likely to make you go cautiously through the
bog where it stands, as if you were approaching a dangerous snake. It
also occurs in a bog near Sothern’s Station on the stage road, where I
first saw it, and in other similar bogs throughout the mountains
hereabouts.

The “Big Spring” of the Sacramento is about a mile and a half above
Sisson’s, issuing from the base of a drift-covered hill. It is lined
with emerald algae and mosses, and shaded with alder, willow, and thorn
bushes, which give it a fine setting. Its waters, apparently unaffected
by flood or drouth, heat or cold, fall at once into white rapids with a
rush and dash, as if glad to escape from the darkness to begin their
wild course down the cañon to the plain.

Muir’s Peak, a few miles to the north of the spring, rises about three
thousand feet above the plain on which it stands, and is easily
climbed. The view is very fine and well repays the slight walk to its
summit, from which much of your way about the mountain may be studied
and chosen. The view obtained of the Whitney Glacier should tempt you
to visit it, since it is the largest of the Shasta glaciers and its
lower portion abounds in beautiful and interesting cascades and
crevasses. It is three or four miles long and terminates at an
elevation of about nine thousand five hundred feet above sea level, in
moraine-sprinkled ice cliffs sixty feet high. The long gray slopes
leading up to the glacier seem remarkably smooth and unbroken. They are
much interrupted, nevertheless, with abrupt, jagged precipitous gorges,
which though offering instructive sections of the lavas for
examination, would better be shunned by most people. This may be done
by keeping well down on the base until fronting the glacier before
beginning the ascent.

The gorge through which the glacier is drained is raw-looking, deep and
narrow, and indescribably jagged. The walls in many places overhang; in
others they are beveled, loose, and shifting where the channel has been
eroded by cinders, ashes, strata of firm lavas, and glacial drift,
telling of many a change from frost to fire and their attendant floods
of mud and water. Most of the drainage of the glacier vanishes at once
in the porous rocks to reappear in springs in the distant valley, and
it is only in time of flood that the channel carries much water; then
there are several fine falls in the gorge, six hundred feet or more in
height. Snow lies in it the year round at an elevation of eight
thousand five hundred feet, and in sheltered spots a thousand feet
lower. Tracing this wild changing channel-gorge, gully, or cañon, the
sections will show Mount Shasta as a huge palimpsest, containing the
records, layer upon layer, of strangely contrasted events in its
fiery-icy history. But look well to your footing, for the way will test
the skill of the most cautious mountaineers.

Regaining the low ground at the base of the mountain and holding on in
your grand orbit, you pass through a belt of juniper woods, called “The
Cedars,” to Sheep Rock at the foot of the Shasta Pass. Here you strike
the old emigrant road, which leads over the low divide to the eastern
slopes of the mountain. In a north-northwesterly direction from the
foot of the pass you may chance to find Pluto’s Cave, already
mentioned; but it is not easily found, since its several mouths are on
a level with the general surface of the ground, and have been made
simply by the falling-in of portions of the roof. Far the most
beautiful and richly furnished of the mountain caves of California
occur in a thick belt of metamorphic limestone that is pretty generally
developed along the western flank of the Sierra from the McCloud River
to the Kaweah, a distance of nearly four hundred miles. These volcanic
caves are not wanting in interest, and it is well to light a pitch pine
torch and take a walk in these dark ways of the underworld whenever
opportunity offers, if for no other reason to see with new appreciation
on returning to the sunshine the beauties that lie so thick about us.

Sheep Rock is about twenty miles from Sisson’s, and is one of the
principal winter pasture grounds of the wild sheep, from which it takes
its name. It is a mass of lava presenting to the gray sage plain of
Shasta Valley a bold craggy front two thousand feet high. Its summit
lies at an elevation of five thousand five hundred feet above the sea,
and has several square miles of comparatively level surface, where
bunchgrass grows and the snow does not lie deep, thus allowing the
hardy sheep to pick up a living through the winter months when deep
snows have driven them down from the lofty ridges of Shasta.

From here it might be well to leave the immediate base of the mountain
for a few days and visit the Lava Beds made famous by the Modoc War.
They lie about forty miles to the northeastward, on the south shore of
Rhett or Tule[7] Lake, at an elevation above sea level of about
forty-five hundred feet. They are a portion of a flow of dense black
vesicular lava, dipping northeastward at a low angle, but little
changed as yet by the weather, and about as destitute of soil as a
glacial pavement. The surface, though smooth in a general way as seen
from a distance, is dotted with hillocks and rough crater-like pits,
and traversed by a network of yawning fissures, forming a combination
of topographical conditions of very striking character. The way lies by
Mount Bremer, over stretches of gray sage plains, interrupted by rough
lava slopes timbered with juniper and yellow pine, and with here and
there a green meadow and a stream.

This is a famous game region, and you will be likely to meet small
bands of antelope, mule deer, and wild sheep. Mount Bremer is the most
noted stronghold of the sheep in the whole Shasta region. Large flocks
dwell here from year to year, winter and summer, descending
occasionally into the adjacent sage plains and lava beds to feed, but
ever ready to take refuge in the jagged crags of their mountain at
every alarm. While traveling with a company of hunters I saw about
fifty in one flock.

The Van Bremer brothers, after whom the mountain is named, told me that
they once climbed the mountain with their rifles and hounds on a grand
hunt; but, after keeping up the pursuit for a week, their boots and
clothing gave way, and the hounds were lamed and worn out without
having run down a single sheep, notwithstanding they ran night and day.
On smooth spots, level or ascending, the hounds gained on the sheep,
but on descending ground, and over rough masses of angular rocks they
fell hopelessly behind. Only half a dozen sheep were shot as they
passed the hunters stationed near their paths circling round the rugged
summit. The full-grown bucks weigh nearly three hundred and fifty
pounds.

The mule deer are nearly as heavy. Their long, massive ears give them a
very striking appearance. One large buck that I measured stood three
feet and seven inches high at the shoulders, and when the ears were
extended horizontally the distance across from tip to tip was two feet
and one inch.

From the Van Bremer ranch the way to the Lava Beds leads down the
Bremer Meadows past many a smooth grassy knoll and jutting cliff, along
the shore of Lower Klamath Lake, and thence across a few miles of sage
plain to the brow of the wall-like bluff of lava four hundred and fifty
feet above Tule Lake. Here you are looking southeastward, and the Modoc
landscape, which at once takes possession of you, lies revealed in
front. It is composed of three principal parts; on your left lies the
bright expanse of Tule Lake, on your right an evergreen forest, and
between the two are the black Lava Beds.

When I first stood there, one bright day before sundown, the lake was
fairly blooming in purple light, and was so responsive to the sky in
both calmness and color it seemed itself a sky. No mountain shore hides
its loveliness. It lies wide open for many a mile, veiled in no mystery
but the mystery of light. The forest also was flooded with sun-purple,
not a spire moving, and Mount Shasta was seen towering above it
rejoicing in the ineffable beauty of the alpenglow. But neither the
glorified woods on the one hand, nor the lake on the other, could at
first hold the eye. That dark mysterious lava plain between them
compelled attention. Here you trace yawning fissures, there clusters of
somber pits; now you mark where the lava is bent and corrugated in
swelling ridges and domes, again where it breaks into a rough mass of
loose blocks. Tufts of grass grow far apart here and there and small
bushes of hardy sage, but they have a singed appearance and can do
little to hide the blackness. Deserts are charming to those who know
how to see them—all kinds of bogs, barrens, and heathy moors; but the
Modoc Lava Beds have for me an uncanny look. As I gazed the purple
deepened over all the landscape. Then fell the gloaming, making
everything still more forbidding and mysterious. Then, darkness like
death.

Next morning the crisp, sunshiny air made even the Modoc landscape less
hopeless, and we ventured down the bluff to the edge of the Lava Beds.
Just at the foot of the bluff we came to a square enclosed by a stone
wall. This is a graveyard where lie buried thirty soldiers, most of
whom met their fate out in the Lava Beds, as we learn by the boards
marking the graves—a gloomy place to die in, and deadly-looking even
without Modocs. The poor fellows that lie here deserve far more pity
than they have ever received. Picking our way over the strange ridges
and hollows of the beds, we soon came to a circular flat about twenty
yards in diameter, on the shore of the lake, where the comparative
smoothness of the lava and a few handfuls of soil have caused the grass
tufts to grow taller. This is where General Canby was slain while
seeking to make peace with the treacherous Modocs.

Two or three miles farther on is the main stronghold of the Modocs,
held by them so long and defiantly against all the soldiers that could
be brought to the attack. Indians usually choose to hide in tall grass
and bush and behind trees, where they can crouch and glide like
panthers, without casting up defenses that would betray their
positions; but the Modoc castle is in the rock. When the Yosemite
Indians made raids on the settlers of the lower Merced, they withdrew
with their spoils into Yosemite Valley; and the Modocs boasted that in
case of war they had a stone house into which no white man could come
as long as they cared to defend it. Yosemite was not held for a single
day against the pursuing troops; but the Modocs held their fort for
months, until, weary of being hemmed in, they chose to withdraw.

It consists of numerous redoubts formed by the unequal subsidence of
portions of the lava flow, and a complicated network of redans
abundantly supplied with salient and re-entering angles, being united
each to the other and to the redoubts by a labyrinth of open and
covered corridors, some of which expand at intervals into spacious
caverns, forming as a whole the most complete natural Gibraltar I ever
saw. Other castles scarcely less strong are connected with this by
subterranean passages known only to the Indians, while the unnatural
blackness of the rock out of which Nature has constructed these
defenses, and the weird, inhuman physiognomy of the whole region are
well calculated to inspire terror.

Deadly was the task of storming such a place. The breech-loading rifles
of the Indians thrust through chinks between the rocks were ready to
pick off every soldier who showed himself for a moment, while the
Indians lay utterly invisible. They were familiar with byways both over
and under ground, and could at any time sink suddenly out of sight like
squirrels among the loose boulders. Our bewildered soldiers heard them
shooting, now before, now behind them, as they glided from place to
place through fissures and subterranean passes, all the while as
invisible as Gyges wearing his magic ring. To judge from the few I have
seen, Modocs are not very amiable-looking people at best. When,
therefore, they were crawling stealthily in the gloomy caverns, unkempt
and begrimed and with the glare of war in their eyes, they must have
seemed very demons of the volcanic pit.

Captain Jack’s cave is one of the many somber cells of the castle. It
measures twenty-five or thirty feet in diameter at the entrance, and
extends but a short distance in a horizontal direction. The floor is
littered with the bones of the animals slaughtered for food during the
war. Some eager archaeologist may hereafter discover this cabin and
startle his world by announcing another of the Stone Age caves. The sun
shines freely into its mouth, and graceful bunches of grass and
eriogonums and sage grow about it, doing what they can toward its
redemption from degrading associations and making it beautiful.

Where the lava meets the lake there are some fine curving bays,
beautifully embroidered with rushes and polygonums, a favorite resort
of waterfowl. On our return, keeping close along shore, we caused a
noisy plashing and beating of wings among cranes and geese. The ducks,
less wary, kept their places, merely swimming in and out through
openings in the rushes, rippling the glassy water, and raising spangles
in their wake. The countenance of the lava beds became less and less
forbidding. Tufts of pale grasses, relieved on the jet rocks, looked
like ornaments on a mantel, thick-furred mats of emerald mosses
appeared in damp spots next the shore, and I noticed one tuft of small
ferns. From year to year in the kindly weather the beds are thus
gathering beauty—beauty for ashes.

Returning to Sheep Rock and following the old emigrant road, one is
soon back again beneath the snows and shadows of Shasta, and the Ash
Creek and McCloud Glaciers come into view on the east side of the
mountain. They are broad, rugged, crevassed cloudlike masses of
down-grinding ice, pouring forth streams of muddy water as measures of
the work they are doing in sculpturing the rocks beneath them; very
unlike the long, majestic glaciers of Alaska that riverlike go winding
down the valleys through the forests to the sea. These, with a few
others as yet nameless, are lingering remnants of once great glaciers
that occupied the cañons now taken by the rivers, and in a few
centuries will, under present conditions, vanish altogether.

The rivers of the granite south half of the Sierra are outspread on the
peaks in a shining network of small branches, that divide again and
again into small dribbling, purling, oozing threads drawing their
sources from the snow and ice of the surface. They seldom sink out of
sight, save here and there in the moraines or glaciers, or, early in
the season, beneath the banks and bridges of snow, soon to issue again.
But in the north half, laden with rent and porous lava, small tributary
streams are rare, and the rivers, flowing for a time beneath the sky of
rock, at length burst forth into the light in generous volume from
seams and caverns, filtered, cool, and sparkling, as if their bondage
in darkness, safe from the vicissitudes of the weather in their youth,
were only a blessing.

Only a very small portion of the water derived from the melting ice and
snow of Shasta flows down its flanks on the surface. Probably
ninety-nine per cent of it is at once absorbed and drained away beneath
the porous lava-folds of the mountain to gush forth, filtered and pure,
in the form of immense springs, so large, some of them, that they give
birth to rivers that start on their journey beneath the sun, full-grown
and perfect without any childhood. Thus the Shasta River issues from a
large lake-like spring in Shasta Valley, and about two thirds of the
volume of the McCloud gushes forth in a grand spring on the east side
of the mountain, a few miles back from its immediate base.

To find the big spring of the McCloud, or “Mud Glacier,” which you will
know by its size (it being the largest on the east side), you make your
way through sunny, parklike woods of yellow pine, and a shaggy growth
of chaparral, and come in a few hours to the river flowing in a gorge
of moderate depth, cut abruptly down into the lava plain. Should the
volume of the stream where you strike it seem small, then you will know
that you are above the spring; if large, nearly equal to its volume at
its confluence with the Pitt River, then you are below it; and in
either case have only to follow the river up or down until you come to
it.

Under certain conditions you may hear the roar of the water rushing
from the rock at a distance of half a mile, or even more; or you may
not hear it until within a few rods. It comes in a grand, eager gush
from a horizontal seam in the face of the wall of the river gorge in
the form of a partially interrupted sheet nearly seventy-five yards in
width, and at a height above the riverbed of about forty feet, as
nearly as I could make out without the means of exact measurement. For
about fifty yards this flat current is in one unbroken sheet, and flows
in a lacework of plashing, upleaping spray over boulders that are clad
in green silky algae and water mosses to meet the smaller part of the
river, which takes its rise farther up. Joining the river at right
angles to its course, it at once swells its volume to three times its
size above the spring.

The vivid green of the boulders beneath the water is very striking, and
colors the entire stream with the exception of the portions broken into
foam. The color is chiefly due to a species of algae which seems common
in springs of this sort. That any kind of plant can hold on and grow
beneath the wear of so boisterous a current seems truly wonderful, even
after taking into consideration the freedom of the water from cutting
drift, and the constance of its volume and temperature throughout the
year. The temperature is about 45 degrees, and the height of the river
above the sea is here about three thousand feet. Asplenium, epilobium,
heuchera, hazel, dogwood, and alder make a luxurious fringe and
setting; and the forests of Douglas spruce along the banks are the
finest I have ever seen in the Sierra.

From the spring you may go with the river—a fine traveling
companion—down to the sportsman’s fishing station, where, if you are
getting hungry, you may replenish your stores; or, bearing off around
the mountain by Huckleberry Valley, complete your circuit without
interruption, emerging at length from beneath the outspread arms of the
sugar pine at Strawberry Valley, with all the new wealth and health
gathered in your walk; not tired in the least, and only eager to repeat
the round.

Tracing rivers to their fountains makes the most charming of travels.
As the life-blood of the landscapes, the best of the wilderness comes
to their banks, and not one dull passage is found in all their eventful
histories. Tracing the McCloud to its highest springs, and over the
divide to the fountains of Fall River, near Fort Crook, thence down
that river to its confluence with the Pitt, on from there to the
volcanic region about Lassen’s Butte, through the Big Meadows among the
sources of the Feather River, and down through forests of sugar pine to
the fertile plains of Chico—this is a glorious saunter and imposes no
hardship. Food may be had at moderate intervals, and the whole circuit
forms one ever-deepening, broadening stream of enjoyment.

Fall River is a very remarkable stream. It is only about ten miles
long, and is composed of springs, rapids, and falls—springs beautifully
shaded at one end of it, a showy fall one hundred and eighty feet high
at the other, and a rush of crystal rapids between. The banks are
fringed with rubus, rose, plum cherry, spiraea, azalea, honeysuckle,
hawthorn, ash, alder, elder, aster, goldenrod, beautiful grasses,
sedges, rushes, mosses, and ferns with fronds as large as the leaves of
palms—all in the midst of a richly forested landscape. Nowhere within
the limits of California are the forests of yellow pine so extensive
and exclusive as on the headwaters of the Pitt. They cover the
mountains and all the lower slopes that border the wide, open valleys
which abound there, pressing forward in imposing ranks, seemingly the
hardiest and most firmly established of all the northern coniferae.

The volcanic region about Lassen’s Butte I have already in part
described. Miles of its flanks are dotted with hot springs, many of
them so sulphurous and boisterous and noisy in their boiling that they
seem inclined to become geysers like those of the Yellowstone.

The ascent of Lassen’s Butte is an easy walk, and the views from the
summit are extremely telling. Innumerable lakes and craters surround
the base; forests of the charming Williamson spruce fringe lake and
crater alike; the sunbeaten plains to east and west make a striking
show, and the wilderness of peaks and ridges stretch indefinitely away
on either hand. The lofty, icy Shasta, towering high above all, seems
but an hour’s walk from you, though the distance in an air-line is
about sixty miles.

The “Big Meadows” lie near the foot of Lassen’s Butte, a beautiful
spacious basin set in the heart of the richly forested mountains,
scarcely surpassed in the grandeur of its surroundings by Tahoe. During
the Glacial Period it was a mer de glace, then a lake, and now a level
meadow shining with bountiful springs and streams. In the number and
size of its big spring fountains it excels even Shasta. One of the
largest that I measured forms a lakelet nearly a hundred yards in
diameter, and, in the generous flood it sends forth offers one of the
most telling symbols of Nature’s affluence to be found in the
mountains.

The great wilds of our country, once held to be boundless and
inexhaustible, are being rapidly invaded and overrun in every
direction, and everything destructible in them is being destroyed. How
far destruction may go it is not easy to guess. Every landscape, low
and high, seems doomed to be trampled and harried. Even the sky is not
safe from scath—blurred and blackened whole summers together with the
smoke of fires that devour the woods.

The Shasta region is still a fresh unspoiled wilderness, accessible and
available for travelers of every kind and degree. Would it not then be
a fine thing to set it apart like the Yellowstone and Yosemite as a
National Park for the welfare and benefit of all mankind, preserving
its fountains and forests and all its glad life in primeval beauty?
Very little of the region can ever be more valuable for any other
use—certainly not for gold nor for grain. No private right or interest
need suffer, and thousands yet unborn would come from far and near and
bless the country for its wise and benevolent forethought.




VI. The City of the Saints[8]


The mountains rise grandly round about this curious city, the Zion of
the new Saints, so grandly that the city itself is hardly visible. The
Wahsatch Range, snow-laden and adorned with glacier-sculpted peaks,
stretches continuously along the eastern horizon, forming the boundary
of the Great Salt Lake Basin; while across the valley of the Jordan
southwestward from here, you behold the Oquirrh Range, about as snowy
and lofty as the Wahsatch. To the northwest your eye skims the blue
levels of the great lake, out of the midst of which rise island
mountains, and beyond, at a distance of fifty miles, is seen the
picturesque wall of the lakeside mountains blending with the lake and
the sky.

The glacial developments of these superb ranges are sharply sculptured
peaks and crests, with ample wombs between them where the ancient snows
of the glacial period were collected and transformed into ice, and
ranks of profound shadowy cañons, while moraines commensurate with the
lofty fountains extend into the valleys, forming far the grandest
series of glacial monuments I have yet seen this side of the Sierra.

In beginning this letter I meant to describe the city, but in the
company of these noble old mountains, it is not easy to bend one’s
attention upon anything else. Salt Lake cannot be called a very
beautiful town, neither is there anything ugly or repulsive about it.
From the slopes of the Wahsatch foothills, or old lake benches, toward
Fort Douglas it is seen to occupy the sloping gravelly delta of City
Creek, a fine, hearty stream that comes pouring from the snows of the
mountains through a majestic glacial cañon; and it is just where this
stream comes forth into the light on the edge of the valley of the
Jordan that the Mormons have built their new Jerusalem.

At first sight there is nothing very marked in the external appearance
of the town excepting its leafiness. Most of the houses are veiled with
trees, as if set down in the midst of one grand orchard; and seen at a
little distance they appear like a field of glacier boulders overgrown
with aspens, such as one often meets in the upper valleys of the
California Sierra, for only the angular roofs are clearly visible.

[Illustration: IN THE WAHSATCH MOUNTAINS]

Perhaps nineteen twentieths of the houses are built of bluish-gray
adobe bricks, and are only one or two stories high, forming fine
cottage homes which promise simple comfort within. They are set well
back from the street, leaving room for a flower garden, while almost
every one has a thrifty orchard at the sides and around the back. The
gardens are laid out with great simplicity, indicating love for flowers
by people comparatively poor, rather than deliberate efforts of the
rich for showy artistic effects. They are like the pet gardens of
children, about as artless and humble, and harmonize with the low
dwellings to which they belong. In almost every one you find daisies,
and mint, and lilac bushes, and rows of plain English tulips. Lilacs
and tulips are the most characteristic flowers, and nowhere have I seen
them in greater perfection. As Oakland is pre-eminently a city of
roses, so is this Mormon Saints’ Rest a city of lilacs and tulips. The
flowers, at least, are saintly, and they are surely loved. Scarce a
home, however obscure, is without them, and the simple, unostentatious
manner in which they are planted and gathered in pots and boxes about
the windows shows how truly they are prized.

The surrounding commons, the marshy levels of the Jordan, and dry,
gravelly lake benches on the slopes of the Wahsatch foothills are now
gay with wild flowers, chief among which are a species of phlox, with
an abundance of rich pink corollas, growing among sagebrush in showy
tufts, and a beautiful papilionaceous plant, with silky leaves and
large clusters of purple flowers, banner, wings, and keel exquisitely
shaded, a mertensia, hydrophyllum, white boragewort, orthocarpus,
several species of violets, and a tall scarlet gilia. It is delightful
to see how eagerly all these are sought after by the children, both
boys and girls. Every day that I have gone botanizing I have met groups
of little Latter-Days with their precious bouquets, and at such times
it was hard to believe the dark, bloody passages of Mormon history.

But to return to the city. As soon as City Creek approaches its upper
limit its waters are drawn off right and left, and distributed in brisk
rills, one on each side of every street, the regular slopes of the
delta upon which the city is built being admirably adapted to this
system of street irrigation. These streams are all pure and sparkling
in the upper streets, but, as they are used to some extent as sewers,
they soon manifest the consequence of contact with civilization, though
the speed of their flow prevents their becoming offensive, and little
Saints not over particular may be seen drinking from them everywhere.

The streets are remarkably wide and the buildings low, making them
appear yet wider than they really are. Trees are planted along the
sidewalks—elms, poplars, maples, and a few catalpas and hawthorns; yet
they are mostly small and irregular, and nowhere form avenues half so
leafy and imposing as one would be led to expect. Even in the business
streets there is but little regularity in the buildings—now a row of
plain adobe structures, half store, half dwelling, then a high
mercantile block of red brick or sandstone, and again a row of adobe
cottages nestled back among apple trees. There is one immense store
with its sign upon the roof, in letters big enough to be read miles
away, “Z.C.M.I.” (Zion’s Co-operative Mercantile Institution), while
many a small, codfishy corner grocery bears the legend “Holiness to the
Lord, Z.C.M.I.” But little evidence will you find in this Zion, with
its fifteen thousand souls, of great wealth, though many a Saint is
seeking it as keenly as any Yankee Gentile. But on the other hand,
searching throughout all the city, you will not find any trace of
squalor or extreme poverty.

Most of the women I have chanced to meet, especially those from the
country, have a weary, repressed look, as if for the sake of their
religion they were patiently carrying burdens heavier than they were
well able to bear. But, strange as it must seem to Gentiles, the many
wives of one man, instead of being repelled from one another by
jealousy, appear to be drawn all the closer together, as if the real
marriage existed between the wives only. Groups of half a dozen or so
may frequently be seen on the streets in close conversation, looking as
innocent and unspeculative as a lot of heifers, while the masculine
Saints pass them by as if they belonged to a distinct species. In the
Tabernacle last Sunday, one of the elders of the church, in discoursing
upon the good things of life, the possessions of Latter-Day Saints,
enumerated fruitful fields, horses, cows, wives, and implements, the
wives being placed as above, between the cows and implements, without
receiving any superior emphasis.

Polygamy, as far as I have observed, exerts a more degrading influence
upon husbands that upon wives. The love of the latter finds expression
in flowers and children, while the former seem to be rendered incapable
of pure love of anything. The spirit of Mormonism is intensely
exclusive and un-American. A more withdrawn, compact, sealed-up body of
people could hardly be found on the face of the earth than is gathered
here, notwithstanding railroads, telegraphs, and the penetrating lights
that go sifting through society everywhere in this revolutionary,
question-asking century. Most of the Mormons I have met seem to be in a
state of perpetual apology, which can hardly be fully accounted for by
Gentile attacks. At any rate it is unspeakably offensive to any free
man.

“We Saints,” they are continually saying, “are not as bad as we are
called. We don’t murder those who differ with us, but rather treat them
with all charity. You may go through our town night or day and no harm
shall befall you. Go into our houses and you will be well used. We are
as glad as you are that Lee was punished,” etc. While taking a saunter
the other evening we were overtaken by a characteristic Mormon, “an
umble man,” who made us a very deferential salute and then walked on
with us about half a mile. We discussed whatsoever of Mormon doctrines
came to mind with American freedom, which he defended as best he could,
speaking in an excited but deprecating tone. When hard pressed he would
say: “I don’t understand these deep things, but the elders do. I’m only
an umble tradesman.” In taking leave he thanked us for the pleasure of
our querulous conversation, removed his hat, and bowed lowly in a sort
of Uriah Heep manner, and then went to his humble home. How many humble
wives it contained, we did not learn.

Fine specimens of manhood are by no means wanting, but the number of
people one meets here who have some physical defect or who attract
one’s attention by some mental peculiarity that manifests itself
through the eyes, is astonishingly great in so small a city. It would
evidently be unfair to attribute these defects to Mormonism, though
Mormonism has undoubtedly been the magnet that elected and drew these
strange people together from all parts of the world.

But however “the peculiar doctrines” and “peculiar practices” of
Mormonism have affected the bodies and the minds of the old Saints, the
little Latter-Day boys and girls are as happy and natural as possible,
running wild, with plenty of good hearty parental indulgence, playing,
fighting, gathering flowers in delightful innocence; and when we
consider that most of the parents have been drawn from the thickly
settled portion of the Old World, where they have long suffered the
repression of hunger and hard toil, the Mormon children, “Utah’s best
crop,” seem remarkably bright and promising.

From children one passes naturally into the blooming wilderness, to the
pure religion of sunshine and snow, where all the good and the evil of
this strange people lifts and vanishes from the mind like mist from the
mountains.




VII. A Great Storm in Utah[9]


Utah has just been blessed with one of the grandest storms I have ever
beheld this side of the Sierra. The mountains are laden with fresh
snow; wild streams are swelling and booming adown the cañons, and out
in the valley of the Jordan a thousand rain-pools are gleaming in the
sun.

With reference to the development of fertile storms bearing snow and
rain, the greater portion of the calendar springtime of Utah has been
winter. In all the upper cañons of the mountains the snow is now from
five to ten feet deep or more, and most of it has fallen since March.
Almost every other day during the last three weeks small local storms
have been falling on the Wahsatch and Oquirrh Mountains, while the
Jordan Valley remained dry and sun-filled. But on the afternoon of
Thursday, the 17th ultimo, wind, rain, and snow filled the whole basin,
driving wildly over valley and plain from range to range, bestowing
their benefactions in most cordial and harmonious storm-measures. The
oldest Saints say they have never witnessed a more violent storm of
this kind since the first settlement of Zion, and while the gale from
the northwest, with which the storm began, was rocking their adobe
walls, uprooting trees and darkening the streets with billows of dust
and sand, some of them seemed inclined to guess that the terrible
phenomenon was one of the signs of the times of which their preachers
are so constantly reminding them, the beginning of the outpouring of
the treasured wrath of the Lord upon the Gentiles for the killing of
Joseph Smith. To me it seemed a cordial outpouring of Nature’s love;
but it is easy to differ with salt Latter-Days in everything—storms,
wives, politics, and religion.

About an hour before the storm reached the city I was so fortunate as
to be out with a friend on the banks of the Jordan enjoying the
scenery. Clouds, with peculiarly restless and self-conscious gestures,
were marshaling themselves along the mountain-tops, and sending out
long, overlapping wings across the valley; and even where no cloud was
visible, an obscuring film absorbed the sunlight, giving rise to a
cold, bluish darkness. Nevertheless, distant objects along the
boundaries of the landscape were revealed with wonderful distinctness
in this weird, subdued, cloud-sifted light. The mountains, in
particular, with the forests on their flanks, their mazy lacelike
cañons, the wombs of the ancient glaciers, and their marvelous
profusion of ornate sculpture, were most impressively manifest. One
would fancy that a man might be clearly seen walking on the snow at a
distance of twenty or thirty miles.

While we were reveling in this rare, ungarish grandeur, turning from
range to range, studying the darkening sky and listening to the still
small voices of the flowers at our feet, some of the denser clouds came
down, crowning and wreathing the highest peaks and dropping long gray
fringes whose smooth linear structure showed that snow was beginning to
fall. Of these partial storms there were soon ten or twelve, arranged
in two rows, while the main Jordan Valley between them lay as yet in
profound calm. At 4:30 p.m. a dark brownish cloud appeared close down
on the plain towards the lake, extending from the northern extremity of
the Oquirrh Range in a northeasterly direction as far as the eye could
reach. Its peculiar color and structure excited our attention without
enabling us to decide certainly as to its character, but we were not
left long in doubt, for in a few minutes it came sweeping over the
valley in a wild uproar, a torrent of wind thick with sand and dust,
advancing with a most majestic front, rolling and overcombing like a
gigantic sea-wave. Scarcely was it in plain sight ere it was upon us,
racing across the Jordan, over the city, and up the slopes of the
Wahsatch, eclipsing all the landscapes in its course—the bending trees,
the dust streamers, and the wild onrush of everything movable giving it
an appreciable visibility that rendered it grand and inspiring.

This gale portion of the storm lasted over an hour, then down came the
blessed rain and the snow all through the night and the next day, the
snow and rain alternating and blending in the valley. It is long since
I have seen snow coming into a city. The crystal flakes falling in the
foul streets was a pitiful sight.

Notwithstanding the vaunted refining influences of towns, purity of all
kinds—pure hearts, pure streams, pure snow—must here be exposed to
terrible trials. City Creek, coming from its high glacial fountains,
enters the streets of this Mormon Zion pure as an angel, but how does
it leave it? Even roses and lilies in gardens most loved are tainted
with a thousand impurities as soon as they unfold. I heard Brigham
Young in the Tabernacle the other day warning his people that if they
did not mend their manners angels would not come into their houses,
though perchance they might be sauntering by with little else to do
than chat with them. Possibly there may be Salt Lake families
sufficiently pure for angel society, but I was not pleased with the
reception they gave the small snow angels that God sent among them the
other night. Only the children hailed them with delight. The old
Latter-Days seemed to shun them. I should like to see how Mr. Young,
the Lake Prophet, would meet such messengers.

But to return to the storm. Toward the evening of the 18th it began to
wither. The snowy skirts of the Wahsatch Mountains appeared beneath the
lifting fringes of the clouds, and the sun shone out through colored
windows, producing one of the most glorious after-storm effects I ever
witnessed. Looking across the Jordan, the gray sagey slopes from the
base of the Oquirrh Mountains were covered with a thick, plushy cloth
of gold, soft and ethereal as a cloud, not merely tinted and gilded
like a rock with autumn sunshine, but deeply muffled beyond
recognition. Surely nothing in heaven, nor any mansion of the Lord in
all his worlds, could be more gloriously carpeted. Other portions of
the plain were flushed with red and purple, and all the mountains and
the clouds above them were painted in corresponding loveliness. Earth
and sky, round and round the entire landscape, was one ravishing
revelation of color, infinitely varied and interblended.

I have seen many a glorious sunset beneath lifting storm clouds on the
mountains, but nothing comparable with this. I felt as if new-arrived
in some other far-off world. The mountains, the plains, the sky, all
seemed new. Other experiences seemed but to have prepared me for this,
as souls are prepared for heaven. To describe the colors on a single
mountain would, if it were possible at all, require many a
volume—purples, and yellows, and delicious pearly grays divinely toned
and interblended, and so richly put on one seemed to be looking down
through the ground as through a sky. The disbanding clouds lingered
lovingly about the mountains, filling the cañons like tinted wool,
rising and drooping around the topmost peaks, fondling their rugged
bases, or, sailing alongside, trailed their lustrous fringes through
the pines as if taking a last view of their accomplished work. Then
came darkness, and the glorious day was done.

This afternoon the Utah mountains and valleys seem to belong to our own
very world again. They are covered with common sunshine. Down here on
the banks of the Jordan, larks and redwings are swinging on the rushes;
the balmy air is instinct with immortal life; the wild flowers, the
grass, and the farmers’ grain are fresh as if, like the snow, they had
come out of heaven, and the last of the angel clouds are fleeing from
the mountains.




VIII. Bathing in Salt Lake[10]


When the north wind blows, bathing in Salt Lake is a glorious baptism,
for then it is all wildly awake with waves, blooming like a prairie in
snowy crystal foam. Plunging confidently into the midst of the grand
uproar you are hugged and welcomed, and swim without effort, rocking
and heaving up and down, in delightful rhythm, while the winds sing in
chorus and the cool, fragrant brine searches every fiber of your body;
and at length you are tossed ashore with a glad Godspeed, braced and
salted and clean as a saint.

The nearest point on the shoreline is distant about ten miles from Salt
Lake City, and is almost inaccessible on account of the boggy character
of the ground, but, by taking the Western Utah Railroad, at a distance
of twenty miles you reach what is called Lake Point, where the shore is
gravelly and wholesome and abounds in fine retreating bays that seem to
have been made on purpose for bathing. Here the northern peaks of the
Oquirrh Range plant their feet in the clear blue brine, with fine
curbing insteps, leaving no space for muddy levels. The crystal
brightness of the water, the wild flowers, and the lovely mountain
scenery make this a favorite summer resort for pleasure and health
seekers. Numerous excursion trains are run from the city, and parties,
some of them numbering upwards of a thousand, come to bathe, and dance,
and roam the flowery hillsides together.

But at the time of my first visit in May, I fortunately found myself
alone. The hotel and bathhouse, which form the chief improvements of
the place, were sleeping in winter silence, notwithstanding the year
was in full bloom. It was one of those genial sun-days when flowers and
flies come thronging to the light, and birds sing their best. The
mountain ranges, stretching majestically north and south, were piled
with pearly cumuli, the sky overhead was pure azure, and the wind-swept
lake was all aroll and aroar with whitecaps.

I sauntered along the shore until I came to a sequestered cove, where
buttercups and wild peas were blooming close down to the limit reached
by the waves. Here, I thought, is just the place for a bath; but the
breakers seemed terribly boisterous and forbidding as they came rolling
up the beach, or dashed white against the rocks that bounded the cove
on the east. The outer ranks, ever broken, ever builded, formed a
magnificent rampart, sculptured and corniced like the hanging wall of a
bergschrund, and appeared hopelessly insurmountable, however easily one
might ride the swelling waves beyond. I feasted awhile on their beauty,
watching their coming in from afar like faithful messengers, to tell
their stories one by one; then I turned reluctantly away, to botanize
and wait a calm. But the calm did not come that day, nor did I wait
long. In an hour or two I was back again to the same little cove. The
waves still sang the old storm song, and rose in high crystal walls,
seemingly hard enough to be cut in sections, like ice.

Without any definite determination I found myself undressed, as if some
one else had taken me in hand; and while one of the largest waves was
ringing out its message and spending itself on the beach, I ran out
with open arms to the next, ducked beneath its breaking top, and got
myself into right lusty relationship with the brave old lake. Away I
sped in free, glad motion, as if, like a fish, I had been afloat all my
life, now low out of sight in the smooth, glassy valleys, now bounding
aloft on firm combing crests, while the crystal foam beat against my
breast with keen, crisp clashing, as if composed of pure salt. I bowed
to every wave, and each lifted me right royally to its shoulders,
almost setting me erect on my feet, while they all went speeding by
like living creatures, blooming and rejoicing in the brightness of the
day, and chanting the history of their grand mountain home.

A good deal of nonsense has been written concerning the difficulty of
swimming in this heavy water. “One’s head would go down, and heels come
up, and the acrid brine would burn like fire.” I was conscious only of
a joyous exhilaration, my limbs seemingly heeding their own business,
without any discomfort or confusion; so much so, that without previous
knowledge my experience on this occasion would not have led me to
detect anything peculiar. In calm weather, however, the sustaining
power of the water might probably be more marked. This was by far the
most exciting and effective wave excursion I ever made this side of the
Rocky Mountains; and when at its close I was heaved ashore among the
sunny grasses and flowers, I found myself a new creature indeed, and
went bounding along the beach with blood all aglow, reinforced by the
best salts of the mountains, and ready for any race.

Since the completion of the transcontinental and Utah railways, this
magnificent lake in the heart of the continent has become as accessible
as any watering-place on either coast; and I am sure that thousands of
travelers, sick and well, would throng its shores every summer were its
merits but half known. Lake Point is only an hour or two from the city,
and has hotel accommodations and a steamboat for excursions; and then,
besides the bracing waters, the climate is delightful. The mountains
rise into the cool sky furrowed with cañons almost yosemitic in
grandeur, and filled with a glorious profusion of flowers and trees.
Lovers of science, lovers of wildness, lovers of pure rest will find
here more than they may hope for.

As for the Mormons one meets, however their doctrines be regarded, they
will be found as rich in human kindness as any people in all our broad
land, while the dark memories that cloud their earlier history will
vanish from the mind as completely as when we bathe in the fountain
azure of the Sierra.




IX. Mormon Lilies[11]


Lilies are rare in Utah; so also are their companions the ferns and
orchids, chiefly on account of the fiery saltness of the soil and
climate. You may walk the deserts of the Great Basin in the bloom time
of the year, all the way across from the snowy Sierra to the snowy
Wahsatch, and your eyes will be filled with many a gay malva, and
poppy, and abronia, and cactus, but you may not see a single true lily,
and only a very few liliaceous plants of any kind. Not even in the
cool, fresh glens of the mountains will you find these favorite
flowers, though some of these desert ranges almost rival the Sierra in
height. Nevertheless, in the building and planting of this grand
Territory the lilies were not forgotten. Far back in the dim geologic
ages, when the sediments of the old seas were being gathered and
outspread in smooth sheets like leaves of a book, and when these
sediments became dry land, and were baked and crumbled into the sky as
mountain ranges; when the lava-floods of the Fire Period were being
lavishly poured forth from innumerable rifts and craters; when the ice
of the Glacial Period was laid like a mantle over every mountain and
valley—throughout all these immensely protracted periods, in the throng
of these majestic operations, Nature kept her flower children in mind.
She considered the lilies, and, while planting the plains with sage and
the hills with cedar, she has covered at least one mountain with golden
erythroniums and fritillarias as its crowning glory, as if willing to
show what she could do in the lily line even here.

Looking southward from the south end of Salt Lake, the two northmost
peaks of the Oquirrh Range are seen swelling calmly into the cool sky
without any marked character, excepting only their snow crowns, and a
few weedy-looking patches of spruce and fir, the simplicity of their
slopes preventing their real loftiness from being appreciated. Gray,
sagey plains circle around their bases, and up to a height of a
thousand feet or more their sides are tinged with purple, which I
afterwards found is produced by a close growth of dwarf oak just coming
into leaf. Higher you may detect faint tintings of green on a gray
ground, from young grasses and sedges; then come the dark pine woods
filling glacial hollows, and over all the smooth crown of snow.

While standing at their feet, the other day, shortly after my memorable
excursion among the salt waves of the lake, I said: “Now I shall have
another baptism. I will bathe in the high sky, among cool wind-waves
from the snow.” From the more southerly of the two peaks a long ridge
comes down, bent like a bow, one end in the hot plains, the other in
the snow of the summit. After carefully scanning the jagged towers and
battlements with which it is roughened, I determined to make it my way,
though it presented but a feeble advertisement of its floral wealth.
This apparent barrenness, however, made no great objection just then,
for I was scarce hoping for flowers, old or new, or even for fine
scenery. I wanted in particular to learn what the Oquirrh rocks were
made of, what trees composed the curious patches of forest; and,
perhaps more than all, I was animated by a mountaineer’s eagerness to
get my feet into the snow once more, and my head into the clear sky,
after lying dormant all winter at the level of the sea.

But in every walk with Nature one receives far more than he seeks. I
had not gone more than a mile from Lake Point ere I found the way
profusely decked with flowers, mostly compositae and purple
leguminosae, a hundred corollas or more to the square yard, with a
corresponding abundance of winged blossoms above them, moths and
butterflies, the leguminosae of the insect kingdom. This floweriness is
maintained with delightful variety all the way up through rocks and
bushes to the snow—violets, lilies, gilias, oenotheras, wallflowers,
ivesias, saxifrages, smilax, and miles of blooming bushes, chiefly
azalea, honeysuckle, brier rose, buckthorn, and eriogonum, all meeting
and blending in divine accord.

Two liliaceous plants in particular, _Erythronium grandiflorum_ and
_Fritillaria pudica_, are marvelously beautiful and abundant. Never
before, in all my walks, have I met so glorious a throng of these fine
showy liliaceous plants. The whole mountainside was aglow with them,
from a height of fifty-five hundred feet to the very edge of the snow.
Although remarkably fragile, both in form and in substance, they are
endowed with plenty of deep-seated vitality, enabling them to grow in
all kinds of places—down in leafy glens, in the lee of wind-beaten
ledges, and beneath the brushy tangles of azalea, and oak, and prickly
roses—everywhere forming the crowning glory of the flowers. If the
neighboring mountains are as rich in lilies, then this may well be
called the Lily Range.

After climbing about a thousand feet above the plain I came to a
picturesque mass of rock, cropping up through the underbrush on one of
the steepest slopes of the mountain. After examining some tufts of
grass and saxifrage that were growing in its fissured surface, I was
going to pass it by on the upper side, where the bushes were more open,
but a company composed of the two lilies I have mentioned were blooming
on the lower side, and though they were as yet out of sight, I suddenly
changed my mind and went down to meet them, as if attracted by the
ringing of their bells. They were growing in a small, nestlike opening
between the rock and the bushes, and both the erythronium and the
fritillaria were in full flower. These were the first of the species I
had seen, and I need not try to tell the joy they made. They are both
lowly plants,—lowly as violets,—the tallest seldom exceeding six inches
in height, so that the most searching winds that sweep the mountains
scarce reach low enough to shake their bells.

The fritillaria has five or six linear, obtuse leaves, put on
irregularly near the bottom of the stem, which is usually terminated by
one large bell-shaped flower; but its more beautiful companion, the
erythronium, has two radical leaves only, which are large and oval, and
shine like glass. They extend horizontally in opposite directions, and
form a beautiful glossy ground, over which the one large down-looking
flower is swung from a simple stem, the petals being strongly recurved,
like those of _Lilium superbum_. Occasionally a specimen is met which
has from two to five flowers hung in a loose panicle. People oftentimes
travel far to see curious plants like the carnivorous darlingtonia, the
fly-catcher, the walking fern, etc. I hardly know how the little bells
I have been describing would be regarded by seekers of this class, but
every true flower-lover who comes to consider these Utah lilies will
surely be well rewarded, however long the way.

Pushing on up the rugged slopes, I found many delightful
seclusions—moist nooks at the foot of cliffs, and lilies in every one
of them, not growing close together like daisies, but well apart, with
plenty of room for their bells to swing free and ring. I found hundreds
of them in full bloom within two feet of the snow. In winter only the
bulbs are alive, sleeping deep beneath the ground, like field mice in
their nests; then the snow-flowers fall above them, lilies over lilies,
until the spring winds blow, and these winter lilies wither in turn;
then the hiding erythroniums and fritillarias rise again, responsive to
the first touches of the sun.

I noticed the tracks of deer in many places among the lily gardens, and
at the height of about seven thousand feet I came upon the fresh trail
of a flock of wild sheep, showing that these fine mountaineers still
flourish here above the range of Mormon rifles. In the planting of her
wild gardens, Nature takes the feet and teeth of her flocks into
account, and makes use of them to trim and cultivate, and keep them in
order, as the bark and buds of the tree are tended by woodpeckers and
linnets.

The evergreen woods consist, as far as I observed, of two species, a
spruce and a fir, standing close together, erect and arrowy in a
thrifty, compact growth; but they are quite small, say from six to
twelve or fourteen inches in diameter, and bout forty feet in height.
Among their giant relatives of the Sierra the very largest would seem
mere saplings. A considerable portion of the south side of the mountain
is planted with a species of aspen, called “quaking asp” by the
wood-choppers. It seems to be quite abundant on many of the eastern
mountains of the basin, and forms a marked feature of their upper
forests.

Wading up the curves of the summit was rather toilsome, for the snow,
which was softened by the blazing sun, was from ten to twenty feet
deep, but the view was one of the most impressively sublime I ever
beheld. Snowy, ice-sculptured ranges bounded the horizon all around,
while the great lake, eighty miles long and fifty miles wide, lay fully
revealed beneath a lily sky. The shorelines, marked by a ribbon of
white sand, were seen sweeping around many a bay and promontory in
elegant curves, and picturesque islands rising to mountain heights, and
some of them capped with pearly cumuli. And the wide prairie of water
glowing in the gold and purple of evening presented all the colors that
tint the lips of shells and the petals of lilies—the most beautiful
lake this side of the Rocky Mountains. Utah Lake, lying thirty-five
miles to the south, was in full sight also, and the river Jordan, which
links the two together, may be traced in silvery gleams throughout its
whole course.

Descending the mountain, I followed the windings of the main central
glen on the north, gathering specimens of the cones and sprays of the
evergreens, and most of the other new plants I had met; but the lilies
formed the crowning glory of my bouquet—the grandest I had carried in
many a day. I reached the hotel on the lake about dusk with all my
fresh riches, and my first mountain ramble in Utah was accomplished. On
my way back to the city, the next day, I met a grave old Mormon with
whom I had previously held some Latter-Day discussions. I shook my big
handful of lilies in his face and shouted, “Here are the true saints,
ancient and Latter-Day, enduring forever!” After he had recovered from
his astonishment he said, “They are nice.”

The other liliaceous plants I have met in Utah are two species of
zigadenas, _Fritillaria atropurpurea, Calochortus Nuttallii_, and three
or four handsome alliums. One of these lilies, the calochortus, several
species of which are well known in California as the “Mariposa tulips,”
has received great consideration at the hands of the Mormons, for to it
hundreds of them owe their lives. During the famine years between 1853
and 1858, great destitution prevailed, especially in the southern
settlements, on account of drouth and grasshoppers, and throughout one
hungry winter in particular, thousands of the people subsisted chiefly
on the bulbs of the tulips, called “sego” by the Indians, who taught
them its use.

[Illustration: SEGO LILIES
(_Calochortus Nuttallii_)]

Liliaceous women and girls are rare among the Mormons. They have seen
too much hard, repressive toil to admit of the development of lily
beauty either in form or color. In general they are thickset, with
large feet and hands, and with sun-browned faces, often curiously
freckled like the petals of _Fritillaria atropurpurea_. They are fruit
rather than flower—good brown bread. But down in the San Pitch Valley
at Gunnison, I discovered a genuine lily, happily named Lily Young. She
is a granddaughter of Brigham Young, slender and graceful, with
lily-white cheeks tinted with clear rose, She was brought up in the old
Salt Lake Zion House, but by some strange chance has been transplanted
to this wilderness, where she blooms alone, the “Lily of San Pitch.”
Pitch is an old Indian, who, I suppose, pitched into the settlers and
thus acquired fame enough to give name to the valley. Here I feel
uneasy about the name of this lily, for the compositors have a perverse
trick of making me say all kinds of absurd things wholly unwarranted by
plain copy, and I fear that the “Lily of San Pitch” will appear in
print as the widow of Sam Patch. But, however this may be, among my
memories of this strange land, that Oquirrh mountain, with its golden
lilies, will ever rise in clear relief, and associated with them will
always be the Mormon lily of San Pitch.




X. The San Gabriel Valley[12]


The sun valley of San Gabriel is one of the brightest spots to be found
in all our bright land, and most of its brightness is wildness—wild
south sunshine in a basin rimmed about with mountains and hills.
Cultivation is not wholly wanting, for here are the choices of all the
Los Angeles orange groves, but its glorious abundance of ripe sun and
soil is only beginning to be coined into fruit. The drowsy bits of
cultivation accomplished by the old missionaries and the more recent
efforts of restless Americans are scarce as yet visible, and when
comprehended in general views form nothing more than mere freckles on
the smooth brown bosom of the Valley.

I entered the sunny south half a month ago, coming down along the cool
sea, and landing at Santa Monica. An hour’s ride over stretches of
bare, brown plain, and through cornfields and orange groves, brought me
to the handsome, conceited little town of Los Angeles, where one finds
Spanish adobes and Yankee shingles meeting and overlapping in very
curious antagonism. I believe there are some fifteen thousand people
here, and some of their buildings are rather fine, but the gardens and
the sky interested me more. A palm is seen here and there poising its
royal crown in the rich light, and the banana, with its magnificent
ribbon leaves, producing a marked tropical effect—not semi-tropical, as
they are so fond of saying here, while speaking of their fruits.
Nothing I have noticed strikes me as semi, save the brusque little bits
of civilization with which the wilderness is checkered. These are
semi-barbarous or less; everything else in the region has a most
exuberant pronounced wholeness. The city held me but a short time, for
the San Gabriel Mountains were in sight, advertising themselves grandly
along the northern sky, and I was eager to make my way into their
midst.

At Pasadena I had the rare good fortune to meet my old friend Doctor
Congar, with whom I had studied chemistry and mathematics fifteen years
ago. He exalted San Gabriel above all other inhabitable valleys, old
and new, on the face of the globe. “I have rambled,” said he, “ever
since we left college, tasting innumerable climates, and trying the
advantages offered by nearly every new State and Territory. Here I have
made my home, and here I shall stay while I live. The geographical
position is exactly right, soil and climate perfect, and everything
that heart can wish comes to our efforts—flowers, fruits, milk and
honey, and plenty of money. And there,” he continued, pointing just
beyond his own precious possessions, “is a block of land that is for
sale; buy it and be my neighbor; plant five acres with orange trees,
and by the time your last mountain is climbed their fruit will be your
fortune.” He then led my down the valley, through the few famous old
groves in full bearing, and on the estate of Mr. Wilson showed me a
ten-acre grove eighteen years old, the last year’s crop from which was
sold for twenty thousand dollars. “There,” said he, with triumphant
enthusiasm, “what do you think of that? Two thousand dollars per acre
per annum for land worth only one hundred dollars.”

[Illustration: SAN GABRIEL VALLEY]

The number of orange trees planted to the acre is usually from
forty-nine to sixty-nine; they then stand from twenty-five to thirty
feet apart each way, and, thus planted, thrive and continue fruitful to
a comparatively great age. J. DeBarth Shorb, an enthusiastic believer
in Los Angeles and oranges, says, “We have trees on our property fully
forty years old, and eighteen inches in diameter, that are still
vigorous and yielding immense crops of fruit, although they are only
twenty feet apart.” Seedlings are said to begin to bear remunerative
crops in their tenth year, but by superior cultivation this long
unproductive period my be somewhat lessened, while trees from three to
five years old may be purchased from the nurserymen, so that the
newcomer who sets out an orchard may begin to gather fruit by the fifth
or sixth year. When first set out, and for some years afterward, the
trees are irrigated by making rings of earth around them, which are
connected with small ditches, through which the water is distributed to
each tree. Or, where the ground is nearly level, the whole surface is
flooded from time to time as required. From 309 trees, twelve years old
from the seed, DeBarth Shorb says that in the season of 1874 he
obtained an average of $20.50 per tree, or $1435 per acre, over and
above the cost of transportation to San Francisco, commission on sales,
etc. He considers $1000 per acre a fair average at present prices,
after the trees have reached the age of twelve years. The average price
throughout the county for the last five years has been about $20 or $25
per thousand; and, inasmuch as the area adapted to orange culture is
limited, it is hoped that this price may not greatly fall for many
years.

The lemon and lime are also cultivated here to some extent, and
considerable attention is now being given to the Florida banana, and
the olive, almond, and English walnut. But the orange interest heavily
overshadows every other, while vines have of late years been so
unremunerative they are seldom mentioned.

This is pre-eminently a fruit land, but the fame of its productions has
in some way far outrun the results that have as yet been attained.
Experiments have been tried, and good beginnings made, but the number
of really valuable, well-established groves is scarce as one to fifty,
compared with the newly planted. Many causes, however, have combined of
late to give the business a wonderful impetus, and new orchards are
being made every day, while the few old groves, aglow with golden
fruit, are the burning and shining lights that direct and energize the
sanguine newcomers.

After witnessing the bad effect of homelessness, developed to so
destructive an extent in California, it would reassure every lover of
his race to see the hearty home-building going on here and the blessed
contentment that naturally follows it. Travel-worn pioneers, who have
been tossed about like boulders in flood time, are thronging hither as
to a kind of a terrestrial heaven, resolved to rest. They build, and
plant, and settle, and so come under natural influences. When a man
plants a tree he plants himself. Every root is an anchor, over which he
rests with grateful interest, and becomes sufficiently calm to feel the
joy of living. He necessarily makes the acquaintance of the sun and the
sky. Favorite trees fill his mind, and, while tending them like
children, and accepting the benefits they bring, he becomes himself a
benefactor. He sees down through the brown common ground teeming with
colored fruits, as if it were transparent, and learns to bring them to
the surface. What he wills he can raise by true enchantment. With slips
and rootlets, his magic wands, they appear at his bidding. These, and
the seeds he plants, are his prayers, and by them brought into right
relations with God, he works grander miracles every day than ever were
written.

The Pasadena Colony, located on the southwest corner of the well-known
San Pasqual Rancho, is scarce three years old, but it is growing
rapidly, like a pet tree, and already forms one of the best
contributions to culture yet accomplished in the county. It now numbers
about sixty families, mostly drawn from the better class of vagabond
pioneers, who, during their rolling-stone days have managed to gather
sufficient gold moss to purchase from ten to forty acres of land. They
are perfectly hilarious in their newly found life, work like ants in a
sunny noonday, and, looking far into the future, hopefully count their
orange chicks ten years or more before they are hatched; supporting
themselves in the meantime on the produce of a few acres of alfalfa,
together with garden vegetables and the quick-growing fruits, such as
figs, grapes, apples, etc., the whole reinforced by the remaining
dollars of their land purchase money. There is nothing more remarkable
in the character of the colony than the literary and scientific taste
displayed. The conversation of most I have met here is seasoned with a
smack of mental ozone, Attic salt, which struck me as being rare among
the tillers of California soil. People of taste and money in search of
a home would do well to prospect the resources of this aristocratic
little colony.

If we look now at these southern valleys in general, it will appear at
once that with all their advantages they lie beyond the reach of poor
settlers, not only on account of the high price of irrigable land—one
hundred dollars per acre and upwards—but because of the scarcity of
labor. A settler with three or four thousand dollars would be penniless
after paying for twenty acres of orange land and building ever so plain
a house, while many years would go by ere his trees yielded an income
adequate to the maintenance of his family.

Nor is there anything sufficiently reviving in the fine climate to form
a reliable inducement for very sick people. Most of this class, from
all I can learn, come here only to die, and surely it is better to die
comfortably at home, avoiding the thousand discomforts of travel, at a
time when they are so heard to bear. It is indeed pitiful to see so
many invalids, already on the verge of the grave, making a painful way
to quack climates, hoping to change age to youth, and the darkening
twilight of their day to morning. No such health-fountain has been
found, and this climate, fine as it is, seems, like most others, to be
adapted for well people only. From all I could find out regarding its
influence upon patients suffering from pulmonary difficulties, it is
seldom beneficial to any great extent in advanced cases. The cold sea
winds are less fatal to this class of sufferers than the corresponding
winds further north, but, notwithstanding they are tempered on their
passage inland over warm, dry ground, they are still more or less
injurious.

The summer climate of the fir and pine woods of the Sierra Nevada
would, I think, be found infinitely more reviving; but because these
woods have not been advertised like patent medicines, few seem to think
of the spicy, vivifying influences that pervade their fountain
freshness and beauty.




XI. The San Gabriel Mountains[13]


After saying so much for human culture in my last, perhaps I may now be
allowed a word for wildness—the wildness of this southland, pure and
untamable as the sea.

In the mountains of San Gabriel, overlooking the lowland vines and
fruit groves, Mother Nature is most ruggedly, thornily savage. Not even
in the Sierra have I ever made the acquaintance of mountains more
rigidly inaccessible. The slopes are exceptionally steep and insecure
to the foot of the explorer, however great his strength or skill may
be, but thorny chaparral constitutes their chief defense. With the
exception of little park and garden spots not visible in comprehensive
views, the entire surface is covered with it, from the highest peaks to
the plain. It swoops into every hollow and swells over every ridge,
gracefully complying with the varied topography, in shaggy,
ungovernable exuberance, fairly dwarfing the utmost efforts of human
culture out of sight and mind.

But in the very heart of this thorny wilderness, down in the dells, you
may find gardens filled with the fairest flowers, that any child would
love, and unapproachable linns lined with lilies and ferns, where the
ousel builds its mossy hut and sings in chorus with the white falling
water. Bears, also, and panthers, wolves, wildcats; wood rats,
squirrels, foxes, snakes, and innumerable birds, all find grateful
homes here, adding wildness to wildness in glorious profusion and
variety.

Where the coast ranges and the Sierra Nevada come together we find a
very complicated system of short ranges, the geology and topography of
which is yet hidden, and many years of laborious study must be given
for anything like a complete interpretation of them. The San Gabriel is
one or more of these ranges, forty or fifty miles long, and half as
broad, extending from the Cajon Pass on the east, to the Santa Monica
and Santa Susanna ranges on the west. San Antonio, the dominating peak,
rises towards the eastern extremity of the range to a height of about
six thousand feet, forming a sure landmark throughout the valley and
all the way down to the coast, without, however, possessing much
striking individuality. The whole range, seen from the plain, with the
hot sun beating upon its southern slopes, wears a terribly forbidding
aspect. There is nothing of the grandeur of snow, or glaciers, or deep
forests, to excite curiosity or adventure; no trace of gardens or
waterfalls. From base to summit all seems gray, barren, silent—dead,
bleached bones of mountains, overgrown with scrubby bushes, like gray
moss. But all mountains are full of hidden beauty, and the next day
after my arrival at Pasadena I supplied myself with bread and eagerly
set out to give myself to their keeping.

On the first day of my excursion I went only as far as the mouth of
Eaton Cañon, because the heat was oppressive, and a pair of new shoes
were chafing my feet to such an extent that walking began to be
painful. While looking for a camping ground among the boulder beds of
the cañon, I came upon a strange, dark man of doubtful parentage. He
kindly invited me to camp with him, and led me to his little hut. All
my conjectures as to his nationality failed, and no wonder, since his
father was Irish and mother Spanish, a mixture not often met even in
California. He happened to be out of candles, so we sat in the dark
while he gave me a sketch of his life, which was exceedingly
picturesque. Then he showed me his plans for the future. He was going
to settle among these cañon boulders, and make money, and marry a
Spanish woman. People mine for irrigating water along the foothills as
for gold. He is now driving a prospecting tunnel into a spur of the
mountains back of his cabin. “My prospect is good,” he said, “and if I
strike a strong flow, I shall soon be worth five or ten thousand
dollars. That flat out there,” he continued, referring to a small,
irregular patch of gravelly detritus that had been sorted out and
deposited by Eaton Creek during some flood season, “is large enough for
a nice orange grove, and, after watering my own trees, I can sell water
down the valley; and then the hillside back of the cabin will do for
vines, and I can keep bees, for the white sage and black sage up the
mountains is full of honey. You see, I’ve got a good thing.” All this
prospective affluence in the sunken, boulder-choked flood-bed of Eaton
Creek! Most home-seekers would as soon think of settling on the summit
of San Antonio.

Half an hour’s easy rambling up the cañon brought me to the foot of
“The Fall,” famous throughout the valley settlements as the finest yet
discovered in the range. It is a charming little thing, with a voice
sweet as a songbird’s, leaping some thirty-five or forty feet into a
round, mirror pool. The cliff back of it and on both sides is
completely covered with thick, furry mosses, and the white fall shines
against the green like a silver instrument in a velvet case. Here come
the Gabriel lads and lassies from the commonplace orange groves, to
make love and gather ferns and dabble away their hot holidays in the
cool pool. They are fortunate in finding so fresh a retreat so near
their homes. It is the Yosemite of San Gabriel. The walls, though not
of the true Yosemite type either in form or sculpture, rise to a height
of nearly two thousand feet. Ferns are abundant on all the rocks within
reach of the spray, and picturesque maples and sycamores spread a
grateful shade over a rich profusion of wild flowers that grow among
the boulders, from the edge of the pool a mile or more down the
dell-like bottom of the valley, the whole forming a charming little
poem of wildness—the vestibule of these shaggy mountain temples.

The foot of the fall is about a thousand feet above the level of the
sea, and here climbing begins. I made my way out of the valley on the
west side, followed the ridge that forms the western rim of the Eaton
Basin to the summit of one of the principal peaks, thence crossed the
middle of the basin, forcing a way over its many subordinate ridges,
and out over the eastern rim, and from first to last during three days
spent in this excursion, I had to contend with the richest, most
self-possessed and uncompromising chaparral I have ever enjoyed since
first my mountaineering began.

For a hundred feet or so the ascent was practicable only by means of
bosses of the club moss that clings to the rock. Above this the ridge
is weathered away to a slender knife-edge for a distance of two or
three hundred yards, and thence to the summit it is a bristly mane of
chaparral. Here and there small openings occur, commanding grand views
of the valley and beyond to the ocean. These are favorite outlooks and
resting places for bears, wolves, and wildcats. In the densest places I
came upon woodrat villages whose huts were from four to eight feet
high, built in the same style of architecture as those of the muskrats.

The day was nearly done. I reached the summit and I had time to make
only a hasty survey of the topography of the wild basin now outspread
maplike beneath, and to drink in the rare loveliness of the sunlight
before hastening down in search of water. Pushing through another mile
of chaparral, I emerged into one of the most beautiful parklike groves
of live oak I ever saw. The ground beneath was planted only with
aspidiums and brier roses. At the foot of the grove I came to the dry
channel of one of the tributary streams, but, following it down a short
distance, I descried a few specimens of the scarlet mimulus; and I was
assured that water was near. I found about a bucketful in a granite
bowl, but it was full of leaves and beetles, making a sort of brown
coffee that could be rendered available only by filtering it through
sand and charcoal. This I resolved to do in case the night came on
before I found better. Following the channel a mile farther down to its
confluence with another, larger tributary, I found a lot of boulder
pools, clear as crystal, and brimming full, linked together by little
glistening currents just strong enough to sing. Flowers in full bloom
adorned the banks, lilies ten feet high, and luxuriant ferns arching
over one another in lavish abundance, while a noble old live oak spread
its rugged boughs over all, forming one of the most perfect and most
secluded of Nature’s gardens. Here I camped, making my bed on smooth
cobblestones.

Next morning, pushing up the channel of a tributary that takes its rise
on Mount San Antonio, I passed many lovely gardens watered by oozing
currentlets, every one of which had lilies in them in the full pomp of
bloom, and a rich growth of ferns, chiefly woodwardias and aspidiums
and maidenhairs; but toward the base of the mountain the channel was
dry, and the chaparral closed over from bank to bank, so that I was
compelled to creep more than a mile on hands and knees.

In one spot I found an opening in the thorny sky where I could stand
erect, and on the further side of the opening discovered a small pool.
“Now, _here_,” I said, “I must be careful in creeping, for the birds of
the neighborhood come here to drink, and the rattlesnakes come here to
catch them.” I then began to cast my eye along the channel, perhaps
instinctively feeling a snaky atmosphere, and finally discovered one
rattler between my feet. But there was a bashful look in his eye, and a
withdrawing, deprecating kink in his neck that showed plainly as words
could tell that he would not strike, and only wished to be let alone. I
therefore passed on, lifting my foot a little higher than usual, and
left him to enjoy his life in this his own home.

My next camp was near the heart of the basin, at the head of a grand
system of cascades from ten to two hundred feet high, one following the
other in close succession and making a total descent of nearly
seventeen hundred feet. The rocks above me leaned over in a threatening
way and were full of seams, making the camp a very unsafe one during an
earthquake.

Next day the chaparral, in ascending the eastern rim of the basin, was,
if possible, denser and more stubbornly bayoneted than ever. I followed
bear trails, where in some places I found tufts of their hair that had
been pulled out in squeezing a way through; but there was much of a
very interesting character that far overpaid all my pains. Most of the
plants are identical with those of the Sierra, but there are quite a
number of Mexican species. One coniferous tree was all I found. This is
a spruce of a species new to me, _Douglasii macrocarpa_.[14]

My last camp was down at the narrow, notched bottom of a dry channel,
the only open way for the life in the neighborhood. I therefore lay
between two fires, built to fence out snakes and wolves.

From the summit of the eastern rim I had a glorious view of the valley
out to the ocean, which would require a whole book for its description.
My bread gave out a day before reaching the settlements, but I felt all
the fresher and clearer for the fast.




XII. Nevada Farms[15]


To the farmer who comes to this thirsty land from beneath rainy skies,
Nevada seems one vast desert, all sage and sand, hopelessly
irredeemable now and forever. And this, under present conditions, is
severely true. For notwithstanding it has gardens, grainfields, and
hayfields generously productive, these compared with the arid stretches
of valley and plain, as beheld in general views from the mountain tops,
are mere specks lying inconspicuously here and there, in out-of-the-way
places, often thirty or forty miles apart.

In leafy regions, blessed with copious rains, we learn to measure the
productive capacity of the soil by its natural vegetation. But this
rule is almost wholly inapplicable here, for, notwithstanding its
savage nakedness, scarce at all veiled by a sparse growth of sage and
linosyris[16], the desert soil of the Great Basin is as rich in the
elements that in rainy regions rise and ripen into food as that of any
other State in the Union. The rocks of its numerous mountain ranges
have been thoroughly crushed and ground by glaciers, thrashed and
vitalized by the sun, and sifted and outspread in lake basins by
powerful torrents that attended the breaking-up of the glacial period,
as if in every way Nature had been making haste to prepare the land for
the husbandman. Soil, climate, topographical conditions, all that the
most exacting could demand, are present, but one thing, water, is
wanting. The present rainfall would be wholly inadequate for
agriculture, even if it were advantageously distributed over the
lowlands, while in fact the greater portion is poured out on the
heights in sudden and violent thundershowers called “cloud-bursts,” the
waters of which are fruitlessly swallowed up in sandy gulches and
deltas a few minutes after their first boisterous appearance. The
principal mountain chains, trending nearly north and south, parallel
with the Sierra and the Wahsatch, receive a good deal of snow during
winter, but no great masses are stored up as fountains for large
perennial streams capable of irrigating considerable areas. Most of it
is melted before the end of May and absorbed by moraines and gravelly
taluses, which send forth small rills that slip quietly down the upper
cañons through narrow strips of flowery verdure, most of them sinking
and vanishing before they reach the base of their fountain ranges.
Perhaps not one in ten of the whole number flow out into the open
plains, not a single drop reaches the sea, and only a few are large
enough to irrigate more than one farm of moderate size.

It is upon these small outflowing rills that most of the Nevada ranches
are located, lying countersunk beneath the general level, just where
the mountains meet the plains, at an average elevation of five thousand
feet above sea level. All the cereals and garden vegetables thrive
here, and yield bountiful crops. Fruit, however, has been, as yet,
grown successfully in only a few specially favored spots.

Another distinct class of ranches are found sparsely distributed along
the lowest portions of the plains, where the ground is kept moist by
springs, or by narrow threads of moving water called rivers, fed by
some one or more of the most vigorous of the mountain rills that have
succeeded in making their escape from the mountains. These are mostly
devoted to the growth of wild hay, though in some the natural meadow
grasses and sedges have been supplemented by timothy and alfalfa; and
where the soil is not too strongly impregnated with salts, some grain
is raised. Reese River Valley, Big Smoky Valley, and White River Valley
offer fair illustrations of this class. As compared with the foothill
ranches, they are larger and less inconspicuous, as they lie in the
wide, unshadowed levels of the plains—wavy-edged flecks of green in a
wilderness of gray.

Still another class equally well defined, both as to distribution and
as to products, is restricted to that portion of western Nevada and the
eastern border of California which lies within the redeeming influences
of California waters. Three of the Sierra rivers descend from their icy
fountains into the desert like angels of mercy to bless Nevada. These
are the Walker, Carson, and Truckee; and in the valleys through which
they flow are found by far the most extensive hay and grain fields
within the bounds of the State. Irrigating streams are led off right
and left through innumerable channels, and the sleeping ground,
starting at once into action, pours forth its wealth without stint.

But notwithstanding the many porous fields thus fertilized,
considerable portions of the waters of all these rivers continue to
reach their old deathbeds in the desert, indicating that in these salt
valleys there still is room for coming farmers. In middle and eastern
Nevada, however, every rill that I have seen in a ride of three
thousand miles, at all available for irrigation, has been claimed and
put to use.

It appears, therefore, that under present conditions the limit of
agricultural development in the dry basin between the Sierra and the
Wahsatch has been already approached, a result caused not alone by
natural restrictions as to the area capable of development, but by the
extraordinary stimulus furnished by the mines to agricultural effort.
The gathering of gold and silver, hay and barley, have gone on
together. Most of the mid-valley bogs and meadows, and foothill rills
capable of irrigating from ten to fifty acres, were claimed more than
twenty years ago.

A majority of these pioneer settlers are plodding Dutchmen, living
content in the back lanes and valleys of Nature; but the high price of
all kinds of farm products tempted many of even the keen Yankee
prospectors, made wise in California, to bind themselves down to this
sure kind of mining. The wildest of wild hay, made chiefly of carices
and rushes, was sold at from two to three hundred dollars per ton on
ranches. The same kind of hay is still worth from fifteen to forty
dollars per ton, according to the distance from mines and comparative
security from competition. Barley and oats are from forty to one
hundred dollars a ton, while all sorts of garden products find ready
sale at high prices.

With rich mine markets and salubrious climate, the Nevada farmer can
make more money by loose, ragged methods than the same class of farmers
in any other State I have yet seen, while the almost savage isolation
in which they live seems grateful to them. Even in those cases where
the advent of neighbors brings no disputes concerning water rights and
ranges, they seem to prefer solitude, most of them having been elected
from adventurers from California—the pioneers of pioneers. The passing
stranger, however, is always welcomed and supplied with the best the
home affords, and around the fireside, while he smokes his pipe, very
little encouragement is required to bring forth the story of the
farmer’s life—hunting, mining, fighting, in the early Indian times,
etc. Only the few who are married hope to return to California to
educate their children, and the ease with which money is made renders
the fulfillment of these hopes comparatively sure.

After dwelling thus long on the farms of this dry wonderland, my
readers may be led to fancy them of more importance as compared with
the unbroken fields of Nature than they really are. Making your way
along any of the wide gray valleys that stretch from north to south,
seldom will your eye be interrupted by a single mark of cultivation.
The smooth lake-like ground sweeps on indefinitely, growing more and
more dim in the glowing sunshine, while a mountain range from eight to
ten thousand feet high bounds the view on either hand. No singing
water, no green sod, no moist nook to rest in—mountain and valley alike
naked and shadowless in the sun-glare; and though, perhaps, traveling a
well-worn road to a gold or silver mine, and supplied with repeated
instructions, you can scarce hope to find any human habitation from day
to day, so vast and impressive is the hot, dusty, alkaline wildness.

But after riding some thirty or forty miles, and while the sun may be
sinking behind the mountains, you come suddenly upon signs of
cultivation. Clumps of willows indicate water, and water indicates a
farm. Approaching more nearly, you discover what may be a patch of
barley spread out unevenly along the bottom of a flood bed, broken
perhaps, and rendered less distinct by boulder piles and the fringing
willows of a stream. Speedily you can confidently say that the grain
patch is surely such; its ragged bounds become clear; a sand-roofed
cabin comes to view littered with sun-cracked implements and with an
outer girdle of potato, cabbage, and alfalfa patches.

The immense expanse of mountain-girt valleys, on the edges of which
these hidden ranches lie, make even the largest fields seem comic in
size. The smallest, however, are by no means insignificant in a
pecuniary view. On the east side of the Toyabe Range I discovered a
jolly Irishman who informed me that his income from fifty acres,
reinforced by a sheep range on the adjacent hills, was from seven to
nine thousand dollars per annum. His irrigating brook is about four
feet wide and eight inches deep, flowing about two miles per hour.

On Duckwater Creek, Nye County, Mr. Irwin has reclaimed a tule swamp
several hundred acres in extent, which is now chiefly devoted to
alfalfa. On twenty-five acres he claims to have raised this year
thirty-seven tons of barley. Indeed, I have not yet noticed a meager
crop of any kind in the State. Fruit alone is conspicuously absent.

On the California side of the Sierra grain will not ripen at much
greater elevation than four thousand feet above sea level. The valleys
of Nevada lie at a height of from four to six thousand feet, and both
wheat and barley ripen, wherever water may be had, up to seven thousand
feet. The harvest, of course, is later as the elevation increases. In
the valleys of the Carson and Walker Rivers, four thousand feet above
the sea, the grain harvest is about a month later than in California.
In Reese River Valley, six thousand feet, it begins near the end of
August. Winter grain ripens somewhat earlier, while occasionally one
meets a patch of barley in some cool, high-lying cañon that will not
mature before the middle of September.

Unlike California, Nevada will probably be always richer in gold and
silver than in grain. Utah farmers hope to change the climate of the
east side of the basin by prayer, and point to the recent rise in the
waters of the Great Salt Lake as a beginning of moister times. But
Nevada’s only hope, in the way of any considerable increase in
agriculture, is from artesian wells. The experiment has been tried on a
small scale with encouraging success. But what is now wanted seems to
be the boring of a few specimen wells of a large size out in the main
valleys. The encouragement that successful experiments of this kind
would give to emigration seeking farms forms an object well worthy the
attention of the Government. But all that California farmers in the
grand central valley require is the preservation of the forests and the
wise distribution of the glorious abundance of water from the snow
stored on the west flank of the Sierra.

Whether any considerable area of these sage plains will ever thus be
made to blossom in grass and wheat, experience will show. But in the
mean time Nevada is beautiful in her wildness, and if tillers of the
soil can thus be brought to see that possibly Nature may have other
uses even for _rich_ soils besides the feeding of human beings, then
will these foodless “deserts” have taught a fine lesson.




XIII. Nevada Forests[17]


When the traveler from California has crossed the Sierra and gone a
little way down the eastern flank, the woods come to an end about as
suddenly and completely as if, going westward, he had reached the
ocean. From the very noblest forests in the world he emerges into free
sunshine and dead alkaline lake-levels. Mountains are seen beyond,
rising in bewildering abundance, range beyond range. But however
closely we have been accustomed to associate forests and mountains,
these always present a singularly barren aspect, appearing gray and
forbidding and shadeless, like heaps of ashes dumped from the blazing
sky.

But wheresoever we may venture to go in all this good world, nature is
ever found richer and more beautiful than she seems, and nowhere may
you meet with more varied and delightful surprises than in the byways
and recesses of this sublime wilderness—lovely asters and abronias on
the dusty plains, rose-gardens around the mountain wells, and resiny
woods, where all seemed so desolate, adorning the hot foothills as well
as the cool summits, fed by cordial and benevolent storms of rain and
hail and snow; all of these scant and rare as compared with the
immeasurable exuberance of California, but still amply sufficient
throughout the barest deserts for a clear manifestation of God’s love.

Though Nevada is situated in what is called the “Great Basin,” no less
than sixty-five groups and chains of mountains rise within the bounds
of the State to a height of about from eight thousand to thirteen
thousand feet above the level of the sea, and as far as I have
observed, every one of these is planted, to some extent, with
coniferous trees, though it is only upon the highest that we find
anything that may fairly be called a forest. The lower ranges and the
foothills and slopes of the higher are roughened with small scrubby
junipers and nut pines, while the dominating peaks, together with the
ridges that swing in grand curves between them, are covered with a
closer and more erect growth of pine, spruce, and fir, resembling the
forests of the Eastern States both as to size and general botanical
characteristics. Here is found what is called the heavy timber, but the
tallest and most fully developed sections of the forests, growing down
in sheltered hollows on moist moraines, would be regarded in California
only as groves of saplings, and so, relatively, they are, for by
careful calculation we find that more than a thousand of these trees
would be required to furnish as much timber as may be obtained from a
single specimen of our Sierra giants.

The height of the timberline in eastern Nevada, near the middle of the
Great Basin, is about eleven thousand feet above sea level;
consequently the forests, in a dwarfed, storm-beaten condition, pass
over the summits of nearly every range in the State, broken here and
there only by mechanical conditions of the surface rocks. Only three
mountains in the State have as yet come under my observation whose
summits rise distinctly above the treeline. These are Wheeler’s Peak,
twelve thousand three hundred feet high, Mount Moriah, about twelve
thousand feet, and Granite Mountain, about the same height, all of
which are situated near the boundary line between Nevada and Utah
Territory.

In a rambling mountaineering journey of eighteen hundred miles across
the state, I have met nine species of coniferous trees,—four pines, two
spruces, two junipers, and one fir,—about one third the number found in
California. By far the most abundant and interesting of these is the
_Pinus Fremontiana_,[18] or nut pine. In the number of individual trees
and extent of range this curious little conifer surpasses all the
others combined. Nearly every mountain in the State is planted with it
from near the base to a height of from eight thousand to nine thousand
feet above the sea. Some are covered from base to summit by this one
species, with only a sparse growth of juniper on the lower slopes to
break the continuity of these curious woods, which, though dark-looking
at a little distance, are yet almost shadeless, and without any hint of
the dark glens and hollows so characteristic of other pine woods. Tens
of thousands of acres occur in one continuous belt. Indeed, viewed
comprehensively, the entire State seems to be pretty evenly divided
into mountain ranges covered with nut pines and plains covered with
sage—now a swath of pines stretching from north to south, now a swath
of sage; the one black, the other gray; one severely level, the other
sweeping on complacently over ridge and valley and lofty crowning dome.

The real character of a forest of this sort would never be guessed by
the inexperienced observer. Traveling across the sage levels in the
dazzling sunlight, you gaze with shaded eyes at the mountains rising
along their edges, perhaps twenty miles away, but no invitation that is
at all likely to be understood is discernible. Every mountain, however
high it swells into the sky, seems utterly barren. Approaching nearer,
a low brushy growth is seen, strangely black in aspect, as though it
had been burned. This is a nut pine forest, the bountiful orchard of
the red man. When you ascend into its midst you find the ground beneath
the trees, and in the openings also, nearly naked, and mostly rough on
the surface—a succession of crumbling ledges of lava, limestones,
slate, and quartzite, coarsely strewn with soil weathered from them.
Here and there occurs a bunch of sage or linosyris, or a purple aster,
or a tuft of dry bunch-grass.

[Illustration: THE SAGE LEVELS OF THE NEVADA DESERT]

The harshest mountainsides, hot and waterless, seem best adapted to the
nut pine’s development. No slope is too steep, none too dry; every
situation seems to be gratefully chosen, if only it be sufficiently
rocky and firm to afford secure anchorage for the tough, grasping
roots. It is a sturdy, thickset little tree, usually about fifteen feet
high when full grown, and about as broad as high, holding its knotty
branches well out in every direction in stiff zigzags, but turning them
gracefully upward at the ends in rounded bosses. Though making so dark
a mass in the distance, the foliage is a pale grayish green, in stiff,
awl-shaped fascicles. When examined closely these round needles seem
inclined to be two-leaved, but they are mostly held firmly together, as
if to guard against evaporation. The bark on the older sections is
nearly black, so that the boles and branches are clearly traced against
the prevailing gray of the mountains on which they delight to dwell.

The value of this species to Nevada is not easily overestimated. It
furnishes fuel, charcoal, and timber for the mines, and, together with
the enduring juniper, so generally associated with it, supplies the
ranches with abundance of firewood and rough fencing. Many a square
mile has already been denuded in supplying these demands, but, so great
is the area covered by it, no appreciable loss has as yet been
sustained. It is pretty generally known that this tree yields edible
nuts, but their importance and excellence as human food is infinitely
greater than is supposed. In fruitful seasons like this one, the pine
nut crop of Nevada is, perhaps, greater than the entire wheat crop of
California, concerning which so much is said and felt throughout the
food markets of the world.

The Indians alone appreciate this portion of Nature’s bounty and
celebrate the harvest home with dancing and feasting. The cones, which
are a bright grass-green in color and about two inches long by one and
a half in diameter, are beaten off with poles just before the scales
open, gathered in heaps of several bushels, and lightly scorched by
burning a thin covering of brushwood over them. The resin, with which
the cones are bedraggled, is thus burned off, the nuts slightly
roasted, and the scales made to open. Then they are allowed to dry in
the sun, after which the nuts are easily thrashed out and are ready to
be stored away. They are about half an inch long by a quarter of an
inch in diameter, pointed at the upper end, rounded at the base, light
brown in general color, and handsomely dotted with purple, like birds’
eggs. The shells are thin, and may be crushed between the thumb and
finger. The kernels are white and waxy-looking, becoming brown by
roasting, sweet and delicious to every palate, and are eaten by birds,
squirrels, dogs, horses, and man. When the crop is abundant the Indians
bring in large quantities for sale; they are eaten around every
fireside in the State, and oftentimes fed to horses instead of barley.

Looking over the whole continent, none of Nature’s bounties seems to me
so great as this in the way of food, none so little appreciated.
Fortunately for the Indians and wild animals that gather around
Nature’s board, this crop is not easily harvested in a monopolizing
way. If it could be gathered like wheat the whole would be carried away
and dissipated in towns, leaving the brave inhabitants of these wilds
to starve.

Long before the harvest time, which is in September and October, the
Indians examine the trees with keen discernment, and inasmuch as the
cones require two years to mature from the first appearance of the
little red rosettes of the fertile flowers, the scarcity or abundance
of the crop may be predicted more than a year in advance. Squirrels,
and worms, and Clarke crows, make haste to begin the harvest. When the
crop is ripe the Indians make ready their long beating-poles; baskets,
bags, rags, mats, are gotten together. The squaws out among the
settlers at service, washing and drudging, assemble at the family huts;
the men leave their ranch work; all, old and young, are mounted on
ponies, and set off in great glee to the nut lands, forming cavalcades
curiously picturesque. Flaming scarfs and calico skirts stream loosely
over the knotty ponies, usually two squaws astride of each, with the
small baby midgets bandaged in baskets slung on their backs, or
balanced upon the saddle-bow, while the nut baskets and water jars
project from either side, and the long beating-poles, like
old-fashioned lances, angle out in every direction.

Arrived at some central point already fixed upon, where water and grass
is found, the squaws with baskets, the men with poles, ascend the
ridges to the laden trees, followed by the children; beating begins
with loud noise and chatter; the burs fly right and left, lodging
against stones and sagebrush; the squaws and children gather them with
fine natural gladness; smoke columns speedily mark the joyful scene of
their labors as the roasting fires are kindled; and, at night,
assembled in circles, garrulous as jays, the first grand nut feast
begins. Sufficient quantities are thus obtained in a few weeks to last
all winter.

The Indians also gather several species of berries and dry them to vary
their stores, and a few deer and grouse are killed on the mountains,
besides immense numbers of rabbits and hares; but the pine-nuts are
their main dependence—their staff of life, their bread.

Insects also, scarce noticed by man, come in for their share of this
fine bounty. Eggs are deposited, and the baby grubs, happy fellows,
find themselves in a sweet world of plenty, feeding their way through
the heart of the cone from one nut chamber to another, secure from rain
and wind and heat, until their wings are grown and they are ready to
launch out into the free ocean of air and light.




XIV. Nevada’s Timber Belt[19]


The pine woods on the tops of the Nevada mountains are already shining
and blooming in winter snow, making a most blessedly refreshing
appearance to the weary traveler down on the gray plains. During the
fiery days of summer the whole of this vast region seems so perfectly
possessed by the sun that the very memories of pine trees and snow are
in danger of being burned away, leaving one but little more than dust
and metal. But since these first winter blessings have come, the wealth
and beauty of the landscapes have come fairly into view, and one is
rendered capable of looking and seeing.

The grand nut harvest is over, as far as the Indians are concerned,
though perhaps less than one bushel in a thousand of the whole crop has
been gathered. But the squirrels and birds are still busily engaged,
and by the time that Nature’s ends are accomplished, every nut will
doubtless have been put to use.

All of the nine Nevada conifers mentioned in my last letter are also
found in California, excepting only the Rocky Mountain spruce, which I
have not observed westward of the Snake Range. So greatly, however,
have they been made to vary by differences of soil and climate, that
most of them appear as distinct species. Without seeming in any way
dwarfed or repressed in habit, they nowhere develop to anything like
California dimensions. A height of fifty feet and diameter of twelve or
fourteen inches would probably be found to be above the average size of
those cut for lumber. On the margin of the Carson and Humboldt Sink the
larger sage bushes are called “heavy timber”; and to the settlers here
any tree seems large enough for saw-logs.

Mills have been built in the most accessible cañons of the higher
ranges, and sufficient lumber of an inferior kind is made to supply
most of the local demand. The principal lumber trees of Nevada are the
white pine (_Pinus flexilis_), foxtail pine, and Douglas spruce, or
“red pine,” as it is called here. Of these the first named is most
generally distributed, being found on all the higher ranges throughout
the State. In botanical characters it is nearly allied to the Weymouth,
or white, pine of the Eastern States, and to the sugar and mountain
pines of the Sierra. In open situations it branches near the ground and
tosses out long down-curving limbs all around, often gaining in this
way a very strikingly picturesque habit. It is seldom found lower than
nine thousand feet above the level of the sea, but from this height it
pushes upward over the roughest ledges to the extreme limit of tree
growth—about eleven thousand feet.

On the Hot Creek, White Pine, and Golden Gate ranges we find a still
hardier and more picturesque species, called the foxtail pine, from its
long dense leaf-tassels. About a foot or eighteen inches of the ends of
the branches are densely packed with stiff outstanding needles, which
radiate all around like an electric fox- or squirrel-tail. The needles
are about an inch and a half long, slightly curved, elastic, and
glossily polished, so that the sunshine sifting through them makes them
burn with a fine silvery luster, while their number and elastic temper
tell delightfully in the singing winds.

This tree is pre-eminently picturesque, far surpassing not only its
companion species of the mountains in this respect, but also the most
noted of the lowland oaks and elms. Some stand firmly erect, feathered
with radiant tail tassels down to the ground, forming slender, tapering
towers of shining verdure; others with two or three specialized
branches pushed out at right angles to the trunk and densely clad with
the tasseled sprays, take the form of beautiful ornamental crosses.
Again, in the same woods you find trees that are made up of several
boles united near the ground, and spreading in easy curves at the sides
in a plane parallel to the axis of the mountain, with the elegant
tassels hung in charming order between them the whole making a perfect
harp, ranged across the main wind-lines just where they may be most
effective in the grand storm harmonies. And then there is an infinite
variety of arching forms, standing free or in groups, leaning away from
or toward each other in curious architectural structures,—innumerable
tassels drooping under the arches and radiating above them, the outside
glowing in the light, masses of deep shade beneath, giving rise to
effects marvelously beautiful,—while on the roughest ledges of
crumbling limestone are lowly old giants, five or six feet in diameter,
that have braved the storms of more than a thousand years. But, whether
old or young, sheltered or exposed to the wildest gales, this tree is
ever found to be irrepressibly and extravagantly picturesque, offering
a richer and more varied series of forms to the artist than any other
species I have yet seen.

One of the most interesting mountain excursions I have made in the
State was up through a thick spicy forest of these trees to the top of
the highest summit of the Troy Range, about ninety miles to the south
of Hamilton. The day was full of perfect Indian-summer sunshine, calm
and bracing. Jays and Clarke crows made a pleasant stir in the foothill
pines and junipers; grasshoppers danced in the hazy light, and rattled
on the wing in pure glee, reviving suddenly from the torpor of a frosty
October night to exuberant summer joy. The squirrels were working
industriously among the falling nuts; ripe willows and aspens made
gorgeous masses of color on the russet hillsides and along the edges of
the small streams that threaded the higher ravines; and on the smooth
sloping uplands, beneath the foxtail pines and firs, the ground was
covered with brown grasses, enriched with sunflowers, columbines, and
larkspurs and patches of linosyris, mostly frost-nipped and gone to
seed, yet making fine bits of yellow and purple in the general brown.

At a height of about ninety-five hundred feet we passed through a
magnificent grove of aspens, about a hundred acres in extent, through
which the mellow sunshine sifted in ravishing splendor, showing every
leaf to be as beautiful in color as the wing of a butterfly, and making
them tell gloriously against the evergreens. These extensive groves of
aspen are a marked feature of the Nevada woods. Some of the lower
mountains are covered with them, giving rise to remarkably beautiful
masses of pale, translucent green in spring and summer, yellow and
orange in autumn, while in winter, after every leaf has fallen, the
white bark of the boles and branches seen in mass seems like a cloud of
mist that has settled close down on the mountain, conforming to all its
hollows and ridges like a mantle, yet roughened on the surface with
innumerable ascending spires.

Just above the aspens we entered a fine, close growth of foxtail pine,
the tallest and most evenly planted I had yet seen. It extended along a
waving ridge tending north and south and down both sides with but
little interruption for a distance of about five miles. The trees were
mostly straight in the bole, and their shade covered the ground in the
densest places, leaving only small openings to the sun. A few of the
tallest specimens measured over eighty feet, with a diameter of
eighteen inches; but many of the younger trees, growing in tufts, were
nearly fifty feet high, with a diameter of only five or six inches,
while their slender shafts were hidden from top to bottom by a close,
fringy growth of tasseled branchlets. A few white pines and balsam firs
occur here and there, mostly around the edges of sunny openings, where
they enrich the air with their rosiny fragrance, and bring out the
peculiar beauties of the predominating foxtails by contrast.

Birds find grateful homes here—grouse, chickadees, and linnets, of
which we saw large flocks that had a delightfully enlivening effect.
But the woodpeckers are remarkably rare. Thus far I have noticed only
one species, the golden-winged; and but few of the streams are large
enough or long enough to attract the blessed ousel, so common in the
Sierra.

On Wheeler’s Peak, the dominating summit of the Snake Mountains, I
found all the conifers I had seen on the other ranges of the State,
excepting the foxtail pine, which I have not observed further east than
the White Pine range, but in its stead the beautiful Rocky Mountain
spruce. First, as in the other ranges, we find the juniper and nut
pine; then, higher, the white pine and balsam fir; then the Douglas
spruce and this new Rocky Mountain spruce, which is common eastward
from here, though this range is, as far as I have observed, its western
limit. It is one of the largest and most important of Nevada conifers,
attaining a height of from sixty to eighty feet and a diameter of
nearly two feet, while now and then an exceptional specimen may be
found in shady dells a hundred feet high or more.

The foliage is bright yellowish and bluish green, according to exposure
and age, growing all around the branchlets, though inclined to turn
upward from the undersides, like that of the plushy firs of California,
making remarkably handsome fernlike plumes. While yet only mere
saplings five or six inches thick at the ground, they measure fifty or
sixty feet in height and are beautifully clothed with broad, level,
fronded plumes down to the base, preserving a strict arrowy outline,
though a few of the larger branches shoot out in free exuberance,
relieving the spire from any unpicturesque stiffness of aspect, while
the conical summit is crowded with thousands of rich brown cones to
complete its beauty.

We made the ascent of the peak just after the first storm had whitened
its summit and brightened the atmosphere. The foot-slopes are like
those of the Troy range, only more evenly clad with grasses. After
tracing a long, rugged ridge of exceedingly hard quartzite, said to be
veined here and there with gold, we came to the North Dome, a noble
summit rising about a thousand feet above the timberline, its slopes
heavily tree-clad all around, but most perfectly on the north. Here the
Rocky Mountain spruce forms the bulk of the forest. The cones were
ripe; most of them had shed their winged seeds, and the shell-like
scales were conspicuously spread, making rich masses of brown from the
tops of the fertile trees down halfway to the ground, cone touching
cone in lavish clusters. A single branch that might be carried in the
hand would be found to bear a hundred or more.

Some portions of the wood were almost impenetrable, but in general we
found no difficulty in mazing comfortably on over fallen logs and under
the spreading boughs, while here and there we came to an opening
sufficiently spacious for standpoints, where the trees around their
margins might be seen from top to bottom. The winter sunshine streamed
through the clustered spires, glinting and breaking into a fine dust of
spangles on the spiky leaves and beads of amber gum, and bringing out
the reds and grays and yellows of the lichened boles which had been
freshened by the late storm; while the tip of every spire looking up
through the shadows was dipped in deepest blue.

The ground was strewn with burs and needles and fallen trees; and, down
in the dells, on the north side of the dome, where strips of aspen are
imbedded in the spruces, every breeze sent the ripe leaves flying, some
lodging in the spruce boughs, making them bloom again, while the fresh
snow beneath looked like a fine painting.

Around the dome and well up toward the summit of the main peak, the
snow-shed was well marked with tracks of the mule deer and the pretty
stitching and embroidery of field mice, squirrels, and grouse; and on
the way back to camp I came across a strange track, somewhat like that
of a small bear, but more spreading at the toes. It proved to be that
of a wolverine. In my conversations with hunters, both Indians and
white men assure me that there are no bears in Nevada, notwithstanding
the abundance of pine-nuts, of which they are so fond, and the
accessibility of these basin ranges from their favorite haunts in the
Sierra Nevada and Wahsatch Mountains. The mule deer, antelope, wild
sheep, wolverine, and two species of wolves are all of the larger
animals that I have seen or heard of in the State.




XV. Glacial Phenomena in Nevada[20]


The monuments of the Ice Age in the Great Basin have been greatly
obscured and broken, many of the more ancient of them having perished
altogether, leaving scarce a mark, however faint, of their existence—a
condition of things due not alone to the long-continued action of
post-glacial agents, but also in great part to the perishable character
of the rocks of which they were made. The bottoms of the main valleys,
once grooved and planished like the glacier pavements of the Sierra,
lie buried beneath sediments and detritus derived from the adjacent
mountains, and now form the arid sage plains; characteristic U-shaped
cañons have become V-shaped by the deepening of their bottoms and
straightening of their sides, and decaying glacier headlands have been
undermined and thrown down in loose taluses, while most of the moraines
and striae and scratches have been blurred or weathered away.
Nevertheless, enough remains of the more recent and the more enduring
phenomena to cast a good light well back upon the conditions of the
ancient ice sheet that covered this interesting region, and upon the
system of distinct glaciers that loaded the tops of the mountains and
filled the cañons long after the ice sheet had been broken up.

The first glacial traces that I noticed in the basin are on the
Wassuck, Augusta, and Toyabe ranges, consisting of ridges and cañons,
whose trends, contours, and general sculpture are in great part
specifically glacial, though deeply blurred by subsequent denudation.
These discoveries were made during the summer of 1876-77. And again, on
the 17th of last August, while making the ascent of Mount Jefferson,
the dominating mountain of the Toquima range, I discovered an
exceedingly interesting group of moraines, cañons with V-shaped cross
sections, wide neve amphitheatres, moutoneed rocks, glacier meadows,
and one glacier lake, all as fresh and telling as if the glaciers to
which they belonged had scarcely vanished.

The best preserved and most regular of the moraines are two laterals
about two hundred feet in height and two miles long, extending from the
foot of a magnificent cañon valley on the north side of the mountain
and trending first in a northerly direction, then curving around to the
west, while a well-characterized terminal moraine, formed by the
glacier towards the close of its existence, unites them near their
lower extremities at a height of eighty-five hundred feet. Another pair
of older lateral moraines, belonging to a glacier of which the one just
mentioned was a tributary, extend in a general northwesterly direction
nearly to the level of Big Smoky Valley, about fifty-five hundred feet
above sea level.

Four other cañons, extending down the eastern slopes of this grand old
mountain into Monito Valley, are hardly less rich in glacial records,
while the effects of the mountain shadows in controlling and directing
the movements of the residual glaciers to which all these phenomena
belonged are everywhere delightfully apparent in the trends of the
cañons and ridges, and in the massive sculpture of the neve wombs at
their heads. This is a very marked and imposing mountain, attracting
the eye from a great distance. It presents a smooth and gently curved
outline against the sky, as observed from the plains, and is whitened
with patches of enduring snow. The summit is made up of irregular
volcanic tables, the most extensive of which is about two and a half
miles long, and like the smaller ones is broken abruptly down on the
edges by the action of the ice. Its height is approximately eleven
thousand three hundred feet above the sea.

A few days after making these interesting discoveries, I found other
well-preserved glacial traces on Arc Dome, the culminating summit of
the Toyabe Range. On its northeastern slopes there are two small
glacier lakes, and the basins of two others which have recently been
filled with down-washed detritus. One small residual glacier lingered
until quite recently beneath the coolest shadows of the dome, the
moraines and névé-fountains of which are still as fresh and unwasted as
many of those lying at the same elevation on the Sierra—ten thousand
feet—while older and more wasted specimens may be traced on all the
adjacent mountains. The sculpture, too, of all the ridges and summits
of this section of the range is recognized at once as glacial, some of
the larger characters being still easily readable from the plains at a
distance of fifteen or twenty miles.

The Hot Creek Mountains, lying to the east of the Toquima and Monito
ranges, reach the culminating point on a deeply serrate ridge at a
height of ten thousand feet above the sea. This ridge is found to be
made up of a series of imposing towers and pinnacles which have been
eroded from the solid mass of the mountain by a group of small residual
glaciers that lingered in their shadows long after the larger ice
rivers had vanished. On its western declivities are found a group of
well-characterized moraines, cañons, and _roches moutonnées_, all of
which are unmistakably fresh and telling. The moraines in particular
could hardly fail to attract the eye of any observer. Some of the short
laterals of the glaciers that drew their fountain snows from the jagged
recesses of the summit are from one to two hundred feet in height, and
scarce at all wasted as yet, notwithstanding the countless storms that
have fallen upon them, while cool rills flow between them, watering
charming gardens of arctic plants—saxifrages, larkspurs, dwarf birch,
ribes, and parnassia, etc.—beautiful memories of the Ice Age,
representing a once greatly extended flora.

In the course of explorations made to the eastward of here, between the
38th and 40th parallels, I observed glacial phenomena equally fresh and
demonstrative on all the higher mountains of the White Pine, Golden
Gate, and Snake ranges, varying from those already described only as
determined by differences of elevation, relations to the snow-bearing
winds, and the physical characteristics of the rock formations.

On the Jeff Davis group of the Snake Range, the dominating summit of
which is nearly thirteen thousand feet in elevation, and the highest
ground in the basin, every marked feature is a glacier monument—peaks,
valleys, ridges, meadows, and lakes. And because here the
snow-fountains lay at a greater height, while the rock, an exceedingly
hard quartzite, offered superior resistance to post-glacial agents, the
ice-characters are on a larger scale, and are more sharply defined than
any we have noticed elsewhere, and it is probably here that the last
lingering glacier of the basin was located. The summits and connecting
ridges are mere blades and points, ground sharp by the glaciers that
descended on both sides to the main valleys. From one standpoint I
counted nine of these glacial channels with their moraines sweeping
grandly out to the plains to deep sheer-walled névé-fountains at their
heads, making a most vivid picture of the last days of the Ice Period.

I have thus far directed attention only to the most recent and
appreciable of the phenomena; but it must be borne in mind that less
recent and less obvious traces of glacial action abound on _all_ the
ranges throughout the entire basin, where the fine striae and grooves
have been obliterated, and most of the moraines have been washed away,
or so modified as to be no longer recognizable, and even the lakes and
meadows, so characteristic of glacial regions, have almost entirely
vanished. For there are other monuments, far more enduring than these,
remaining tens of thousands of years after the more perishable records
are lost. Such are the cañons, ridges, and peaks themselves, the
glacial peculiarities of whose trends and contours cannot be hid from
the eye of the skilled observer until changes have been wrought upon
them far more destructive than those to which these basin ranges have
yet been subjected.

It appears, therefore, that the last of the basin glaciers have but
recently vanished, and that the almost innumerable ranges trending
north and south between the Sierra and the Wahsatch Mountains were
loaded with glaciers that descended to the adjacent valleys during the
last glacial period, and that it is to this mighty host of ice streams
that all the more characteristic of the present features of these
mountain ranges are due.

But grand as is this vision delineated in these old records, this is
not all; for there is not wanting evidence of a still grander
glaciation extending over all the valleys now forming the sage plains
as well as the mountains. The basins of the main valleys alternating
with the mountain ranges, and which contained lakes during at least the
closing portion of the Ice Period, were eroded wholly, or in part, from
a general elevated tableland, by immense glaciers that flowed north and
south to the ocean. The mountains as well as the valleys present
abundant evidence of this grand origin.

The flanks of all the interior ranges are seen to have been heavily
abraded and ground away by the ice acting in a direction parallel with
their axes. This action is most strikingly shown upon projecting
portions where the pressure has been greatest. These are shorn off in
smooth planes and bossy outswelling curves, like the outstanding
portions of cañon walls. Moreover, the extremities of the ranges taper
out like those of dividing ridges which have been ground away by
dividing and confluent glaciers. Furthermore, the horizontal sections
of separate mountains, standing isolated in the great valleys, are
lens-shaped like those of mere rocks that rise in the channels of
ordinary cañon glaciers, and which have been overflowed or pastflowed,
while in many of the smaller valleys _roches moutonnées_ occur in great
abundance.

Again, the mineralogical and physical characters of the two ranges
bounding the sides of many of the valleys indicate that the valleys
were formed simply by the removal of the material between the ranges.
And again, the rim of the general basin, where it is elevated, as for
example on the southwestern portion, instead of being a ridge
sculptured on the sides like a mountain range, is found to be composed
of many short ranges, parallel to one another, and to the interior
ranges, and so modeled as to resemble a row of convex lenses set on
edge and half buried beneath a general surface, without manifesting any
dependence upon synclinal or anticlinal axes—a series of forms and
relations that could have resulted only from the outflow of vast basin
glaciers on their courses to the ocean.

I cannot, however, present all the evidence here bearing upon these
interesting questions, much less discuss it in all its relations. I
will, therefore, close this letter with a few of the more important
generalizations that have grown up out of the facts that I have
observed. First, at the beginning of the glacial period the region now
known as the Great Basin was an elevated tableland, not furrowed as at
present with mountains and valleys, but comparatively bald and
featureless.

Second, this tableland, bounded on the east and west by lofty mountain
ranges, but comparatively open on the north and south, was loaded with
ice, which was discharged to the ocean northward and southward, and in
its flow brought most, if not all, the present interior ranges and
valleys into relief by erosion.

Third, as the glacial winter drew near its close the ice vanished from
the lower portions of the basin, which then became lakes, into which
separate glaciers descended from the mountains. Then these mountain
glaciers vanished in turn, after sculpturing the ranges into their
present condition.

Fourth, the few immense lakes extending over the lowlands, in the midst
of which many of the interior ranges stood as islands, became shallow
as the ice vanished from the mountains, and separated into many
distinct lakes, whose waters no longer reached the ocean. Most of these
have disappeared by the filling of their basins with detritus from the
mountains, and now form sage plains and “alkali flats.”

The transition from one to the other of these various conditions was
gradual and orderly: first, a nearly simple tableland; then a grand
_mer de glace_ shedding its crawling silver currents to the sea, and
becoming gradually more wrinkled as unequal erosion roughened its bed,
and brought the highest peaks and ridges above the surface; then a land
of lakes, an almost continuous sheet of water stretching from the
Sierra to the Wahsatch, adorned with innumerable island mountains; then
a slow desiccation and decay to present conditions of sage and sand.




XVI. Nevada’s Dead Towns[21]


Nevada is one of the very youngest and wildest of the States;
nevertheless it is already strewn with ruins that seem as gray and
silent and time-worn as if the civilization to which they belonged had
perished centuries ago. Yet, strange to say, all these ruins are
results of mining efforts made within the last few years. Wander where
you may throughout the length and breadth of this mountain-barred
wilderness, you everywhere come upon these dead mining towns, with
their tall chimney stacks, standing forlorn amid broken walls and
furnaces, and machinery half buried in sand, the very names of many of
them already forgotten amid the excitements of later discoveries, and
now known only through tradition—tradition ten years old.

While exploring the mountain ranges of the State during a considerable
portion of three summers, I think that I have seen at least five of
these deserted towns and villages for every one in ordinary life. Some
of them were probably only camps built by bands of prospectors, and
inhabited for a few months or years, while some specially interesting
cañon was being explored, and then carelessly abandoned for more
promising fields. But many were real towns, regularly laid out and
incorporated, containing well-built hotels, churches, schoolhouses,
post offices, and jails, as well as the mills on which they all
depended; and whose well-graded streets were filled with lawyers,
doctors, brokers, hangmen, real estate agents, etc., the whole
population numbering several thousand.

A few years ago the population of Hamilton is said to have been nearly
eight thousand; that of Treasure Hill, six thousand; of Shermantown,
seven thousand; of Swansea, three thousand. All of these were
incorporated towns with mayors, councils, fire departments, and daily
newspapers. Hamilton has now about one hundred inhabitants, most of
whom are merely waiting in dreary inaction for something to turn up.
Treasure Hill has about half as many, Shermantown one family, and
Swansea none, while on the other hand the graveyards are far too full.

In one cañon of the Toyabe range, near Austin, I found no less than
five dead towns without a single inhabitant. The streets and blocks of
“real estate” graded on the hillsides are rapidly falling back into the
wilderness. Sagebrushes are growing up around the forges of the
blacksmith shops, and lizards bask on the crumbling walls.

While traveling southward from Austin down Big Smoky Valley, I noticed
a remarkably tall and imposing column, rising like a lone pine out of
the sagebrush on the edge of a dry gulch. This proved to be a
smokestack of solid masonry. It seemed strangely out of place in the
desert, as if it had been transported entire from the heart of some
noisy manufacturing town and left here by mistake. I learned afterwards
that it belonged to a set of furnaces that were built by a New York
company to smelt ore that never was found. The tools of the workmen are
still lying in place beside the furnaces, as if dropped in some sudden
Indian or earthquake panic and never afterwards handled. These imposing
ruins, together with the desolate town, lying a quarter of a mile to
the northward, present a most vivid picture of wasted effort. Coyotes
now wander unmolested through the brushy streets, and of all the busy
throng that so lavishly spent their time and money here only one man
remains—a lone bachelor with one suspender.

Mining discoveries and progress, retrogression and decay, seem to have
been crowded more closely against each other here than on any other
portion of the globe. Some one of the band of adventurous prospectors
who came from the exhausted placers of California would discover some
rich ore—how much or little mattered not at first. These specimens fell
among excited seekers after wealth like sparks in gunpowder, and in a
few days the wilderness was disturbed with the noisy clang of miners
and builders. A little town would then spring up, and before anything
like a careful survey of any particular lode would be made, a company
would be formed, and expensive mills built. Then, after all the
machinery was ready for the ore, perhaps little, or none at all, was to
be found. Meanwhile another discovery was reported, and the young town
was abandoned as completely as a camp made for a single night; and so
on, until some really valuable lode was found, such as those of Eureka,
Austin, Virginia, etc., which formed the substantial groundwork for a
thousand other excitements.

Passing through the dead town of Schellbourne last month, I asked one
of the few lingering inhabitants why the town was built. “For the
mines,” he replied. “And where are the mines?” “On the mountains back
here.” “And why were they abandoned?” I asked. “Are they exhausted?”
“Oh, no,” he replied, “they are not exhausted; on the contrary, they
have never been worked at all, for unfortunately, just as we were about
ready to open them, the Cherry Creek mines were discovered across the
valley in the Egan range, and everybody rushed off there, taking what
they could with them—houses machinery, and all. But we are hoping that
somebody with money and speculation will come and revive us yet.”

The dead mining excitements of Nevada were far more intense and
destructive in their action than those of California, because the
prizes at stake were greater, while more skill was required to gain
them. The long trains of gold-seekers making their way to California
had ample time and means to recover from their first attacks of mining
fever while crawling laboriously across the plains, and on their
arrival on any portion of the Sierra gold belt, they at once began to
make money. No matter in what gulch or cañon they worked, some measure
of success was sure, however unskillful they might be. And though while
making ten dollars a day they might be agitated by hopes of making
twenty, or of striking their picks against hundred- or thousand-dollar
nuggets, men of ordinary nerve could still work on with comparative
steadiness, and remain rational.

But in the case of the Nevada miner, he too often spent himself in
years of weary search without gaining a dollar, traveling hundreds of
miles from mountain to mountain, burdened with wasting hopes of
discovering some hidden vein worth millions, enduring hardships of the
most destructive kind, driving innumerable tunnels into the hillsides,
while his assayed specimens again and again proved worthless. Perhaps
one in a hundred of these brave prospectors would “strike it rich,”
while ninety-nine died alone in the mountains or sank out of sight in
the corners of saloons, in a haze of whiskey and tobacco smoke.

The healthful ministry of wealth is blessed; and surely it is a fine
thing that so many are eager to find the gold and silver that lie hid
in the veins of the mountains. But in the search the seekers too often
become insane, and strike about blindly in the dark like raving madmen.
Seven hundred and fifty tons of ore from the original Eberhardt mine on
Treasure Hill yielded a million and a half dollars, the whole of this
immense sum having been obtained within two hundred and fifty feet of
the surface, the greater portion within one hundred and forty feet.
Other ore masses were scarcely less marvelously rich, giving rise to
one of the most violent excitements that ever occurred in the history
of mining. All kinds of people—shoemakers, tailors, farmers, etc., as
well as miners—left their own right work and fell in a perfect storm of
energy upon the White Pine Hills, covering the ground like
grasshoppers, and seeming determined by the very violence of their
efforts to turn every stone to silver. But with few exceptions, these
mining storms pass away about as suddenly as they rise, leaving only
ruins to tell of the tremendous energy expended, as heaps of giant
boulders in the valley tell of the spent power of the mountain floods.

In marked contrast with this destructive unrest is the orderly
deliberation into which miners settle in developing a truly valuable
mine. At Eureka we were kindly led through the treasure chambers of the
Richmond and Eureka Consolidated, our guides leisurely leading the way
from level to level, calling attention to the precious ore masses which
the workmen were slowly breaking to pieces with their picks, like
navvies wearing away the day in a railroad cutting; while down at the
smelting works the bars of bullion were handled with less eager haste
than the farmer shows in gathering his sheaves.

The wealth Nevada has already given to the world is indeed wonderful,
but the only grand marvel is the energy expended in its development.
The amount of prospecting done in the face of so many dangers and
sacrifices, the innumerable tunnels and shafts bored into the
mountains, the mills that have been built—these would seem to require a
race of giants. But, in full view of the substantial results achieved,
the pure waste manifest in the ruins one meets never fails to produce a
saddening effect.

The dim old ruins of Europe, so eagerly sought after by travelers, have
something pleasing about them, whatever their historical associations;
for they at least lend some beauty to the landscape. Their picturesque
towers and arches seem to be kindly adopted by nature, and planted with
wild flowers and wreathed with ivy; while their rugged angles are
soothed and freshened and embossed with green mosses, fresh life and
decay mingling in pleasing measures, and the whole vanishing softly
like a ripe, tranquil day fading into night. So, also, among the older
ruins of the East there is a fitness felt. They have served their time,
and like the weather-beaten mountains are wasting harmoniously. The
same is in some degree true of the dead mining towns of California.

But those lying to the eastward of the Sierra throughout the ranges of
the Great Basin waste in the dry wilderness like the bones of cattle
that have died of thirst. Many of them do not represent any good
accomplishment, and have no right to be. They are monuments of fraud
and ignorance—sins against science. The drifts and tunnels in the rocks
may perhaps be regarded as the prayers of the prospector, offered for
the wealth he so earnestly craves; but, like prayers of any kind not in
harmony with nature, they are unanswered. But, after all, effort,
however misapplied, is better than stagnation. Better toil blindly,
beating every stone in turn for grains of gold, whether they contain
any or not, than lie down in apathetic decay.

The fever period is fortunately passing away. The prospector is no
longer the raving, wandering ghoul of ten years ago, rushing in random
lawlessness among the hills, hungry and footsore; but cool and
skillful, well supplied with every necessary, and clad in his right
mind. Capitalists, too, and the public in general, have become wiser,
and do not take fire so readily from mining sparks; while at the same
time a vast amount of real work is being done, and the ratio between
growth and decay is constantly becoming better.




XVII. Puget Sound


Washington Territory, recently admitted[22] into the Union as a State,
lies between latitude 46 degrees and 49 degrees and longitude 117
degrees and 125 degrees, forming the northwest shoulder of the United
States. The majestic range of the Cascade Mountains naturally divides
the State into two distinct parts, called Eastern and Western
Washington, differing greatly from each other in almost every way, the
western section being less than half as large as the eastern, and, with
its copious rains and deep fertile soil, being clothed with forests of
evergreens, while the eastern section is dry and mostly treeless,
though fertile in many parts, and producing immense quantities of wheat
and hay. Few States are more fertile and productive in one way or
another than Washington, or more strikingly varied in natural features
or resources.

Within her borders every kind of soil and climate may be found—the
densest woods and dryest plains, the smoothest levels and roughest
mountains. She is rich in square miles (some seventy thousand of them),
in coal, timber, and iron, and in sheltered inland waters that render
these resources advantageously accessible. She also is already rich in
busy workers, who work hard, though not always wisely, hacking,
burning, blasting their way deeper into the wilderness, beneath the
sky, and beneath the ground. The wedges of development are being driven
hard, and none of the obstacles or defenses of nature can long
withstand the onset of this immeasurable industry.

Puget Sound, so justly famous the world over for the surpassing size
and excellence and abundance of its timber, is a long, many-fingered
arm of the sea reaching southward from the head of the Strait of Juan
de Fuca into the heart of the grand forests of the western portion of
Washington, between the Cascade Range and the mountains of the coast.
It is less than a hundred miles in length, but so numerous are the
branches into which it divides, and so many its bays, harbors, and
islands, that its entire shoreline is said to measure more than
eighteen hundred miles. Throughout its whole vast extent ships move in
safety, and find shelter from every wind that blows, the entire
mountain-girt sea forming one grand unrivaled harbor and center for
commerce.

The forest trees press forward to the water around all the windings of
the shores in most imposing array, as if they were courting their fate,
coming down from the mountains far and near to offer themselves to the
axe, thus making the place a perfect paradise for the lumberman. To the
lover of nature the scene is enchanting. Water and sky, mountain and
forest, clad in sunshine and clouds, are composed in landscapes sublime
in magnitude, yet exquisitely fine and fresh, and full of glad,
rejoicing life. The shining waters stretch away into the leafy
wilderness, now like the reaches of some majestic river and again
expanding into broad roomy spaces like mountain lakes, their farther
edges fading gradually and blending with the pale blue of the sky. The
wooded shores with an outer fringe of flowering bushes sweep onward in
beautiful curves around bays, and capes, and jutting promontories
innumerable; while the islands, with soft, waving outlines, lavishly
adorned with spruces and cedars, thicken and enrich the beauty of the
waters; and the white spirit mountains looking down from the sky keep
watch and ward over all, faithful and changeless as the stars.

All the way from the Strait of Juan de Fuca up to Olympia, a hopeful
town situated at the head of one of the farthest-reaching of the
fingers of the Sound, we are so completely inland and surrounded by
mountains that it is hard to realize that we are sailing on a branch of
the salt sea. We are constantly reminded of Lake Tahoe. There is the
same clearness of the water in calm weather without any trace of the
ocean swell, the same picturesque winding and sculpture of the
shoreline and flowery, leafy luxuriance; only here the trees are taller
and stand much closer together, and the backgrounds are higher and far
more extensive. Here, too, we find greater variety amid the marvelous
wealth of islands and inlets, and also in the changing views dependent
on the weather. As we double cape after cape and round the uncounted
islands, new combinations come to view in endless variety, sufficient
to fill and satisfy the lover of wild beauty through a whole life.

Oftentimes in the stillest weather, when all the winds sleep and no
sign of storms is felt or seen, silky clouds form and settle over all
the land, leaving in sight only a circle of water with indefinite
bounds like views in mid-ocean; then, the clouds lifting, some islet
will be presented standing alone, with the tops of its trees dipping
out of sight in pearly gray fringes; or, lifting higher, and perhaps
letting in a ray of sunshine through some rift overhead, the whole
island will be set free and brought forward in vivid relief amid the
gloom, a girdle of silver light of dazzling brightness on the water
about its shores, then darkening again and vanishing back into the
general gloom. Thus island after island may be seen, singly or in
groups, coming and going from darkness to light like a scene of
enchantment, until at length the entire cloud ceiling is rolled away,
and the colossal cone of Mount Rainier is seen in spotless white
looking down over the forests from a distance of sixty miles, but so
lofty and so massive and clearly outlined as to impress itself upon us
as being just back of a strip of woods only a mile or two in breadth.

For the tourist sailing to Puget Sound from San Francisco there is but
little that is at all striking in the scenery within reach by the way
until the mouth of the Strait of Juan de Fuca is reached. The voyage is
about four days in length and the steamers keep within sight of the
coast, but the hills fronting the sea up to Oregon are mostly bare and
uninviting, the magnificent redwood forests stretching along this
portion of the California coast seeming to keep well back, away from
the heavy winds, so that very little is seen of them; while there are
no deep inlets or lofty mountains visible to break the regular
monotony. Along the coast of Oregon the woods of spruce and fir come
down to the shore, kept fresh and vigorous by copious rains, and become
denser and taller to the northward until, rounding Cape Flattery, we
enter the Strait of Fuca, where, sheltered from the ocean gales, the
forests begin to hint the grandeur they attain in Puget Sound. Here the
scenery in general becomes exceedingly interesting; for now we have
arrived at the grand mountain-walled channel that forms the entrance to
that marvelous network of inland waters that extends along the margin
of the continent to the northward for a thousand miles.

This magnificent inlet was named for Juan de Fuca, who discovered it in
1592 while seeking a mythical strait, supposed to exist somewhere in
the north, connecting the Atlantic and Pacific. It is about seventy
miles long, ten or twelve miles wide, and extends to the eastward in a
nearly straight line between the south end of Vancouver Island and the
Olympic Range of mountains on the mainland.

Cape Flattery, the western termination of the Olympic Range, is
terribly rugged and jagged, and in stormy weather is utterly
inaccessible from the sea. Then the ponderous rollers of the deep
Pacific thunder amid its caverns and cliffs with the foam and uproar of
a thousand Yosemite waterfalls. The bones of many a noble ship lie
there, and many a sailor. It would seem unlikely that any living thing
should seek rest in such a place, or find it. Nevertheless, frail and
delicate flowers bloom there, flowers of both the land and the sea;
heavy, ungainly seals disport in the swelling waves, and find grateful
retreats back in the inmost bores of its storm-lashed caverns; while in
many a chink and hollow of the highest crags, not visible from beneath,
a great variety of waterfowl make homes and rear their young.

But not always are the inhabitants safe, even in such wave-defended
castles as these, for the Indians of the neighboring shores venture
forth in the calmest summer weather in their frail canoes to spear the
seals in the narrow gorges amid the grinding, gurgling din of the
restless waters. At such times also the hunters make out to scale many
of the apparently inaccessible cliffs for the eggs and young of the
gulls and other water birds, occasionally losing their lives in these
perilous adventures, which give rise to many an exciting story told
around the campfires at night when the storms roar loudest.

Passing through the strait, we have the Olympic Mountains close at hand
on the right, Vancouver Island on the left, and the snowy peak of Mount
Baker straight ahead in the distance. During calm weather, or when the
clouds are lifting and rolling off the mountains after a storm, all
these views are truly magnificent. Mount Baker is one of that wonderful
series of old volcanoes that once flamed along the summits of the
Sierras and Cascades from Lassen to Mount St. Elias. Its fires are
sleeping now, and it is loaded with glaciers, streams of ice having
taken the place of streams of glowing lava. Vancouver Island presents a
charming variety of hill and dale, open sunny spaces and sweeps of dark
forest rising in swell beyond swell to the high land in the distance.

But the Olympic Mountains most of all command attention, seen tellingly
near and clear in all their glory, rising from the water’s edge into
the sky to a height of six or eight thousand feet. They bound the
strait on the south side throughout its whole extent, forming a massive
sustained wall, flowery and bushy at the base, a zigzag of snowy peaks
along the top, which have ragged-edged fields of ice and snow beneath
them, enclosed in wide amphitheaters opening to the waters of the
strait through spacious forest-filled valleys enlivened with fine,
dashing streams. These valleys mark the courses of the Olympic glaciers
at the period of their greatest extension, when they poured their
tribute into that portion of the great northern ice sheet that
overswept the south end of Vancouver Island and filled the strait with
flowing ice as it is now filled with ocean water.

The steamers of the Sound usually stop at Esquimalt on their way up,
thus affording tourists an opportunity to visit the interesting town of
Victoria, the capital of British Columbia. The Victoria harbor is too
narrow and difficult of access for the larger class of ships; therefore
a landing has to be made at Esquimalt. The distance, however, is only
about three miles, and the way is delightful, winding on through a
charming forest of Douglas spruce, with here and there groves of oak
and madrone, and a rich undergrowth of hazel, dogwood, willow, alder,
spiraea, rubus, huckleberry, and wild rose. Pretty cottages occur at
intervals along the road, covered with honeysuckle, and many an
upswelling rock, freshly glaciated and furred with yellow mosses and
lichen, telling interesting stories of the icy past.

Victoria is a quiet, handsome, breezy town, beautifully located on
finely modulated ground at the mouth of the Canal de Haro, with
charming views in front, of islands and mountains and far-reaching
waters, ever changing in the shifting lights and shades of the clouds
and sunshine. In the background there are a mile or two of field and
forest and sunny oak openings; then comes the forest primeval, dense
and shaggy and well-nigh impenetrable.

Notwithstanding the importance claimed for Victoria as a commercial
center and the capital of British Columbia, it has a rather young,
loose-jointed appearance. The government buildings and some of the
business blocks on the main streets are well built and imposing in bulk
and architecture. These are far less interesting and characteristic,
however, than the mansions set in the midst of spacious pleasure
grounds and the lovely home cottages embowered in honeysuckle and
climbing roses. One soon discovers that this is no Yankee town. The
English faces and the way that English is spoken alone would tell that;
while in business quarters there is a staid dignity and moderation that
is very noticeable, and a want of American push and hurrah. Love of
land and of privacy in homes is made manifest in the residences, many
of which are built in the middle of fields and orchards or large city
blocks, and in the loving care with which these home grounds are
planted. They are very beautiful. The fineness of the climate, with its
copious measure of warm moisture distilling in dew and fog, and gentle,
bathing, laving rain, give them a freshness and floweriness that is
worth going far to see.

Victoria is noted for its fine drives, and every one who can should
either walk or drive around the outskirts of the town, not only for the
fine views out over the water but to see the cascades of bloom pouring
over the gables of the cottages, and the fresh wild woods with their
flowery, fragrant underbrush. Wild roses abound almost everywhere. One
species, blooming freely along the woodland paths, is from two to three
inches in diameter, and more fragrant than any other wild rose I ever
saw excepting the sweetbriar. This rose and three species of spiraea
fairly fill the air with fragrance after a shower. And how brightly
then do the red berries of the dogwood shine out from the warm
yellow-green of leaves and mosses!

But still more interesting and significant are the glacial phenomena
displayed hereabouts. All this exuberant tree, bush, and herbaceous
vegetation, cultivated or wild, is growing upon moraine beds outspread
by waters that issued from the ancient glaciers at the time of their
recession, and scarcely at all moved or in any way modified by
post-glacial agencies. The town streets and the roads are graded in
moraine material, among scratched and grooved rock bosses that are as
unweathered and telling as any to be found in the glacier channels of
Alaska. The harbor also is clearly of glacial origin. The rock islets
that rise here and there, forming so marked a feature of the harbor,
are unchanged _roches moutonnées_, and the shores are grooved,
scratched, and rounded, and in every way as glacial in all their
characteristics as those of a newborn glacial lake.

Most visitors to Victoria go to the stores of the Hudson’s Bay Company,
presumably on account of the romantic associations, or to purchase a
bit of fur or some other wild-Indianish trinket as a memento. At
certain seasons of the year, when the hairy harvests are gathered in,
immense bales of skins may be seen in these unsavory warehouses, the
spoils of many thousand hunts over mountain and plain, by lonely river
and shore. The skins of bears, wolves, beavers, otters, fishers,
martens, lynxes, panthers, wolverine, reindeer, moose, elk, wild goats,
sheep, foxes, squirrels, and many others of our “poor earth-born
companions and fellow mortals” may here be found.

Vancouver is the southmost and the largest of the countless islands
forming the great archipelago that stretches a thousand miles to the
northward. Its shores have been known a long time, but little is known
of the lofty mountainous interior on account of the difficulties in the
way of explorations—lake, bogs, and shaggy tangled forests. It is
mostly a pure, savage wilderness, without roads or clearings, and
silent so far as man is concerned. Even the Indians keep close to the
shore, getting a living by fishing, dwelling together in villages, and
traveling almost wholly by canoes. White settlements are few and far
between. Good agricultural lands occur here and there on the edge of
the wilderness, but they are hard to clear, and have received but
little attention thus far. Gold, the grand attraction that lights the
way into all kinds of wildernesses and makes rough places smooth, has
been found, but only in small quantities, too small to make much
motion. Almost all the industry of the island is employed upon lumber
and coal, in which, so far as known, its chief wealth lies.

Leaving Victoria for Port Townsend, after we are fairly out on the free
open water, Mount Baker is seen rising solitary over a dark breadth of
forest, making a glorious show in its pure white raiment. It is said to
be about eleven thousand feet high, is loaded with glaciers, some of
which come well down into the woods, and never, so far as I have heard,
has been climbed, though in all probability it is not inaccessible. The
task of reaching its base through the dense woods will be likely to
prove of greater difficulty than the climb to the summit.

In a direction a little to the left of Mount Baker and much nearer, may
be seen the island of San Juan, famous in the young history of the
country for the quarrels concerning its rightful ownership between the
Hudson’s Bay Company and Washington Territory, quarrels which nearly
brought on war with Great Britain. Neither party showed any lack of
either pluck or gunpowder. General Scott was sent out by President
Buchanan to negotiate, which resulted in a joint occupancy of the
island. Small quarrels, however, continued to arise until the year
1874, when the peppery question was submitted to the Emperor of Germany
for arbitration. Then the whole island was given to the United States.

San Juan is one of a thickset cluster of islands that fills the waters
between Vancouver and the mainland, a little to the north of Victoria.
In some of the intricate channels between these islands the tides run
at times like impetuous rushing rivers, rendering navigation rather
uncertain and dangerous for the small sailing vessels that ply between
Victoria and the settlements on the coast of British Columbia and the
larger islands. The water is generally deep enough everywhere, too deep
in most places for anchorage, and, the winds shifting hither and
thither or dying away altogether, the ships, getting no direction from
their helms, are carried back and forth or are caught in some eddy
where two currents meet and whirled round and round to the dismay of
the sailors, like a chip in a river whirlpool.

All the way over to Port Townsend the Olympic Mountains well maintain
their massive, imposing grandeur, and present their elaborately carved
summits in clear relief, many of which are out of sight in coming up
the strait on account of our being too near the base of the range. Turn
to them as often as we may, our admiration only grows the warmer the
longer we dwell upon them. The highest peaks are Mount Constance and
Mount Olympus, said to be about eight thousand feet high.

In two or three hours after leaving Victoria, we arrive at the handsome
little town of Port Townsend, situated at the mouth of Puget Sound, on
the west side. The residential portion of the town is set on the level
top of the bluff that bounds Port Townsend Bay, while another nearly
level space of moderate extent, reaching from the base of the bluff to
the shoreline, is occupied by the business portion, thus making a town
of two separate and distinct stories, which are connected by long,
ladder-like flights of stairs. In the streets of the lower story, while
there is no lack of animation, there is but little business noise as
compared with the amount of business transacted. This in great part is
due to the scarcity of horses and wagons. Farms and roads back in the
woods are few and far between. Nearly all the tributary settlements are
on the coast, and communication is almost wholly by boats, canoes, and
schooners. Hence country stages and farmers’ wagons and buggies, with
the whir and din that belong to them, are wanting.

This being the port of entry, all vessels have to stop here, and they
make a lively show about the wharves and in the bay. The winds stir the
flags of every civilized nation, while the Indians in their long-beaked
canoes glide about from ship to ship, satisfying their curiosity or
trading with the crews. Keen traders these Indians are, and few indeed
of the sailors or merchants from any country ever get the better of
them in bargains. Curious groups of people may often be seen in the
streets and stores, made up of English, French, Spanish, Portuguese,
Scandinavians, Germans, Greeks, Moors, Japanese, and Chinese, of every
rank and station and style of dress and behavior; settlers from many a
nook and bay and island up and down the coast; hunters from the
wilderness; tourists on their way home by the Sound and the Columbia
River or to Alaska or California.

The upper story of Port Townsend is charmingly located, wide bright
waters on one side, flowing evergreen woods on the other. The streets
are well laid out and well tended, and the houses, with their luxuriant
gardens about them, have an air of taste and refinement seldom found in
towns set on the edge of a wild forest. The people seem to have come
here to make true homes, attracted by the beauty and fresh breezy
healthfulness of the place as well as by business advantages, trusting
to natural growth and advancement instead of restless “booming”
methods. They perhaps have caught some of the spirit of calm moderation
and enjoyment from their English neighbors across the water. Of late,
however, this sober tranquillity has begun to give way, some whiffs
from the whirlwind of real estate speculation up the Sound having at
length touched the town and ruffled the surface of its calmness.

A few miles up the bay is Fort Townsend, which makes a pretty picture
with the green woods rising back of it and the calm water in front.
Across the mouth of the Sound lies the long, narrow Whidbey Island,
named by Vancouver for one of his lieutenants. It is about thirty miles
in length, and is remarkable in this region of crowded forests and
mountains as being comparatively open and low. The soil is good and
easily worked, and a considerable portion of the island has been under
cultivation for many years. Fertile fields, open, parklike groves of
oak, and thick masses of evergreens succeed one another in charming
combinations to make this “the garden spot of the Territory.”

Leaving Port Townsend for Seattle and Tacoma, we enter the Sound and
sail down into the heart of the green, aspiring forests, and find, look
where we may, beauty ever changing, in lavish profusion. Puget Sound,
“the Mediterranean of America” as it is sometimes called, is in many
respects one of the most remarkable bodies of water in the world.
Vancouver, who came here nearly a hundred years ago and made a careful
survey of it, named the larger northern portion of it “Admiralty Inlet”
and one of the long, narrow branches “Hood’s Canal,” applying the name
“Puget Sound” only to the comparatively small southern portion. The
latter name, however, is now applied generally to the entire inlet, and
is commonly shortened by the people hereabouts to “The Sound.” The
natural wealth and commercial advantages of the Sound region were
quickly recognized, and the cause of the activity prevailing here is
not far to seek. Vancouver, long before civilization touched these
shores, spoke of it in terms of unstinted praise. He was sent out by
the British government with the principal object in view of “acquiring
accurate knowledge as to the nature and extent of any water
communication which may tend in any considerable degree to facilitate
an intercourse for the purposes of commerce between the northwest coast
and the country on the opposite side of the continent,” vague
traditions having long been current concerning a strait supposed to
unite the two oceans. Vancouver reported that he found the coast from
San Francisco to Oregon and beyond to present a nearly straight solid
barrier to the sea, without openings, and we may well guess the joy of
the old navigator on the discovery of these waters after so long and
barren a search to the southward.

His descriptions of the scenery—Mounts Baker, Rainier, St. Helen’s,
etc.—were as enthusiastic as those of the most eager landscape lover of
the present day, when scenery is in fashion. He says in one place: “To
describe the beauties of this region will, on some future occasion, be
a very grateful task for the pen of a skillful panegyrist. The serenity
of the climate, the immeasurable pleasing landscapes, and the abundant
fertility that unassisted nature puts forth, require only to be
enriched by the industry of man with villages, mansions, cottages, and
other buildings, to render it the most lovely country that can be
imagined. The labor of the inhabitants would be amply rewarded in the
bounties which nature seems ready to bestow on cultivation.” “A picture
so pleasing could not fail to call to our remembrance certain
delightful and beloved situations in old England.” So warm, indeed,
were the praises he sung that his statements were received in England
with a good deal of hesitation. But they were amply corroborated by
Wilkes and others who followed many years later. “Nothing,” says
Wilkes, “can exceed the beauty of these waters and their safety. Not a
shoal exists in the Straits of Juan de Fuca, Admiralty Inlet, Puget
Sound or Hood’s Canal, that can in any way interrupt their navigation
by a 74-gun ship. I venture nothing in saying there is no country in
the world that possesses waters like these.” And again, quoting from
the United States Coast Survey, “For depth of water, boldness of
approaches, freedom from hidden dangers, and the immeasurable sea of
gigantic timber coming down to the very shores, these waters are
unsurpassed, unapproachable.”

The Sound region has a fine, fresh, clean climate, well washed both
winter and summer with copious rains and swept with winds and clouds
that come from the mountains and the sea. Every hidden nook in the
depths of the woods is searched and refreshed, leaving no stagnant air;
beaver meadows and lake basin and low and willowy bogs, all are kept
wholesome and sweet the year round. Cloud and sunshine alternate in
bracing, cheering succession, and health and abundance follow the
storms. The outer sea margin is sublimely dashed and drenched with
ocean brine, the spicy scud sweeping at times far inland over the
bending woods, the giant trees waving and chanting in hearty accord as
if surely enjoying it all.

Heavy, long-continued rains occur in the winter months. Then every
leaf, bathed and brightened, rejoices. Filtering drops and currents
through all the shaggy undergrowth of the woods go with tribute to the
small streams, and these again to the larger. The rivers swell, but
there are no devastating floods; for the thick felt of roots and mosses
holds the abounding waters in check, stored in a thousand thousand
fountains. Neither are there any violent hurricanes here, At least, I
never have heard of any, nor have I come upon their tracks. Most of the
streams are clear and cool always, for their waters are filtered
through deep beds of mosses, and flow beneath shadows all the way to
the sea. Only the streams from the glaciers are turbid and muddy. On
the slopes of the mountains where they rush from their crystal caves,
they carry not only small particles of rock-mud, worn off the sides and
bottoms of the channels of the glaciers, but grains of sand and pebbles
and large boulders tons in weight, rolling them forward on their way
rumbling and bumping to their appointed places at the foot of steep
slopes, to be built into rough bars and beds, while the smaller
material is carried farther and outspread in flats, perhaps for coming
wheat fields and gardens, the finest of it going out to sea, floating
on the tides for weeks and months ere it finds rest on the bottom.

Snow seldom falls to any great depth on the lowlands, though it comes
in glorious abundance on the mountains. And only on the mountains does
the temperature fall much below the freezing point. In the warmest
summer weather a temperature of eighty-five degrees or even more
occasionally is reached, but not for long at a time, as such heat is
speedily followed by a breeze from the sea. The most charming days here
are days of perfect calm, when all the winds are holding their breath
and not a leaf stirs. The surface of the Sound shines like a silver
mirror over all its vast extent, reflecting its lovely islands and
shores; and long sheets of spangles flash and dance in the wake of
every swimming seabird and boat. The sun, looking down on the tranquil
landscape, seems conscious of the presence of every living thing on
which he is pouring his blessings, while they in turn, with perhaps the
exception of man, seem conscious of the sun as a benevolent father and
stand hushed and waiting.




XVIII. The Forests of Washington


When we force our way into the depths of the forests, following any of
the rivers back to their fountains, we find that the bulk of the woods
is made up of the Douglas spruce (_Pseudotsuga Douglasii_), named in
honor of David Douglas, an enthusiastic botanical explorer of early
Hudson’s Bay times. It is not only a very large tree but a very
beautiful one, with lively bright-green drooping foliage, handsome
pendent cones, and a shaft exquisitely straight and regular. For so
large a tree it is astonishing how many find nourishment and space to
grow on any given area. The magnificent shafts push their spires into
the sky close together with as regular a growth as that of a
well-tilled field of grain. And no ground has been better tilled for
the growth of trees than that on which these forests are growing. For
it has been thoroughly ploughed and rolled by the mighty glaciers from
the mountains, and sifted and mellowed and outspread in beds hundreds
of feet in depth by the broad streams that issued from their fronts at
the time of their recession, after they had long covered all the land.

The largest tree of this species that I have myself measured was nearly
twelve feet in diameter at a height of five feet from the ground, and,
as near as I could make out under the circumstances, about three
hundred feet in length. It stood near the head of the Sound not far
from Olympia. I have seen a few others, both near the coast and thirty
or forty miles back in the interior, that were from eight to ten feet
in diameter, measured above their bulging insteps; and many from six to
seven feet. I have heard of some that were said to be three hundred and
twenty-five feet in height and fifteen feet in diameter, but none that
I measured were so large, though it is not at all unlikely that such
colossal giants do exist where conditions of soil and exposure are
surpassingly favorable. The average size of all the trees of this
species found up to an elevation on the mountain slopes of, say, two
thousand feet above sea level, taking into account only what may be
called mature trees two hundred and fifty to five hundred years of age,
is perhaps, at a vague guess, not more than a height of one hundred and
seventy-five or two hundred feet and a diameter of three feet; though,
of course, throughout the richest sections the size is much greater.

In proportion to its weight when dry, the timber from this tree is
perhaps stronger than that of any other conifer in the country. It is
tough and durable and admirably adapted in every way for shipbuilding,
piles, and heavy timbers in general. But its hardness and liability to
warp render it much inferior to white or sugar pine for fine work. In
the lumber markets of California it is known as “Oregon pine” and is
used almost exclusively for spars, bridge timbers, heavy planking, and
the framework of houses.

The same species extends northward in abundance through British
Columbia and southward through the coast and middle regions of Oregon
and California. It is also a common tree in the cañons and hollows of
the Wahsatch Mountains in Utah, where it is called “red pine” and on
portions of the Rocky Mountains and some of the short ranges of the
Great Basin. Along the coast of California it keeps company with the
redwood wherever it can find a favorable opening. On the western slope
of the Sierra, with the yellow pine and incense cedar, it forms a
pretty well-defined belt at a height of from three thousand to six
thousand feet above the sea, and extends into the San Gabriel and San
Bernardino Mountains in Southern California. But, though widely
distributed, it is only in these cool, moist northlands that it reaches
its finest development, tall, straight, elastic, and free from limbs to
an immense height, growing down to tide water, where ships of the
largest size may lie close alongside and load at the least possible
cost.

Growing with the Douglas we find the white spruce, or “Sitka pine,” as
it is sometimes called. This also is a very beautiful and majestic
tree, frequently attaining a height of two hundred feet or more and a
diameter of five or six feet. It is very abundant in southeastern
Alaska, forming the greater part of the best forests there. Here it is
found mostly around the sides of beaver-dam and other meadows and on
the borders of the streams, especially where the ground is low. One
tree that I saw felled at the head of the Hop-Ranch meadows on the
upper Snoqualmie River, though far from being the largest I have seen,
measured a hundred and eighty feet in length and four and a half in
diameter, and was two hundred and fifty-seven years of age.

In habit and general appearance it resembles the Douglas spruce, but it
is somewhat less slender and the needles grow close together all around
the branchlets and are so stiff and sharp-pointed on the younger
branches that they cannot well be handled without gloves. The timber is
tough, close-grained, white, and looks more like pine than any other of
the spruces. It splits freely, makes excellent shingles and in general
use in house-building takes the place of pine. I have seen logs of this
species a hundred feet long and two feet in diameter at the upper end.
It was named in honor of the old Scotch botanist Archibald Menzies, who
came to this coast with Vancouver in 1792[23].

The beautiful hemlock spruce with its warm yellow-green foliage is also
common in some portions of these woods. It is tall and slender and
exceedingly graceful in habit before old age comes on, but the timber
is inferior and is seldom used for any other than the roughest work,
such as wharf-building.

The Western arbor-vitæ[24] (_Thuja gigantea_) grows to a size truly
gigantic on low rich ground. Specimens ten feet in diameter and a
hundred and forty feet high are not at all rare. Some that I have heard
of are said to be fifteen and even eighteen feet thick. Clad in rich,
glossy plumes, with gray lichens covering their smooth, tapering boles,
perfect trees of this species are truly noble objects and well worthy
the place they hold in these glorious forests. It is of this tree that
the Indians make their fine canoes.

Of the other conifers that are so happy as to have place here, there
are three firs, three or four pines, two cypresses, a yew, and another
spruce, the _Abies Pattoniana_[25]. This last is perhaps the most
beautiful of all the spruces, but, being comparatively small and
growing only far back on the mountains, it receives but little
attention from most people. Nor is there room in a work like this for
anything like a complete description of it, or of the others I have
just mentioned. Of the three firs, one (_Picea grandis_)[26], grows
near the coast and is one of the largest trees in the forest, sometimes
attaining a height of two hundred and fifty feet. The timber, however,
is inferior in quality and not much sought after while so much that is
better is within reach. One of the others (_P. amabilis_, var.
_nobilis_) forms magnificent forests by itself at a height of about
three thousand to four thousand feet above the sea. The rich plushy,
plumelike branches grow in regular whorls around the trunk, and on the
topmost whorls, standing erect, are the large, beautiful cones. This is
far the most beautiful of all the firs. In the Sierra Nevada it forms a
considerable portion of the main forest belt on the western slope, and
it is there that it reaches its greatest size and greatest beauty. The
third species (_P. subalpina_) forms, together with _Abies Pattoniana_,
the upper edge of the timberline on the portion of the Cascades
opposite the Sound. A thousand feet below the extreme limit of tree
growth it occurs in beautiful groups amid parklike openings where
flowers grow in extravagant profusion.

The pines are nowhere abundant in the State. The largest, the yellow
pine (_Pinus ponderosa_), occurs here and there on margins of dry
gravelly prairies, and only in such situations have I yet seen it in
this State. The others (_P. monticola_ and _P. contorta_) are mostly
restricted to the upper slopes of the mountains, and though the former
of these two attains a good size and makes excellent lumber, it is
mostly beyond reach at present and is not abundant. One of the
cypresses (_Cupressus Lawsoniana_)[27] grows near the coast and is a
fine large tree, clothed like the arbor-vitae in a glorious wealth of
flat, feathery branches. The other is found here and there well up
toward the edge of the timberline. This is the fine Alaska cedar (_C.
Nootkatensis_), the lumber from which is noted for its durability,
fineness of grain, and beautiful yellow color, and for its fragrance,
which resembles that of sandalwood. The Alaska Indians make their canoe
paddles of it and weave matting and coarse cloth from the fibrous brown
bark.

Among the different kinds of hardwood trees are the oak, maple,
madrona, birch, alder, and wild apple, while large cottonwoods are
common along the rivers and shores of the numerous lakes.

The most striking of these to the traveler is the Menzies arbutus, or
madrona, as it is popularly called in California. Its curious red and
yellow bark, large thick glossy leaves, and panicles of waxy-looking
greenish-white urn-shaped flowers render it very conspicuous. On the
boles of the younger trees and on all the branches, the bark is so
smooth and seamless that it does not appear as bark at all, but rather
the naked wood. The whole tree, with the exception of the larger part
of the trunk, looks as though it had been thoroughly peeled. It is
found sparsely scattered along the shores of the Sound and back in the
forests also on open margins, where the soil is not too wet, and
extends up the coast on Vancouver Island beyond Nanaimo. But in no part
of the State does it reach anything like the size and beauty of
proportions that it attains in California, few trees here being more
than ten or twelve inches in diameter and thirty feet high. It is,
however, a very remarkable-looking object, standing there like some
lost or runaway native of the tropics, naked and painted, beside that
dark mossy ocean of northland conifers. Not even a palm tree would seem
more out of place here.

The oaks, so far as my observation has reached, seem to be most
abundant and to grow largest on the islands of the San Juan and Whidbey
Archipelago. One of the three species of maples that I have seen is
only a bush that makes tangles on the banks of the rivers. Of the other
two one is a small tree, crooked and moss-grown, holding out its leaves
to catch the light that filters down through the close-set spires of
the great spruces. It grows almost everywhere throughout the entire
extent of the forest until the higher slopes of the mountains are
reached, and produces a very picturesque and delightful effect;
relieving the bareness of the great shafts of the evergreens, without
being close enough in its growth to hide them wholly, or to cover the
bright mossy carpet that is spread beneath all the dense parts of the
woods.

The other species is also very picturesque and at the same time very
large, the largest tree of its kind that I have ever seen anywhere. Not
even in the great maple woods of Canada have I seen trees either as
large or with so much striking, picturesque character. It is widely
distributed throughout western Washington, but is never found scattered
among the conifers in the dense woods. It keeps together mostly in
magnificent groves by itself on the damp levels along the banks of
streams or lakes where the ground is subject to overflow. In such
situations it attains a height of seventy-five to a hundred feet and a
diameter of four to eight feet. The trunk sends out large limbs toward
its neighbors, laden with long drooping mosses beneath and rows of
ferns on their upper surfaces, thus making a grand series of richly
ornamented interlacing arches, with the leaves laid thick overhead,
rendering the underwood spaces delightfully cool and open. Never have I
seen a finer forest ceiling or a more picturesque one, while the floor,
covered with tall ferns and rubus and thrown into hillocks by the
bulging roots, matches it well. The largest of these maple groves that
I have yet found is on the right bank of the Snoqualmie River, about a
mile above the falls. The whole country hereabouts is picturesque, and
interesting in many ways, and well worthy a visit by tourists passing
through the Sound region, since it is now accessible by rail from
Seattle.

Looking now at the forests in a comprehensive way, we find in passing
through them again and again from the shores of the Sound to their
upper limits, that some portions are much older than others, the trees
much larger, and the ground beneath them strewn with immense trunks in
every stage of decay, representing several generations of growth,
everything about them giving the impression that these are indeed the
“forests primeval,” while in the younger portions, where the elevation
of the ground is the same as to the sea level and the species of trees
are the same as well as the quality of the soil, apart from the
moisture which it holds, the trees seem to be and are mostly of the
same age, perhaps from one hundred to two or three hundred years, with
no gray-bearded, venerable patriarchs—forming tall, majestic woods
without any grandfathers.

When we examine the ground we find that it is as free from those mounds
of brown crumbling wood and mossy ancient fragments as are the growing
trees from very old ones. Then perchance, we come upon a section
farther up the slopes towards the mountains that has no trees more than
fifty years old, or even fifteen or twenty years old. These last show
plainly enough that they have been devastated by fire, as the black,
melancholy monuments rising here and there above the young growth bear
witness. Then, with this fiery, suggestive testimony, on examining
those sections whose trees are a hundred years old or two hundred, we
find the same fire records, though heavily veiled with mosses and
lichens, showing that a century or two ago the forests that stood there
had been swept away in some tremendous fire at a time when rare
conditions of drouth made their burning possible. Then, the bare ground
sprinkled with the winged seed from the edges of the burned district, a
new forest sprang up, nearly every tree starting at the same time or
within a few years, thus producing the uniformity of size we find in
such places; while, on the other hand, in those sections of ancient
aspect containing very old trees both standing and fallen, we find no
traces of fire, nor from the extreme dampness of the ground can we see
any possibility of fire ever running there.

Fire, then, is the great governing agent in forest distribution and to
a great extent also in the conditions of forest growth. Where fertile
lands are very wet one half the year and very dry the other, there can
be no forests at all. Where the ground is damp, with drouth occurring
only at intervals of centuries, fine forests may be found, other
conditions being favorable. But it is only where fires never run that
truly ancient forests of pitchy coniferous trees may exist. When the
Washington forests are seen from the deck of a ship out in the middle
of the sound, or even from the top of some high, commanding mountain,
the woods seem everywhere perfectly solid. And so in fact they are in
general found to be. The largest openings are those of the lakes and
prairies, the smaller of beaver meadows, bogs, and the rivers; none of
them large enough to make a distinct mark in comprehensive views.

Of the lakes there are said to be some thirty in King’s County alone;
the largest, Lake Washington, being twenty-six miles long and four
miles wide. Another, which enjoys the duckish name of Lake Squak, is
about ten miles long. Both are pure and beautiful, lying imbedded in
the green wilderness. The rivers are numerous and are but little
affected by the weather, flowing with deep, steady currents the year
round. They are short, however, none of them drawing their sources from
beyond the Cascade Range. Some are navigable for small steamers on
their lower courses, but the openings they make in the woods are very
narrow, the tall trees on their banks leaning over in some places,
making fine shady tunnels.

The largest of the prairies that I have seen lies to the south of
Tacoma on the line of the Portland and Tacoma Railroad. The ground is
dry and gravelly, a deposit of water-washed cobbles and pebbles derived
from moraines—conditions which readily explain the absence of trees
here and on other prairies adjacent to Yelm. Berries grow in lavish
abundance, enough for man and beast with thousands of tons to spare.
The woods are full of them, especially about the borders of the waters
and meadows where the sunshine may enter. Nowhere in the north does
Nature set a more bountiful table. There are huckleberries of many
species, red, blue, and black, some of them growing close to the
ground, others on bushes eight to ten feet high; also salal berries,
growing on a low, weak-stemmed bush, a species of gaultheria, seldom
more than a foot or two high. This has pale pea-green glossy leaves two
or three inches long and half an inch wide and beautiful pink flowers,
urn-shaped, that make a fine, rich show. The berries are black when
ripe, are extremely abundant, and, with the huckleberries, form an
important part of the food of the Indians, who beat them into paste,
dry them, and store them away for winter use, to be eaten with their
oily fish. The salmon-berry also is very plentiful, growing in dense
prickly tangles. The flowers are as large as wild roses and of the same
color, and the berries measure nearly an inch in diameter. Besides
these there are gooseberries, currants, raspberries, blackberries, and,
in some favored spots, strawberries. The mass of the underbrush of the
woods is made up in great part of these berry-bearing bushes. Together
with white-flowered spiraea twenty feet high, hazel, dogwood, wild
rose, honeysuckle, symphoricarpus, etc. But in the depths of the woods,
where little sunshine can reach the ground, there is but little
underbrush of any kind, only a very light growth of huckleberry and
rubus and young maples in most places. The difficulties encountered by
the explorer in penetrating the wilderness are presented mostly by the
streams and bogs, with their tangled margins, and the fallen timber and
thick carpet of moss covering all the ground.

Notwithstanding the tremendous energy displayed in lumbering and the
grand scale on which it is being carried on, and the number of settlers
pushing into every opening in search of farmlands, the woods of
Washington are still almost entirely virgin and wild, without trace of
human touch, savage or civilized. Indians, no doubt, have ascended most
of the rivers on their way to the mountains to hunt the wild sheep and
goat to obtain wool for their clothing, but with food in abundance on
the coast they had little to tempt them into the wilderness, and the
monuments they have left in it are scarcely more conspicuous than those
of squirrels and bears; far less so than those of the beavers, which in
damming the streams have made clearings and meadows which will continue
to mark the landscape for centuries. Nor is there much in these woods
to tempt the farmer or cattle raiser. A few settlers established homes
on the prairies or open borders of the woods and in the valleys of the
Chehalis and Cowlitz before the gold days of California. Most of the
early immigrants from the Eastern States, however, settled in the
fertile and open Willamette Valley or Oregon. Even now, when the search
for land is so keen, with the exception of the bottom lands around the
Sound and on the lower reaches of the rivers, there are comparatively
few spots of cultivation in western Washington. On every meadow or
opening of any kind some one will be found keeping cattle, planting hop
vines, or raising hay, vegetables, and patches of grain. All the large
spaces available, even back near the summits of the Cascade Mountains,
were occupied long ago. The newcomers, building their cabins where the
beavers once built theirs, keep a few cows and industriously seek to
enlarge their small meadow patches by chopping, girdling, and burning
the edge of the encircling forest, gnawing like beavers, and scratching
for a living among the blackened stumps and logs, regarding the trees
as their greatest enemies—a sort of larger pernicious weed immensely
difficult to get rid of.

But all these are as yet mere spots, making no visible scar in the
distance and leaving the grand stretches of the forest as wild as they
were before the discovery of the continent. For many years the axe has
been busy around the shores of the Sound and ships have been falling in
perpetual storm like flakes of snow. The best of the timber has been
cut for a distance of eight or ten miles from the water and to a much
greater distance along the streams deep enough to float the logs.
Railroads, too, have been built to fetch in the logs from the best
bodies of timber otherwise inaccessible except at great cost. None of
the ground, however, has been completely denuded. Most of the young
trees have been left, together with the hemlocks and other trees
undesirable in kind or in some way defective, so that the neighboring
trees appear to have closed over the gaps make by the removal of the
larger and better ones, maintaining the general continuity of the
forest and leaving no sign on the sylvan sea, at least as seen from a
distance.

In felling the trees they cut them off usually at a height of six to
twelve feet above the ground, so as to avoid cutting through the
swollen base, where the diameter is so much greater. In order to reach
this height the chopper cuts a notch about two inches wide and three or
four deep and drives a board into it, on which he stands while at work.
In case the first notch, cut as high as he can reach, is not high
enough, he stands on the board that has been driven into the first
notch and cuts another. Thus the axeman may often be seen at work
standing eight or ten feet above the ground. If the tree is so large
that with his long-handled axe the chopper is unable to reach to the
farther side of it, then a second chopper is set to work, each cutting
halfway across. And when the tree is about to fall, warned by the faint
crackling of the strained fibers, they jump to the ground, and stand
back out of danger from flying limbs, while the noble giant that had
stood erect in glorious strength and beauty century after century, bows
low at last and with gasp and groan and booming throb falls to earth.

Then with long saws the trees are cut into logs of the required length,
peeled, loaded upon wagons capable of carrying a weight of eight or ten
tons, hauled by a long string of oxen to the nearest available stream
or railroad, and floated or carried to the Sound. There the logs are
gathered into booms and towed by steamers to the mills, where workmen
with steel spikes in their boots leap lightly with easy poise from one
to another and by means of long pike poles push them apart and,
selecting such as are at the time required, push them to the foot of a
chute and drive dogs into the ends, when they are speedily hauled in by
the mill machinery alongside the saw carriage and placed and fixed in
position. Then with sounds of greedy hissing and growling they are
rushed back and forth like enormous shuttles, and in an incredibly
short time they are lumber and are aboard the ships lying at the mill
wharves.

Many of the long, slender boles so abundant in these woods are saved
for spars, and so excellent is their quality that they are in demand in
almost every shipyard of the world. Thus these trees, felled and
stripped of their leaves and branches, are raised again, transplanted
and set firmly erect, given roots of iron and a new foliage of flapping
canvas, and sent to sea. On they speed in glad, free motion, cheerily
waving over the blue, heaving water, responsive to the same winds that
rocked them when they stood at home in the woods. After standing in one
place all their lives they now, like sight-seeing tourists, go round
the world, meeting many a relative from the old home forest, some like
themselves, wandering free, clad in broad canvas foliage, others
planted head downward in mud, holding wharf platforms aloft to receive
the wares of all nations.

The mills of Puget sound and those of the redwood region of California
are said to be the largest and most effective lumber-makers in the
world. Tacoma alone claims to have eleven sawmills, and Seattle about
as many; while at many other points on the Sound, where the conditions
are particularly favorable, there are immense lumbering establishments,
as at Ports Blakely, Madison, Discovery, Gamble, Ludlow, etc., with a
capacity all together of over three million feet a day. Nevertheless,
the observer coming up the Sound sees not nor hears anything of this
fierce storm of steel that is devouring the forests, save perhaps the
shriek of some whistle or the columns of smoke that mark the position
of the mills. All else seems as serene and unscathed as the silent
watching mountains.




XIX. People and Towns of Puget Sound


As one strolls in the woods about the logging camps, most of the
lumbermen are found to be interesting people to meet, kind and obliging
and sincere, full of knowledge concerning the bark and sapwood and
heartwood of the trees they cut, and how to fell them without
unnecessary breakage, on ground where they may be most advantageously
sawed into logs and loaded for removal. The work is hard, and all of
the older men have a tired, somewhat haggard appearance. Their faces
are doubtful in color, neither sickly nor quite healthy-looking, and
seamed with deep wrinkles like the bark of the spruces, but with no
trace of anxiety. Their clothing is full of rosin and never wears out.
A little of everything in the woods is stuck fast to these loggers, and
their trousers grow constantly thicker with age. In all their movements
and gestures they are heavy and deliberate like the trees above them,
and they walk with a swaying, rocking gait altogether free from quick,
jerky fussiness, for chopping and log rolling have quenched all that.
They are also slow of speech, as if partly out of breath, and when one
tries to draw them out on some subject away from logs, all the fresh,
leafy, outreaching branches of the mind seem to have been withered and
killed with fatigue, leaving their lives little more than dry lumber.
Many a tree have these old axemen felled, but, round-shouldered and
stooping, they too are beginning to lean over. Many of their companions
are already beneath the moss, and among those that we see at work some
are now dead at the top (bald), leafless, so to speak, and tottering to
their fall.

A very different man, seen now and then at long intervals but usually
invisible, is the free roamer of the wilderness—hunter, prospector,
explorer, seeking he knows not what. Lithe and sinewy, he walks erect,
making his way with the skill of wild animals, all his senses in
action, watchful and alert, looking keenly at everything in sight, his
imagination well nourished in the wealth of the wilderness, coming into
contact with free nature in a thousand forms, drinking at the fountains
of things, responsive to wild influences, as trees to the winds. Well
he knows the wild animals his neighbors, what fishes are in the
streams, what birds in the forests, and where food may be found. Hungry
at times and weary, he has corresponding enjoyment in eating and
resting, and all the wilderness is home. Some of these rare, happy
rovers die alone among the leaves. Others half settle down and change
in part into farmers; each, making choice of some fertile spot where
the landscape attracts him, builds a small cabin, where, with few wants
to supply from garden or field, he hunts and farms in turn, going
perhaps once a year to the settlements, until night begins to draw
near, and, like forest shadows, thickens into darkness and his day is
done. In these Washington wilds, living alone, all sorts of men may
perchance be found—poets, philosophers, and even full-blown
transcendentalists, though you may go far to find them.

Indians are seldom to be met with away from the Sound, excepting about
the few outlying hop ranches, to which they resort in great numbers
during the picking season. Nor in your walks in the woods will you be
likely to see many of the wild animals, however far you may go, with
the exception of the Douglas squirrel and the mountain goat. The
squirrel is everywhere, and the goat you can hardly fail to find if you
climb any of the high mountains. The deer, once very abundant, may
still be found on the islands and along the shores of the Sound, but
the large gray wolves render their existence next to impossible at any
considerable distance back in the woods of the mainland, as they can
easily run them down unless they are near enough to the coast to make
their escape by plunging into the water and swimming to the islands off
shore. The elk and perhaps also the moose still exist in the most
remote and inaccessible solitudes of the forest, but their numbers have
been greatly reduced of late, and even the most experienced hunters
have difficulty in finding them. Of bears there are two species, the
black and the large brown, the former by far the more common of the
two. On the shaggy bottom-lands where berries are plentiful, and along
the rivers while salmon are going up to spawn, the black bear may be
found, fat and at home. Many are killed every year, both for their
flesh and skins. The large brown species likes higher and opener
ground. He is a dangerous animal, a near relative of the famous
grizzly, and wise hunters are very fond of letting him alone.

The towns of Puget Sound are of a very lively, progressive, and
aspiring kind, fortunately with abundance of substance about them to
warrant their ambition and make them grow. Like young sapling sequoias,
they are sending out their roots far and near for nourishment, counting
confidently on longevity and grandeur of stature. Seattle and Tacoma
are at present far in the lead of all others in the race for supremacy,
and these two are keen, active rivals, to all appearances well matched.
Tacoma occupies near the head of the Sound a site of great natural
beauty. It is the terminus of the Northern Pacific Railroad, and calls
itself the “City of Destiny.” Seattle is also charmingly located about
twenty miles down the Sound from Tacoma, on Elliott Bay. It is the
terminus of the Seattle, Lake Shore, and Eastern Railroad, now in
process of construction, and calls itself the “Queen City of the Sound”
and the “Metropolis of Washington.” What the populations of these towns
number I am not able to say with anything like exactness. They are
probably about the same size and they each claim to have about twenty
thousand people; but their figures are so rapidly changing, and so
often mixed up with counts that refer to the future that exact
measurements of either of these places are about as hard to obtain as
measurements of the clouds of a growing storm. Their edges run back for
miles into the woods among the trees and stumps and brush which hide a
good many of the houses and the stakes which mark the lots; so that,
without being as yet very large towns, they seem to fade away into the
distance.

But, though young and loose-jointed, they are fast taking on the forms
and manners of old cities, putting on airs, as some would say, like
boys in haste to be men. They are already towns “with all modern
improvements, first-class in every particular,” as is said of hotels.
They have electric motors and lights, paved broadways and boulevards,
substantial business blocks, schools, churches, factories, and
foundries. The lusty, titanic clang of boiler making may be heard
there, and plenty of the languid music of pianos mingling with the
babel noises of commerce carried on in a hundred tongues. The main
streets are crowded with bright, wide-awake lawyers, ministers,
merchants, agents for everything under the sun; ox drivers and loggers
in stiff, gummy overalls; back-slanting dudes, well-tailored and shiny;
and fashions and bonnets of every feather and color bloom gayly in the
noisy throng and advertise London and Paris. Vigorous life and strife
are to be seen everywhere. The spirit of progress is in the air. Still
it is hard to realize how much good work is being done here of a kind
that makes for civilization—the enthusiastic, exulting energy displayed
in the building of new towns, railroads, and mills, in the opening of
mines of coal and iron and the development of natural resources in
general. To many, especially in the Atlantic States, Washington is
hardly known at all. It is regarded as being yet a far wild west—a dim,
nebulous expanse of woods—by those who do not know that railroads and
steamers have brought the country out of the wilderness and abolished
the old distances. It is now near to all the world and is in possession
of a share of the best of all that civilization has to offer, while on
some of the lines of advancement it is at the front.

Notwithstanding the sharp rivalry between different sections and towns,
the leading men mostly pull together for the general good and
glory,—building, buying, borrowing, to push the country to its place;
keeping arithmetic busy in counting population present and to come,
ships, towns, factories, tons of coal and iron, feet of lumber, miles
of railroad,—Americans, Scandinavians, Irish, Scotch, and Germans being
joined together in the white heat of work like religious crowds in time
of revival who have forgotten sectarianism. It is a fine thing to see
people in hot earnest about anything; therefore, however extravagant
and high the brag ascending from Puget Sound, in most cases it is
likely to appear pardonable and more.

Seattle was named after an old Indian chief who lived in this part of
the Sound. He was very proud of the honor and lived long enough to lead
his grandchildren about the streets. The greater part of the lower
business portion of the town, including a long stretch of wharves and
warehouses built on piles, was destroyed by fire a few months ago [28],
with immense loss. The people, however, are in no wise discouraged, and
ere long the loss will be gain, inasmuch as a better class of
buildings, chiefly of brick, are being erected in place of the
inflammable wooden ones, which, with comparatively few exceptions, were
built of pitchy spruce.

With their own scenery so glorious ever on show, one would at first
thought suppose that these happy Puget Sound people would never go
sightseeing from home like less favored mortals. But they do all the
same. Some go boating on the Sound or on the lakes and rivers, or with
their families make excursions at small cost on the steamers. Others
will take the train to the Franklin and Newcastle or Carbon River coal
mines for the sake of the thirty- or forty-mile rides through the
woods, and a look into the black depths of the underworld. Others again
take the steamers for Victoria, Fraser River, or Vancouver, the new
ambitious town at the terminus of the Canadian Railroad, thus getting
views of the outer world in a near foreign country. One of the regular
summer resorts of this region where people go for fishing, hunting, and
the healing of diseases, is the Green River Hot Springs, in the Cascade
Mountains, sixty-one miles east of Tacoma, on the line of the Northern
Pacific Railroad. Green River is a small rocky stream with picturesque
banks, and derives its name from the beautiful pale-green hue of its
waters.

Among the most interesting of all the summer rest and pleasure places
is the famous “Hop Ranch” on the upper Snoqualmie River, thirty or
forty miles eastward from Seattle. Here the dense forest opens,
allowing fine free views of the adjacent mountains from a long stretch
of ground which is half meadow, half prairie, level and fertile, and
beautifully diversified with outstanding groves of spruces and alders
and rich flowery fringes of spiraea and wild roses, the river
meandering deep and tranquil through the midst of it. On the portions
most easily cleared some three hundred acres of hop vines have been
planted and are now in full bearing, yielding, it is said, at the rate
of about a ton of hops to the acre. They are a beautiful crop, these
vines of the north, pillars of verdure in regular rows, seven feet
apart and eight or ten feet in height; the long, vigorous shoots
sweeping round in fine, wild freedom, and the light, leafy cones
hanging in loose, handsome clusters.

Perhaps enough of hops might be raised in Washington for the wants of
all the world, but it would be impossible to find pickers to handle the
crop. Most of the picking is done by Indians, and to this fine, clean,
profitable work they come in great numbers in their canoes, old and
young, of many different tribes, bringing wives and children and
household goods, in some cases from a distance of five or six hundred
miles, even from far Alaska. Then they too grow rich and spend their
money on red cloth and trinkets. About a thousand Indians are required
as pickers at the Snoqualmie ranch alone, and a lively and merry
picture they make in the field, arrayed in bright, showy calicoes,
lowering the rustling vine pillars with incessant song-singing and fun.
Still more striking are their queer camps on the edges of the fields or
over on the river bank, with the firelight shining on their wild jolly
faces. But woe to the ranch should fire-water get there!

But the chief attractions here are not found in the hops, but in
trout-fishing and bear-hunting, and in the two fine falls on the river.
Formerly the trip from Seattle was a hard one, over corduroy roads; now
it is reached in a few hours by rail along the shores of Lake
Washington and Lake Squak, through a fine sample section of the forest
and past the brow of the main Snoqualmie Fall. From the hotel at the
ranch village the road to the fall leads down the right bank of the
river through the magnificent maple woods I have mentioned elsewhere,
and fine views of the fall may be had on that side, both from above and
below. It is situated on the main river, where it plunges over a sheer
precipice, about two hundred and forty feet high, in leaving the level
meadows of the ancient lake basin. In a general way it resembles the
well-known Nevada Fall in Yosemite, having the same twisted appearance
at the top and the free plunge in numberless comet-shaped masses into a
deep pool seventy-five or eighty yards in diameter. The pool is of
considerable depth, as is shown by the radiating well-beaten foam and
mist, which is of a beautiful rose color at times, of exquisite
fineness of tone, and by the heavy waves that lash the rocks in front
of it.

Though to a Californian the height of this fall would not seem great,
the volume of water is heavy, and all the surroundings are delightful.
The maple forest, of itself worth a long journey, the beauty of the
river-reaches above and below, and the views down the valley afar over
the mighty forests, with all its lovely trimmings of ferns and flowers,
make this one of the most interesting falls I have ever seen. The upper
fall is about seventy-five feet high, with bouncing rapids at head and
foot, set in a romantic dell thatched with dripping mosses and ferns
and embowered in dense evergreens and blooming bushes, the distance to
it from the upper end of the meadows being about eight miles. The road
leads through majestic woods with ferns ten feet high beneath some of
the thickets, and across a gravelly plain deforested by fire many years
ago. Orange lilies are plentiful, and handsome shining mats of the
kinnikinic, sprinkled with bright scarlet berries.

From a place called “Hunt’s,” at the end of the wagon road, a trail
leads through lush, dripping woods (never dry) to Thuja and Mertens,
Menzies, and Douglas spruces. The ground is covered with the best
moss-work of the moist lands of the north, made up mostly of the
various species of hypnum, with some liverworts, marchantia,
jungermannia, etc., in broad sheets and bosses, where never a dust
particle floated, and where all the flowers, fresh with mist and spray,
are wetter than water lilies. The pool at the foot of the fall is a
place surpassingly lovely to look at, with the enthusiastic rush and
song of the falls, the majestic trees overhead leaning over the brink
like listeners eager to catch every word of the white refreshing
waters, the delicate maidenhairs and aspleniums with fronds outspread
gathering the rainbow sprays, and the myriads of hooded mosses, every
cup fresh and shining.




XX. An Ascent of Mount Rainier


Ambitious climbers, seeking adventures and opportunities to test their
strength and skill, occasionally attempt to penetrate the wilderness on
the west side of the Sound, and push on to the summit of Mount Olympus.
But the grandest excursion of all to be make hereabouts is to Mount
Rainier, to climb to the top of its icy crown. The mountain is very
high[29], fourteen thousand four hundred feet, and laden with glaciers
that are terribly roughened and interrupted by crevasses and ice
cliffs. Only good climbers should attempt to gain the summit, led by a
guide of proved nerve and endurance. A good trail has been cut through
the woods to the base of the mountain on the north; but the summit of
the mountain never has been reached from this side, though many brave
attempts have been made upon it.

[Illustration: MOUNT RAINIER FROM THE SODA SPRINGS]

Last summer I gained the summit from the south side, in a day and a
half from the timberline, without encountering any desperate obstacles
that could not in some way be passed in good weather. I was accompanied
by Keith, the artist, Professor Ingraham, and five ambitious young
climbers from Seattle. We were led by the veteran mountaineer and guide
Van Trump, of Yelm, who many years before guided General Stevens in his
memorable ascent, and later Mr. Bailey, of Oakland. With a cumbersome
abundance of campstools and blankets we set out from Seattle, traveling
by rail as far as Yelm Prairie, on the Tacoma and Oregon road. Here we
made our first camp and arranged with Mr. Longmire, a farmer in the
neighborhood, for pack and saddle animals. The noble King Mountain was
in full view from here, glorifying the bright, sunny day with his
presence, rising in godlike majesty over the woods, with the
magnificent prairie as a foreground. The distance to the mountain from
Yelm in a straight line is perhaps fifty miles; but by the mule and
yellowjacket trail we had to follow it is a hundred miles. For,
notwithstanding a portion of this trail runs in the air, where the
wasps work hardest, it is far from being an air line as commonly
understood.

By night of the third day we reached the Soda Springs on the right bank
of the Nisqually, which goes roaring by, gray with mud, gravel, and
boulders from the caves of the glaciers of Rainier, now close at hand.
The distance from the Soda Springs to the Camp of the Clouds is about
ten miles. The first part of the way lies up the Nisqually Cañon, the
bottom of which is flat in some places and the walls very high and
precipitous, like those of the Yosemite Valley. The upper part of the
cañon is still occupied by one of the Nisqually glaciers, from which
this branch of the river draws its source, issuing from a cave in the
gray, rock-strewn snout. About a mile below the glacier we had to ford
the river, which caused some anxiety, for the current is very rapid and
carried forward large boulders as well as lighter material, while its
savage roar is bewildering.

At this point we left the cañon, climbing out of it by a steep zigzag
up the old lateral moraine of the glacier, which was deposited when the
present glacier flowed past at this height, and is about eight hundred
feet high. It is now covered with a superb growth of _Picea
amabilis_[30]; so also is the corresponding portion of the right
lateral. From the top of the moraine, still ascending, we passed for a
mile or two through a forest of mixed growth, mainly silver fir, Patton
spruce, and mountain pine, and then came to the charming park region,
at an elevation of about five thousand feet above sea level. Here the
vast continuous woods at length begin to give way under the dominion of
climate, though still at this height retaining their beauty and giving
no sign of stress of storm, sweeping upward in belts of varying width,
composed mainly of one species of fir, sharp and spiry in form, leaving
smooth, spacious parks, with here and there separate groups of trees
standing out in the midst of the openings like islands in a lake. Every
one of these parks, great and small, is a garden filled knee-deep with
fresh, lovely flowers of every hue, the most luxuriant and the most
extravagantly beautiful of all the alpine gardens I ever beheld in all
my mountain-top wanderings.

We arrived at the Cloud Camp at noon, but no clouds were in sight, save
a few gauzy ornamental wreaths adrift in the sunshine. Out of the
forest at last there stood the mountain, wholly unveiled, awful in bulk
and majesty, filling all the view like a separate, new-born world, yet
withal so fine and so beautiful it might well fire the dullest observer
to desperate enthusiasm. Long we gazed in silent admiration, buried in
tall daisies and anemones by the side of a snowbank. Higher we could
not go with the animals and find food for them and wood for our own
campfires, for just beyond this lies the region of ice, with only here
and there an open spot on the ridges in the midst of the ice, with
dwarf alpine plants, such as saxifrages and drabas, which reach far up
between the glaciers, and low mats of the beautiful bryanthus, while
back of us were the gardens and abundance of everything that heart
could wish. Here we lay all the afternoon, considering the lilies and
the lines of the mountains with reference to a way to the summit.

At noon next day we left camp and began our long climb. We were in
light marching order, save one who pluckily determined to carry his
camera to the summit. At night, after a long easy climb over wide and
smooth fields of ice, we reached a narrow ridge, at an elevation of
about ten thousand feet above the sea, on the divide between the
glaciers of the Nisqually and the Cowlitz. Here we lay as best we
could, waiting for another day, without fire of course, as we were now
many miles beyond the timberline and without much to cover us. After
eating a little hardtack, each of us leveled a spot to lie on among
lava-blocks and cinders. The night was cold, and the wind coming down
upon us in stormy surges drove gritty ashes and fragments of pumice
about our ears while chilling to the bone. Very short and shallow was
our sleep that night; but day dawned at last, early rising was easy,
and there was nothing about breakfast to cause any delay. About four
o’clock we were off, and climbing began in earnest. We followed up the
ridge on which we had spent the night, now along its crest, now on
either side, or on the ice leaning against it, until we came to where
it becomes massive and precipitous. Then we were compelled to crawl
along a seam or narrow shelf, on its face, which we traced to its
termination in the base of the great ice cap. From this point all the
climbing was over ice, which was here desperately steep but fortunately
was at the same time carved into innumerable spikes and pillars which
afforded good footholds, and we crawled cautiously on, warm with
ambition and exercise.

At length, after gaining the upper extreme of our guiding ridge, we
found a good place to rest and prepare ourselves to scale the dangerous
upper curves of the dome. The surface almost everywhere was bare, hard,
snowless ice, extremely slippery; and, though smooth in general, it was
interrupted by a network of yawning crevasses, outspread like lines of
defense against any attempt to win the summit. Here every one of the
party took off his shoes and drove stout steel caulks about half an
inch long into them, having brought tools along for the purpose, and
not having made use of them until now so that the points might not get
dulled on the rocks ere the smooth, dangerous ice was reached. Besides
being well shod each carried an alpenstock, and for special
difficulties we had a hundred feet of rope and an axe.

Thus prepared, we stepped forth afresh, slowly groping our way through
tangled lines of crevasses, crossing on snow bridges here and there
after cautiously testing them, jumping at narrow places, or crawling
around the ends of the largest, bracing well at every point with our
alpenstocks and setting our spiked shoes squarely down on the dangerous
slopes. It was nerve-trying work, most of it, but we made good speed
nevertheless, and by noon all stood together on the utmost summit, save
one who, his strength failing for a time, came up later.

We remained on the summit nearly two hours, looking about us at the
vast maplike views, comprehending hundreds of miles of the Cascade
Range, with their black interminable forests and white volcanic cones
in glorious array reaching far into Oregon; the Sound region also, and
the great plains of eastern Washington, hazy and vague in the distance.
Clouds began to gather. Soon of all the land only the summits of the
mountains, St. Helen’s, Adams, and Hood, were left in sight, forming
islands in the sky. We found two well-formed and well-preserved craters
on the summit, lying close together like two plates on a table with
their rims touching. The highest point of the mountain is located
between the craters, where their edges come in contact. Sulphurous
fumes and steam issue from several vents, giving out a sickening smell
that can be detected at a considerable distance. The unwasted condition
of these craters, and, indeed, to a great extent, of the entire
mountain, would tend to show that Rainier is still a comparatively
young mountain. With the exception of the projecting lips of the
craters and the top of a subordinate summit a short distance to the
northward, the mountains is solidly capped with ice all around; and it
is this ice cap which forms the grand central fountain whence all the
twenty glaciers of Rainier flow, radiating in every direction.

The descent was accomplished without disaster, though several of the
party had narrow escapes. One slipped and fell, and as he shot past me
seemed to be going to certain death. So steep was the ice slope no one
could move to help him, but fortunately, keeping his presence of mind,
he threw himself on his face and digging his alpenstock into the ice,
gradually retarded his motion until he came to rest. Another broke
through a slim bridge over a crevasse, but his momentum at the time
carried him against the lower edge and only his alpenstock was lost in
the abyss. Thus crippled by the loss of his staff, we had to lower him
the rest of the way down the dome by means of the rope we carried.
Falling rocks from the upper precipitous part of the ridge were also a
source of danger, as they came whizzing past in successive volleys; but
none told on us, and when we at length gained the gentle slopes of the
lower ice fields, we ran and slid at our ease, making fast, glad time,
all care and danger past, and arrived at our beloved Cloud Camp before
sundown.

We were rather weak from want of nourishment, and some suffered from
sunburn, notwithstanding the partial protection of glasses and veils;
otherwise, all were unscathed and well. The view we enjoyed from the
summit could hardly be surpassed in sublimity and grandeur; but one
feels far from home so high in the sky, so much so that one is inclined
to guess that, apart from the acquisition of knowledge and the
exhilaration of climbing, more pleasure is to be found at the foot of
the mountains than on their tops. Doubly happy, however, is the man to
whom lofty mountain tops are within reach, for the lights that shine
there illumine all that lies below.




XXI. The Physical and Climatic Characteristics of Oregon


Oregon is a large, rich, compact section of the west side of the
continent, containing nearly a hundred thousand square miles of deep,
wet evergreen woods, fertile valleys, icy mountains, and high, rolling
wind-swept plains, watered by the majestic Columbia River and its
countless branches. It is bounded on the north by Washington, on the
east by Idaho, on the south by California and Nevada, and on the west
by the Pacific Ocean. It is a grand, hearty, wholesome, foodful
wilderness and, like Washington, once a part of the Oregon Territory,
abounds in bold, far-reaching contrasts as to scenery, climate, soil,
and productions. Side by side there is drouth on a grand scale and
overflowing moisture; flinty, sharply cut lava beds, gloomy and
forbidding, and smooth, flowery lawns; cool bogs, exquisitely plushy
and soft, overshadowed by jagged crags barren as icebergs; forests
seemingly boundless and plains with no tree in sight; presenting a wide
range of conditions, but as a whole favorable to industry. Natural
wealth of an available kind abounds nearly everywhere, inviting the
farmer, the stock-raiser, the lumberman, the fisherman, the
manufacturer, and the miner, as well as the free walker in search of
knowledge and wildness. The scenery is mostly of a comfortable,
assuring kind, grand and inspiring without too much of that dreadful
overpowering sublimity and exuberance which tend to discourage effort
and cast people into inaction and superstition.

Ever since Oregon was first heard of in the romantic, adventurous,
hunting, trapping Wild West days, it seems to have been regarded as the
most attractive and promising of all the Pacific countries for farmers.
While yet the whole region as well as the way to it was wild, ere a
single road or bridge was built, undaunted by the trackless
thousand-mile distances and scalping, cattle-stealing Indians, long
trains of covered wagons began to crawl wearily westward, crossing how
many plains, rivers, ridges, and mountains, fighting the painted
savages and weariness and famine. Setting out from the frontier of the
old West in the spring as soon as the grass would support their cattle,
they pushed on up the Platte, making haste slowly, however, that they
might not be caught in the storms of winter ere they reached the
promised land. They crossed the Rocky Mountains to Fort Hall; thence
followed down the Snake River for three or four hundred miles, their
cattle limping and failing on the rough lava plains; swimming the
streams too deep to be forded, making boats out of wagon-boxes for the
women and children and goods, or where trees could be had, lashing
together logs for rafts. Thence, crossing the Blue Mountains and the
plains of the Columbia, they followed the river to the Dalles. Here
winter would be upon them, and before a wagon road was built across the
Cascade Mountains the toil-worn emigrants would be compelled to leave
their cattle and wagons until the following summer, and, in the mean
time, with the assistance of the Hudson’s Bay Company, make their way
to the Willamette Valley on the river with rafts and boats.

How strange and remote these trying times have already become! They are
now dim as if a thousand years had passed over them. Steamships and
locomotives with magical influence have well-nigh abolished the old
distances and dangers, and brought forward the New West into near and
familiar companionship with the rest of the world.

Purely wild for unnumbered centuries, a paradise of oily, salmon-fed
Indians, Oregon is now roughly settled in part and surveyed, its rivers
and mountain ranges, lakes, valleys, and plains have been traced and
mapped in a general way, civilization is beginning to take root, towns
are springing up and flourishing vigorously like a crop adapted to the
soil, and the whole kindly wilderness lies invitingly near with all its
wealth open and ripe for use.

In sailing along the Oregon coast one sees but few more signs of human
occupation than did Juan de Fuca three centuries ago. The shore bluffs
rise abruptly from the waves, forming a wall apparently unbroken,
though many short rivers from the coast range of mountains and two from
the interior have made narrow openings on their way to the sea. At the
mouths of these rivers good harbors have been discovered for coasting
vessels, which are of great importance to the lumbermen, dairymen, and
farmers of the coast region. But little or nothing of these appear in
general views, only a simple gray wall nearly straight, green along the
top, and the forest stretching back into the mountains as far as the
eye can reach.

Going ashore, we find few long reaches of sand where one may saunter,
or meadows, save the brown and purple meadows of the sea, overgrown
with slippery kelp, swashed and swirled in the restless breakers. The
abruptness of the shore allows the massive waves that have come from
far over the broad Pacific to get close to the bluffs ere they break,
and the thundering shock shakes the rocks to their foundations. No calm
comes to these shores. Even in the finest weather, when the ships off
shore are becalmed and their sails hang loose against the mast, there
is always a wreath of foam at the base of these bluffs. The breakers
are ever in bloom and crystal brine is ever in the air.

[Illustration: THE OREGON SEA-BLUFFS]

A scramble along the Oregon sea bluffs proves as richly exciting to
lovers of wild beauty as heart could wish. Here are three hundred miles
of pictures of rock and water in black and white, or gray and white,
with more or less of green and yellow, purple and blue. The rocks,
glistening in sunshine and foam, are never wholly dry—many of them
marvels of wave-sculpture and most imposing in bulk and bearing,
standing boldly forward, monuments of a thousand storms, types of
permanence, holding the homes and places of refuge of multitudes of
seafaring animals in their keeping, yet ever wasting away. How grand
the songs of the waves about them, every wave a fine, hearty storm in
itself, taking its rise on the breezy plains of the sea, perhaps
thousands of miles away, traveling with majestic, slow-heaving
deliberation, reaching the end of its journey, striking its blow,
bursting into a mass of white and pink bloom, then falling spent and
withered to give place to the next in the endless procession, thus
keeping up the glorious show and glorious song through all times and
seasons forever!

Terribly impressive as is this cliff and wave scenery when the skies
are bright and kindly sunshine makes rainbows in the spray, it is
doubly so in dark, stormy nights, when, crouching in some hollow on the
top of some jutting headland, we may gaze and listen undisturbed in the
heart of it. Perhaps now and then we may dimly see the tops of the
highest breakers, looking ghostly in the gloom; but when the water
happens to be phosphorescent, as it oftentimes is, then both the sea
and the rocks are visible, and the wild, exulting, up-dashing spray
burns, every particle of it, and is combined into one glowing mass of
white fire; while back in the woods and along the bluffs and crags of
the shore the storm wind roars, and the rain-floods, gathering strength
and coming from far and near, rush wildly down every gulch to the sea,
as if eager to join the waves in their grand, savage harmony; deep
calling unto deep in the heart of the great, dark night, making a sight
and a song unspeakably sublime and glorious.

In the pleasant weather of summer, after the rainy season is past and
only occasional refreshing showers fall, washing the sky and bringing
out the fragrance of the flowers and the evergreens, then one may enjoy
a fine, free walk all the way across the State from the sea to the
eastern boundary on the Snake River. Many a beautiful stream we should
cross in such a walk, singing through forest and meadow and deep rocky
gorge, and many a broad prairie and plain, mountain and valley, wild
garden and desert, presenting landscape beauty on a grand scale and in
a thousand forms, and new lessons without number, delightful to learn.
Oregon has three mountain ranges which run nearly parallel with the
coast, the most influential of which, in every way, is the Cascade
Range. It is about six thousand to seven thousand feet in average
height, and divides the State into two main sections called Eastern and
Western Oregon, corresponding with the main divisions of Washington;
while these are again divided, but less perfectly, by the Blue
Mountains and the Coast Range. The eastern section is about two hundred
and thirty miles wide, and is made up in great part of the treeless
plains of the Columbia, which are green and flowery in spring, but
gray, dusty, hot, and forbidding in summer. Considerable areas,
however, on these plains, as well as some of the valleys countersunk
below the general surface along the banks of the streams, have proved
fertile and produce large crops of wheat, barley, hay, and other
products.

In general views the western section seems to be covered with one vast,
evenly planted forest, with the exception of the few snow-clad peaks of
the Cascade Range, these peaks being the only points in the landscape
that rise above the timberline. Nevertheless, embosomed in this forest
and lying in the great trough between the Cascades and coast mountains,
there are some of the best bread-bearing valleys to be found in the
world. The largest of these are the Willamette, Umpqua, and Rogue River
Valleys. Inasmuch as a considerable portion of these main valleys was
treeless, or nearly so, as well as surpassingly fertile, they were the
first to attract settlers; and the Willamette, being at once the
largest and nearest to tide water, was settled first of all, and now
contains the greater portion of the population and wealth of the State.

The climate of this section, like the corresponding portion of
Washington, is rather damp and sloppy throughout the winter months, but
the summers are bright, ripening the wheat and allowing it to be
garnered in good condition. Taken as a whole, the weather is bland and
kindly, and like the forest trees the crops and cattle grow plump and
sound in it. So also do the people; children ripen well and grow up
with limbs of good size and fiber and, unless overworked in the woods,
live to a good old age, hale and hearty.

But, like every other happy valley in the world, the sunshine of this
one is not without its shadows. Malarial fevers are not unknown in some
places, and untimely frosts and rains may at long intervals in some
measure disappoint the hopes of the husbandman. Many a tale,
good-natured or otherwise, is told concerning the overflowing abundance
of the Oregon rains. Once an English traveler, as the story goes, went
to a store to make some purchases and on leaving found that rain was
falling; therefore, not liking to get wet, he stepped back to wait till
the shower was over. Seeing no signs of clearing, he soon became
impatient and inquired of the storekeeper how long he thought the
shower would be likely to last. Going to the door and looking wisely
into the gray sky and noting the direction of the wind, the latter
replied that he thought the shower would probably last about six
months, an opinion that of course disgusted the fault-finding Briton
with the “blawsted country,” though in fact it is but little if at all
wetter or cloudier than his own.

No climate seems the best for everybody. Many there be who waste their
lives in a vain search for weather with which no fault may be found,
keeping themselves and their families in constant motion, like floating
seaweeds that never strike root, yielding compliance to every current
of news concerning countries yet untried, believing that everywhere,
anywhere, the sky is fairer and the grass grows greener than where they
happen to be. Before the Oregon and California railroad was built, the
overland journey between these States across the Siskiyou Mountains in
the old-fashioned emigrant wagon was a long and tedious one.
Nevertheless, every season dissatisfied climate-seekers, too wet and
too dry, might be seen plodding along through the dust in the old
“49style,” making their way one half of them from California to Oregon,
the other half from Oregon to California. The beautiful Sisson meadows
at the base of Mount Shasta were a favorite halfway resting place,
where the weary cattle were turned out for a few days to gather
strength for better climates, and it was curious to hear those
perpetual pioneers comparing notes and seeking information around the
campfires.

“Where are you from?” some Oregonian would ask.

“The Joaquin.”

“It’s dry there, ain’t it?”

“Well, I should say so. No rain at all in summer and none to speak of
in winter, and I’m dried out. I just told my wife I was on the move
again, and I’m going to keep moving till I come to a country where it
rains once in a while, like it does in every reg’lar white man’s
country; and that, I guess, will be Oregon, if the news be true.”

“Yes, neighbor, you’s heading in the right direction for rain,” the
Oregonian would say. “Keep right on to Yamhill and you’ll soon be damp
enough. It rains there more than twelve months in the year; at least,
no saying but it will. I’ve just come from there, plumb drownded out,
and I told my wife to jump into the wagon and we should start out and
see if we couldn’t find a dry day somewhere. Last fall the hay was out
and the wood was out, and the cabin leaked, and I made up my mind to
try California the first chance.”

“Well, if you be a horned toad or coyote,” the seeker of moisture would
reply, “then maybe you can stand it. Just keep right on by the Alabama
Settlement to Tulare and you can have my place on Big Dry Creek and
welcome. You’ll be drowned there mighty seldom. The wagon spokes and
tires will rattle and tell you when you come to it.”

“All right, partner, we’ll swap square, you can have mine in Yamhill
and the rain thrown in. Last August a painter sharp came along one day
wanting to know the way to Willamette Falls, and I told him: ‘Young
man, just wait a little and you’ll find falls enough without going to
Oregon City after them. The whole dog-gone Noah’s flood of a country
will be a fall and melt and float away some day.’” And more to the same
effect.

But no one need leave Oregon in search of fair weather. The wheat and
cattle region of eastern Oregon and Washington on the upper Columbia
plains is dry enough and dusty enough more than half the year. The
truth is, most of these wanderers enjoy the freedom of gypsy life and
seek not homes but camps. Having crossed the plains and reached the
ocean, they can find no farther west within reach of wagons, and are
therefore compelled now to go north and south between Mexico and
Alaska, always glad to find an excuse for moving, stopping a few months
or weeks here and there, the time being measured by the size of the
camp-meadow, conditions of the grass, game, and other indications. Even
their so-called settlements of a year or two, when they take up land
and build cabins, are only another kind of camp, in no common sense
homes. Never a tree is planted, nor do they plant themselves, but like
good soldiers in time of war are ever ready to march. Their journey of
life is indeed a journey with very matter-of-fact thorns in the way,
though not wholly wanting in compensation.

One of the most influential of the motives that brought the early
settlers to these shores, apart from that natural instinct to scatter
and multiply which urges even sober salmon to climb the Rocky
Mountains, was their desire to find a country at once fertile and
winterless, where their flocks and herds could find pasture all the
year, thus doing away with the long and tiresome period of haying and
feeding necessary in the eastern and old western States and
Territories. Cheap land and good land there was in abundance in Kansas,
Nebraska, Minnesota, and Iowa; but there the labor of providing for
animals of the farm was very great, and much of that labor was crowded
together into a few summer months, while to keep cool in summers and
warm in the icy winters was well-nigh impossible to poor farmers.

Along the coast and throughout the greater part of western Oregon in
general, snow seldom falls on the lowlands to a greater depth than a
few inches, and never lies long. Grass is green all winter. The average
temperature for the year in the Willamette Valley is about 52 degrees,
the highest and lowest being about 100 degrees and 20 degrees, though
occasionally a much lower temperature is reached.

The average rainfall is about fifty or fifty-five inches in the
Willamette Valley, and along the coast seventy-five inches, or even
more at some points—figures that bring many a dreary night and day to
mind, however fine the effect on the great evergreen woods and the
fields of the farmers. The rainy season begins in September or October
and lasts until April or May. Then the whole country is solemnly soaked
and poulticed with the gray, streaming clouds and fogs, night and day,
with marvelous constancy. Towards the beginning and end of the season a
good many bright days occur to break the pouring gloom, but whole
months of rain, continuous, or nearly so, are not at all rare.
Astronomers beneath these Oregon skies would have a dull time of it. Of
all the year only about one fourth of the days are clear, while three
fourths have more or less of fogs, clouds, or rain.

The fogs occur mostly in the fall and spring. They are grand,
far-reaching affairs of two kinds, the black and the white, some of the
latter being very beautiful, and the infinite delicacy and tenderness
of their touch as they linger to caress the tall evergreens is most
exquisite. On farms and highways and in the streets of towns, where
work has to be done, there is nothing picturesque or attractive in any
obvious way about the gray, serious-faced rainstorms. Mud abounds. The
rain seems dismal and heedless and gets in everybody’s way. Every face
is turned from it, and it has but few friends who recognize its
boundless beneficence. But back in the untrodden woods where no axe has
been lifted, where a deep, rich carpet of brown and golden mosses
covers all the ground like a garment, pressing warmly about the feet of
the trees and rising in thick folds softly and kindly over every fallen
trunk, leaving no spot naked or uncared-for, there the rain is
welcomed, and every drop that falls finds a place and use as sweet and
pure as itself. An excursion into the woods when the rain harvest is at
its height is a noble pleasure, and may be safely enjoyed at small
expense, though very few care to seek it. Shelter is easily found
beneath the great trees in some hollow out of the wind, and one need
carry but little provision, none at all of a kind that a wetting would
spoil. The colors of the woods are then at their best, and the mighty
hosts of the forest, every needle tingling in the blast, wave and sing
in glorious harmony.

“’T were worth ten years of peaceful life, one glance at this array.”


The snow that falls in the lowland woods is usually soft, and makes a
fine show coming through the trees in large, feathery tufts, loading
the branches of the firs and spruces and cedars and weighing them down
against the trunks until they look slender and sharp as arrows, while a
strange, muffled silence prevails, giving a peculiar solemnity to
everything. But these lowland snowstorms and their effects quickly
vanish; every crystal melts in a day or two, the bent branches rise
again, and the rain resumes its sway.

While these gracious rains are searching the roots of the lowlands,
corresponding snows are busy along the heights of the Cascade
Mountains. Month after month, day and night the heavens shed their icy
bloom in stormy, measureless abundance, filling the grand upper
fountains of the rivers to last through the summer. Awful then is the
silence that presses down over the mountain forests. All the smaller
streams vanish from sight, hushed and obliterated. Young groves of
spruce and pine are bowed down as by a gentle hand and put to rest, not
again to see the light or move leaf or limb until the grand awakening
of the springtime, while the larger animals and most of the birds seek
food and shelter in the foothills on the borders of the valleys and
plains.

The lofty volcanic peaks are yet more heavily snow-laden. To their
upper zones no summer comes. They are white always. From the steep
slopes of the summit the new-fallen snow, while yet dry and loose,
descends in magnificent avalanches to feed the glaciers, making
meanwhile the most glorious manifestations of power. Happy is the man
who may get near them to see and hear. In some sheltered camp nest on
the edge of the timberline one may lie snug and warm, but after the
long shuffle on snowshoes we may have to wait more than a month ere the
heavens open and the grand show is unveiled. In the mean time, bread
may be scarce, unless with careful forecast a sufficient supply has
been provided and securely placed during the summer. Nevertheless, to
be thus deeply snowbound high in the sky is not without generous
compensation for all the cost. And when we at length go down the long
white slopes to the levels of civilization, the pains vanish like snow
in sunshine, while the noble and exalting pleasures we have gained
remain with us to enrich our lives forever.

The fate of the high-flying mountain snow-flowers is a fascinating
study, though little may we see of their works and ways while their
storms go on. The glinting, swirling swarms fairly thicken the blast,
and all the air, as well as the rocks and trees, is as one smothering
mass of bloom, through the midst of which at close intervals come the
low, intense thunder-tones of the avalanches as they speed on their way
to fill the vast fountain hollows. Here they seem at last to have found
rest. But this rest is only apparent. Gradually the loose crystals by
the pressure of their own weight are welded together into clear ice,
and, as glaciers, march steadily, silently on, with invisible motion,
in broad, deep currents, grinding their way with irresistible energy to
the warmer lowlands, where they vanish in glad, rejoicing streams.

In the sober weather of Oregon lightning makes but little show. Those
magnificent thunderstorms that so frequently adorn and glorify the sky
of the Mississippi Valley are wanting here. Dull thunder and lightning
may occasionally be seen and heard, but the imposing grandeur of great
storms marching over the landscape with streaming banners and a network
of fire is almost wholly unknown.

Crossing the Cascade Range, we pass from a green to a gray country,
from a wilderness of trees to a wilderness of open plains, level or
rolling or rising here and there into hills and short mountain spurs.
Though well supplied with rivers in most of its main sections, it is
generally dry. The annual rainfall is only from about five to fifteen
inches, and the thin winter garment of snow seldom lasts more than a
month or two, though the temperature in many places falls from five to
twenty-five degrees below zero for a short time. That the snow is light
over eastern Oregon, and the average temperature not intolerably
severe, is shown by the fact that large droves of sheep, cattle, and
horses live there through the winter without other food or shelter than
they find for themselves on the open plains or down in the sunken
valleys and gorges along the streams.

When we read of the mountain ranges of Oregon and Washington with
detailed descriptions of their old volcanoes towering snow-laden and
glacier-laden above the clouds, one may be led to imagine that the
country is far icier and whiter and more mountainous than it is. Only
in winter are the Coast and Cascade Mountains covered with snow. Then
as seen from the main interior valleys they appear as comparatively
low, bossy walls stretching along the horizon and making a magnificent
display of their white wealth. The Coast Range in Oregon does not
perhaps average more than three thousand feet in height. Its snow does
not last long, most of its soil is fertile all the way to the summits,
and the greater part of the range may at some time be brought under
cultivation. The immense deposits on the great central uplift of the
Cascade Range are mostly melted off before the middle of summer by the
comparatively warm winds and rains from the coast, leaving only a few
white spots on the highest ridges, where the depth from drifting has
been greatest, or where the rate of waste has been diminished by
specially favorable conditions as to exposure. Only the great volcanic
cones are truly snow-clad all the year, and these are not numerous and
make but a small portion of the general landscape.

As we approach Oregon from the coast in summer, no hint of snowy
mountains can be seen, and it is only after we have sailed into the
country by the Columbia, or climbed some one of the commanding summits,
that the great white peaks send us greeting and make telling
advertisements of themselves and of the country over which they rule.
So, also, in coming to Oregon from the east the country by no means
impresses one as being surpassingly mountainous, the abode of peaks and
glaciers. Descending the spurs of the Rocky Mountains into the basin of
the Columbia, we see hot, hundred-mile plains, roughened here the there
by hills and ridges that look hazy and blue in the distance, until we
have pushed well to the westward. Then one white point after another
comes into sight to refresh the eye and the imagination; but they are
yet a long way off, and have much to say only to those who know them or
others of their kind. How grand they are, though insignificant-looking
on the edge of the vast landscape! What noble woods they nourish, and
emerald meadows and gardens! What springs and streams and waterfalls
sing about them and to what a multitude of happy creatures they give
homes and food!

The principal mountains of the range are Mounts Pitt, Scott, and
Thielson, Diamond Peak, the Three Sisters, Mounts Jefferson, Hood, St.
Helen’s, Adams, Rainier, Aix, and Baker. Of these the seven first named
belong to Oregon, the others to Washington. They rise singly at
irregular distances from one another along the main axis of the range
or near it, with an elevation of from about eight thousand to fourteen
thousand four hundred feet above the level of the sea. From few points
in the valleys may more than three or four of them be seen, and of the
more distant ones of these only the tops appear. Therefore, speaking
generally, each of the lowland landscapes of the State contains only
one grand snowy mountain.

The heights back of Portland command one of the best general views of
the forests and also of the most famous of the great mountains both of
Oregon and Washington. Mount Hood is in full view, with the summits of
Mounts Jefferson, St. Helen’s, Adams, and Rainier in the distance. The
city of Portland is at our feet, covering a large area along both banks
of the Willamette, and, with its fine streets, schools, churches,
mills, shipping, parks, and gardens, makes a telling picture of busy,
aspiring civilization in the midst of the green wilderness in which it
is planted. The river is displayed to fine advantage in the foreground
of our main view, sweeping in beautiful curves around rich, leafy
islands, its banks fringed with willows.

A few miles beyond the Willamette flows the renowned Columbia, and the
confluence of these two great rivers is at a point only about ten miles
below the city. Beyond the Columbia extends the immense breadth of the
forest, one dim, black, monotonous field with only the sky, which one
is glad to see is not forested, and the tops of the majestic old
volcanoes to give diversity to the view. That sharp, white, broad-based
pyramid on the south side of the Columbia, a few degrees to the south
of east from where you stand, is the famous Mount Hood. The distance to
it in a straight line is about fifty miles. Its upper slopes form the
only bare ground, bare as to forests, in the landscape in that
direction. It is the pride of Oregonians, and when it is visible is
always pointed out to strangers as the glory of the country, the
mountain of mountains. It is one of the grand series of extinct
volcanoes extending from Lassen’s Butte [31] to Mount Baker, a distance
of about six hundred miles, which once flamed like gigantic watch-fires
along the coast. Some of them have been active in recent times, but no
considerable addition to the bulk of Mount Hood has been made for
several centuries, as is shown by the amount of glacial denudation it
has suffered. Its summit has been ground to a point, which gives it a
rather thin, pinched appearance. It has a wide-flowing base, however,
and is fairly well proportioned. Though it is eleven thousand feet
high, it is too far off to make much show under ordinary conditions in
so extensive a landscape. Through a great part of the summer it is
invisible on account of smoke poured into the sky from burning woods,
logging camps, mills, etc., and in winter for weeks at a time, or even
months, it is in the clouds. Only in spring and early summer and in
what there may chance to be of bright weather in winter is it or any of
its companions at all clear or telling. From the Cascades on the
Columbia it may be seen at a distance of twenty miles or thereabouts,
or from other points up and down the river, and with the magnificent
foreground it is very impressive. It gives the supreme touch of
grandeur to all the main Columbia views, rising at every turn,
solitary, majestic, awe-inspiring, the ruling spirit of the landscape.
But, like mountains everywhere, it varies greatly in impressiveness and
apparent height at different times and seasons, not alone from
differences as to the dimness or transparency of the air. Clear, or
arrayed in clouds, it changes both in size and general expression. Now
it looms up to an immense height and seems to draw near in tremendous
grandeur and beauty, holding the eyes of every beholder in devout and
awful interest. Next year or next day, or even in the same day, you
return to the same point of view, perhaps to find that the glory has
departed, as if the mountain had died and the poor dull, shrunken mass
of rocks and ice had lost all power to charm.

Never shall I forget my first glorious view of Mount Hood one calm
evening in July, though I had seen it many times before this. I was
then sauntering with a friend across the new Willamette bridge between
Portland and East Portland for the sake of the river views, which are
here very fine in the tranquil summer weather. The scene on the water
was a lively one. Boats of every description were gliding, glinting,
drifting about at work or play, and we leaned over the rail from time
to time, contemplating the gay throng. Several lines of ferry boats
were making regular trips at intervals of a few minutes, and river
steamers were coming and going from the wharves, laden with all sorts
of merchandise, raising long diverging swells that make all the light
pleasure craft bow and nod in hearty salutation as they passed. The
crowd was being constantly increased by new arrivals from both shores,
sailboats, rowboats, racing shells, rafts, were loaded with gayly
dressed people, and here and there some adventurous man or boy might be
seen as a merry sailor on a single plank or spar, apparently as deep in
enjoyment as were any on the water. It seemed as if all the town were
coming to the river, renouncing the cares and toils of the day,
determined to take the evening breeze into their pulses, and be cool
and tranquil ere going to bed.

Absorbed in the happy scene, given up to dreamy, random observation of
what lay immediately before me, I was not conscious of anything
occurring on the outer rim of the landscape. Forest, mountain, and sky
were forgotten, when my companion suddenly directed my attention to the
eastward, shouting, “Oh, look! look!” in so loud and excited a tone of
voice that passers-by, saunterers like ourselves, were startled and
looked over the bridge as if expecting to see some boat upset. Looking
across the forest, over which the mellow light of the sunset was
streaming, I soon discovered the source of my friend’s excitement.
There stood Mount Hood in all the glory of the alpenglow, looming
immensely high, beaming with intelligence, and so impressive that one
was overawed as if suddenly brought before some superior being newly
arrived from the sky.

The atmosphere was somewhat hazy, but the mountain seemed neither near
nor far. Its glaciers flashed in the divine light. The rugged,
storm-worn ridges between them and the snowfields of the summit, these
perhaps might have been traced as far as they were in sight, and the
blending zones of color about the base. But so profound was the general
impression, partial analysis did not come into play. The whole mountain
appeared as one glorious manifestation of divine power, enthusiastic
and benevolent, glowing like a countenance with ineffable repose and
beauty, before which we could only gaze in devout and lowly admiration.

The far-famed Oregon forests cover all the western section of the
State, the mountains as well as the lowlands, with the exception of a
few gravelly spots and open spaces in the central portions of the great
cultivated valleys. Beginning on the coast, where their outer ranks are
drenched and buffeted by wind-driven scud from the sea, they press on
in close, majestic ranks over the coast mountains, across the broad
central valleys, and over the Cascade Range, broken and halted only by
the few great peaks that rise like islands above the sea of evergreens.

In descending the eastern slopes of the Cascades the rich, abounding,
triumphant exuberance of the trees is quickly subdued; they become
smaller, grow wide apart, leaving dry spaces without moss covering or
underbrush, and before the foot of the range is reached, fail
altogether, stayed by the drouth of the interior almost as suddenly as
on the western margin they are stayed by the sea. Here and there at
wide intervals on the eastern plains patches of a small pine (_Pinus
contorta_) are found, and a scattering growth of juniper, used by the
settlers mostly for fence posts and firewood. Along the stream bottoms
there is usually more or less of cottonwood and willow, which, though
yielding inferior timber, is yet highly prized in this bare region. On
the Blue Mountains there is pine, spruce, fir, and larch in abundance
for every use, but beyond this range there is nothing that may be
called a forest in the Columbia River basin, until we reach the spurs
of the Rocky Mountains; and these Rocky Mountain forests are made up of
trees which, compared with the giants of the Pacific Slope, are mere
saplings.




XXII. The Forests of Oregon and their Inhabitants


Like the forests of Washington, already described, those of Oregon are
in great part made up of the Douglas spruce[32], or Oregon pine (_Abies
Douglasii_). A large number of mills are at work upon this species,
especially along the Columbia, but these as yet have made but little
impression upon its dense masses, the mills here being small as
compared with those of the Puget Sound region. The white cedar, or Port
Orford cedar (_Cupressus Lawsoniana_, or _Chamæcyparis Lawsoniana_), is
one of the most beautiful of the evergreens, and produces excellent
lumber, considerable quantities of which are shipped to the San
Francisco market. It is found mostly about Coos Bay, along the Coquille
River, and on the northern slopes of the Siskiyou Mountains, and
extends down the coast into California. The silver firs, the spruces,
and the colossal arbor-vitæ, or white cedar[33](_Thuja gigantea_),
described in the chapter on Washington, are also found here in great
beauty and perfection, the largest of these (_Picea grandis_, Loud.;
_Abies grandis_, Lindl.) being confined mostly to the coast region,
where it attains a height of three hundred feet, and a diameter of ten
or twelve feet. Five or six species of pines are found in the State,
the most important of which, both as to lumber and as to the part they
play in the general wealth and beauty of the forests, are the yellow
and sugar pines (_Pinus ponderosa_ and _P. Lambertiana_). The yellow
pine is most abundant on the eastern slopes of the Cascades, forming
there the main bulk of the forest in many places. It is also common
along the borders of the open spaces in Willamette Valley. In the
southern portion of the State the sugar pine, which is the king of all
the pines and the glory of the Sierra forests, occurs in considerable
abundance in the basins of the Umpqua and Rogue Rivers, and it was in
the Umpqua Hills that this noble tree was first discovered by the
enthusiastic botanical explorer David Douglas, in the year 1826.

This is the Douglas for whom the noble Douglas spruce is named, and
many a fair blooming plant also, which will serve to keep his memory
fresh and sweet as long as beautiful trees and flowers are loved. The
Indians of the lower Columbia River watched him with lively curiosity
as he wandered about in the woods day after day, gazing intently on the
ground or at the great trees, collecting specimens of everything he
saw, but, unlike all the eager fur-gathering strangers they had
hitherto seen, caring nothing about trade. And when at length they came
to know him better, and saw that from year to year the growing things
of the woods and prairies, meadows and plains, were his only object of
pursuit, they called him the “Man of Grass,” a title of which he was
proud.

He was a Scotchman and first came to this coast in the spring of 1825
under the auspices of the London Horticultural Society, landing at the
mouth of the Columbia after a long dismal voyage of eight months and
fourteen days. During this first season he chose Fort Vancouver,
belonging to the Hudson’s Bay Company, as his headquarters, and from
there made excursions into the glorious wilderness in every direction,
discovering many new species among the trees as well as among the rich
underbrush and smaller herbaceous vegetation. It was while making a
trip to Mount Hood this year that he discovered the two largest and
most beautiful firs in the world (_Picea amabilis_ and _P. nobilis_—now
called _Abies_), and from the seeds which he then collected and sent
home tall trees are now growing in Scotland.

In one of his trips that summer, in the lower Willamette Valley, he saw
in an Indian’s tobacco pouch some of the seeds and scales of a new
species of pine, which he learned were gathered from a large tree that
grew far to the southward. Most of the following season was spent on
the upper waters of the Columbia, and it was not until September that
he returned to Fort Vancouver, about the time of the setting-in of the
winter rains. Nevertheless, bearing in mind the great pine he had heard
of, and the seeds of which he had seen, he made haste to set out on an
excursion to the headwaters of the Willamette in search of it; and how
he fared on this excursion and what dangers and hardships he endured is
best told in his own journal, part of which I quote as follows:—

October 26th, 1826. Weather dull. Cold and cloudy. When my friends in
England are made acquainted with my travels I fear they will think that
I have told them nothing but my miseries.... I quitted my camp early in
the morning to survey the neighboring country, leaving my guide to take
charge of the horses until my return in the evening. About an hour’s
walk from the camp I met an Indian, who on perceiving me instantly
strung his bow, placed on his left arm a sleeve of raccoon skin and
stood on the defensive. Being quite sure that conduct was prompted by
fear and not by hostile intentions, the poor fellow having probably
never seen such a being as myself before, I laid my gun at my feet on
the ground and waved my hand for him to come to me, which he did slowly
and with great caution. I then made him place his bow and quiver of
arrows beside my gun, and striking a light gave him a smoke out of my
own pipe and a present of a few beads. With my pencil I made a rough
sketch of the cone and pine tree which I wanted to obtain and drew his
attention to it, when he instantly pointed with his hand to the hills
fifteen or twenty miles distant towards the south; and when I expressed
my intention of going thither, cheerfully set about accompanying me. At
midday I reached my long- wished-for pines and lost no time in
examining them and endeavoring to collect specimens and seeds. New and
strange things seldom fail to make strong impressions and are therefore
frequently overrated; so that, lest I should never see my friends in
England to inform them verbally of this most beautiful and immensely
grand tree, I shall here state the dimensions of the largest I could
find among several that had been blown down by the wind. At three feet
from the ground its circumference is fifty-seven feet, nine inches; at
one hundred and thirty-four feet, seventeen feet five inches; the
extreme length two hundred and forty-five feet.... As it was impossible
either to climb the tree or hew it down, I endeavored to knock off the
cones by firing at them with ball, when the report of my gun brought
eight Indians, all of them painted with red earth, armed with bows,
arrows, bone-tipped spears, and flint knives. They appeared anything
but friendly. I explained to them what I wanted and they seemed
satisfied and sat down to smoke; but presently I saw one of them string
his bow and another sharpen his flint knife with a pair of wooden
pincers and suspend it on the wrist of his right hand. Further
testimony of their intentions was unnecessary. To save myself by flight
was impossible, so without hesitation I stepped back about five paces,
cocked my gun, drew one of the pistols out of my belt, and holding it
in my left hand, the gun in my right, showed myself determined to fight
for my life. As much as possible I endeavored to preserve my coolness,
and thus we stood looking at one another without making any movement or
uttering a word for perhaps ten minutes, when one at last, who seemed
to be the leader, gave a sign that they wished for some tobacco; this I
signified they should have if they fetched a quantity of cones. They
went off immediately in search of them, and no sooner were they all out
of sight than I picked up my three cones and some twigs of the trees
and made the quickest possible retreat, hurrying back to my camp, which
I reached before dusk. The Indian who last undertook to be my guide to
the trees I sent off before gaining my encampment, lest he should
betray me. How irksome is the darkness of night to one under such
circumstances. I cannot speak a word to my guide, nor have I a book to
divert my thoughts, which are continually occupied with the dread lest
the hostile Indians should trace me hither and make an attack. I now
write lying on the grass with my gun cocked beside me, and penning
these lines by the light of my _Columbian candle_, namely, an ignited
piece of rosin-wood.


Douglas named this magnificent species _Pinus Lambertiana_, in honor of
his friend Dr. Lambert, of London. This is the noblest pine thus far
discovered in the forests of the world, surpassing all others not only
in size but in beauty and majesty. Oregon may well be proud that its
discovery was made within her borders, and that, though it is far more
abundant in California, she has the largest known specimens. In the
Sierra the finest sugar pine forests lie at an elevation of about five
thousand feet. In Oregon they occupy much lower ground, some of the
trees being found but little above tide-water.

No lover of trees will ever forget his first meeting with the sugar
pine. In most coniferous trees there is a sameness of form and
expression which at length becomes wearisome to most people who travel
far in the woods. But the sugar pines are as free from conventional
forms as any of the oaks. No two are so much alike as to hide their
individuality from any observer. Every tree is appreciated as a study
in itself and proclaims in no uncertain terms the surpassing grandeur
of the species. The branches, mostly near the summit, are sometimes
nearly forty feet long, feathered richly all around with short, leafy
branchlets, and tasseled with cones a foot and a half long. And when
these superb arms are outspread, radiating in every direction, an
immense crownlike mass is formed which, poised on the noble shaft and
filled with sunshine, is one of the grandest forest objects
conceivable. But though so wild and unconventional when full-grown, the
sugar pine is a remarkably regular tree in youth, a strict follower of
coniferous fashions, slim, erect, tapering, symmetrical, every branch
in place. At the age of fifty or sixty years this shy, fashionable form
begins to give way. Special branches are thrust out away from the
general outlines of the trees and bent down with cones. Henceforth it
becomes more and more original and independent in style, pushes boldly
aloft into the winds and sunshine, growing ever more stately and
beautiful, a joy and inspiration to every beholder.

Unfortunately, the sugar pine makes excellent lumber. It is too good to
live, and is already passing rapidly away before the woodman’s axe.
Surely out of all of the abounding forest wealth of Oregon a few
specimens might be spared to the world, not as dead lumber, but as
living trees. A park of moderate extent might be set apart and
protected for public use forever, containing at least a few hundreds of
each of these noble pines, spruces, and firs. Happy will be the men
who, having the power and the love and benevolent forecast to do this,
will do it. They will not be forgotten. The trees and their lovers will
sing their praises, and generations yet unborn will rise up and call
them blessed.

Dotting the prairies and fringing the edges of the great evergreen
forests we find a considerable number of hardwood trees, such as the
oak, maple, ash, alder, laurel, madrone, flowering dogwood, wild
cherry, and wild apple. The white oak (_Quercus Garryana_) is the most
important of the Oregon oaks as a timber tree, but not nearly so
beautiful as Kellogg’s oak (_Q. Kelloggii_). The former is found mostly
along the Columbia River, particularly about the Dalles, and a
considerable quantity of useful lumber is made from it and sold,
sometimes for eastern white oak, to wagon makers. Kellogg’s oak is a
magnificent tree and does much for the picturesque beauty of the Umpqua
and Rogue River Valleys where it abounds. It is also found in all the
Yosemite valleys of the Sierra, and its acorns form an important part
of the food of the Digger Indians. In the Siskiyou Mountains there is a
live oak (_Q. chrysolepis_), wide-spreading and very picturesque in
form, but not very common. It extends southward along the western flank
of the Sierra and is there more abundant and much larger than in
Oregon, oftentimes five to eight feet in diameter.

The maples are the same as those in Washington, already described, but
I have not seen any maple groves here equal in extent or in the size of
the trees to those on the Snoqualmie River.

The Oregon ash is now rare along the stream banks of western Oregon,
and it grows to a good size and furnishes lumber that is for some
purposes equal to the white ash of the Western States.

Nuttall’s flowering dogwood makes a brave display with its wealth of
show involucres in the spring along cool streams. Specimens of the
flowers may be found measuring eight inches in diameter.

The wild cherry (Prunus emarginata, var. mollis) is a small, handsome
tree seldom more than a foot in diameter at the base. It makes valuable
lumber and its black, astringent fruit furnishes a rich resource as
food for the birds. A smaller form is common in the Sierra, the fruit
of which is eagerly eaten by the Indians and hunters in time of need.

The wild apple (_Pyrus rivularis_) is a fine, hearty, handsome little
tree that grows well in rich, cool soil along streams and on the edges
of beaver meadows from California through Oregon and Washington to
southeastern Alaska. In Oregon it forms dense, tangled thickets, some
of them almost impenetrable. The largest trunks are nearly a foot in
diameter. When in bloom it makes a fine show with its abundant clusters
of flowers, which are white and fragrant. The fruit is very small and
savagely acid. It is wholesome, however, and is eaten by birds, bears,
Indians, and many other adventurers, great and small.

Passing from beneath the shadows of the woods where the trees grow
close and high, we step into charming wild gardens full of lilies,
orchids, heathworts, roses, etc., with colors so gay and forming such
sumptuous masses of bloom, they make the gardens of civilization,
however lovingly cared for, seem pathetic and silly. Around the great
fire-mountains, above the forests and beneath the snow, there is a
flowery zone of marvelous beauty planted with anemones, erythroniums,
daisies, bryanthus, kalmia, vaccinium, cassiope, saxifrages, etc.,
forming one continuous garden fifty or sixty miles in circumference,
and so deep and luxuriant and closely woven it seems as if Nature, glad
to find an opening, were economizing space and trying to see how may of
her bright-eyed darlings she can get together in one mountain wreath.

Along the slopes of the Cascades, where the woods are less dense,
especially about the headwaters of the Willamette, there are miles of
rhododendron, making glorious outbursts of purple bloom, and down on
the prairies in rich, damp hollows the blue-flowered camassia grows in
such profusion that at a little distance its dense masses appear as
beautiful blue lakes imbedded in the green, flowery plains; while all
about the streams and the lakes and the beaver meadows and the margins
of the deep woods there is a magnificent tangle of gaultheria and
huckleberry bushes with their myriads of pink bells, reinforced with
hazel, cornel, rubus of many species, wild plum, cherry, and crab
apple; besides thousands of charming bloomers to be found in all sorts
of places throughout the wilderness whose mere names are refreshing,
such as linnaea, menziesia, pyrola, chimaphila, brodiaea, smilacina,
fritillaria, calochortus, trillium, clintonia, veratrum, cypripedium,
goodyera, spiranthes, habenaria, and the rare and lovely “Hider of the
North,” _Calypso borealis_, to find which is alone a sufficient object
for a journey into the wilderness. And besides these there is a
charming underworld of ferns and mosses flourishing gloriously beneath
all the woods.

Everybody loves wild woods and flowers more or less. Seeds of all these
Oregon evergreens and of many of the flowering shrubs and plants have
been sent to almost every country under the sun, and they are now
growing in carefully tended parks and gardens. And now that the ways of
approach are open one would expect to find these woods and gardens full
of admiring visitors reveling in their beauty like bees in a clover
field. Yet few care to visit them. A portion of the bark of one of the
California trees, the mere dead skin, excited the wondering attention
of thousands when it was set up in the Crystal Palace in London, as did
also a few peeled spars, the shafts of mere saplings from Oregon or
Washington. Could one of these great silver firs or sugar pines three
hundred feet high have been transplanted entire to that exhibition, how
enthusiastic would have been the praises accorded to it!

Nevertheless, the countless hosts waving at home beneath their own sky,
beside their own noble rivers and mountains, and standing on a
flower-enameled carpet of mosses thousands of square miles in extent,
attract but little attention. Most travelers content themselves with
what they may chance to see from car windows, hotel verandas, or the
deck of a steamer on the lower Columbia—clinging to the battered
highways like drowning sailors to a life raft. When an excursion into
the woods is proposed, all sorts of exaggerated or imaginary dangers
are conjured up, filling the kindly, soothing wilderness with colds,
fevers, Indians, bears, snakes, bugs, impassable rivers, and jungles of
brush, to which is always added quick and sure starvation.

As to starvation, the woods are full of food, and a supply of bread may
easily be carried for habit’s sake, and replenished now and then at
outlying farms and camps. The Indians are seldom found in the woods,
being confined mainly to the banks of the rivers, where the greater
part of their food is obtained. Moreover, the most of them have been
either buried since the settlement of the country or civilized into
comparative innocence, industry, or harmless laziness. There are bears
in the woods, but not in such numbers nor of such unspeakable ferocity
as town-dwellers imagine, nor do bears spend their lives in going about
the country like the devil, seeking whom they may devour. Oregon bears,
like most others, have no liking for man either as meat or as society;
and while some may be curious at times to see what manner of creature
he is, most of them have learned to shun people as deadly enemies. They
have been poisoned, trapped, and shot at until they have become shy,
and it is no longer easy to make their acquaintance. Indeed, since the
settlement of the country, notwithstanding far the greater portion is
yet wild, it is difficult to find any of the larger animals that once
were numerous and comparatively familiar, such as the bear, wolf,
panther, lynx, deer, elk, and antelope.

As early as 1843, while the settlers numbered only a few thousands, and
before any sort of government had been organized, they came together
and held what they called “a wolf meeting,” at which a committee was
appointed to devise means for the destruction of wild animals
destructive to tame ones, which committee in due time begged to report
as follows:—

It being admitted by all that bears, wolves, panthers, etc., are
destructive to the useful animals owned by the settlers of this colony,
your committee would submit the following resolutions as the sense of
this meeting, by which the community may be governed in carrying on a
defensive and destructive war on all such animals:—
    Resolved, 1st.—That we deem it expedient for the community to take
    immediate measures for the destruction of all wolves, panthers, and
    bears, and such other animals as are known to be destructive to
    cattle, horses, sheep and hogs.
    2d.—That a bounty of fifty cents be paid for the destruction of a
    small wolf, $3.00 for a large wolf, $1.50 for a lynx, $2.00 for a
    bear and $5.00 for a panther.


This center of destruction was in the Willamette Valley. But for many
years prior to the beginning of the operations of the “Wolf
Organization” the Hudson’s Bay Company had established forts and
trading stations over all the country, wherever fur-gathering Indians
could be found, and vast numbers of these animals were killed. Their
destruction has since gone on at an accelerated rate from year to year
as the settlements have been extended, so that in some cases it is
difficult to obtain specimens enough for the use of naturalists. But
even before any of these settlements were made, and before the coming
of the Hudson’s Bay Company, there was very little danger to be met in
passing through this wilderness as far as animals were concerned, and
but little of any kind as compared with the dangers encountered in
crowded houses and streets.

When Lewis and Clark made their famous trip across the continent in
1804-05, when all the Rocky Mountain region was wild, as well as the
Pacific Slope, they did not lose a single man by wild animals, nor,
though frequently attacked, especially by the grizzlies of the Rocky
Mountains, were any of them wounded seriously. Captain Clark was bitten
on the hand by a wolf as he lay asleep; that was one bite among more
than a hundred men while traveling through eight to nine thousand miles
of savage wilderness. They could hardly have been so fortunate had they
stayed at home. They wintered on the edge of the Clatsop plains, on the
south side of the Columbia River near its mouth. In the woods on that
side they found game abundant, especially elk, and with the aid of the
friendly Indians who furnished salmon and “wapatoo” (the tubers of
_Sagittaria variabilis_), they were in no danger of starving.

But on the return trip in the spring they reached the base of the Rocky
Mountains when the range was yet too heavily snow-laden to be crossed
with horses. Therefore they had to wait some weeks. This was at the
head of one of the northern branches of the Snake River, and, their
scanty stock of provisions being nearly exhausted, the whole party was
compelled to live mostly on bears and dogs; deer, antelope, and elk,
usually abundant, were now scarce because the region had been closely
hunted over by the Indians before their arrival.

Lewis and Clark had killed a number of bears and saved the skins of the
more interesting specimens, and the variations they found in size,
color of the hair, etc., made great difficulty in classification.
Wishing to get the opinion of the Chopumish Indians, near one of whose
villages they were encamped, concerning the various species, the
explorers unpacked their bundles and spread out for examination all the
skins they had taken. The Indian hunters immediately classed the white,
the deep and the pale grizzly red, the grizzly dark-brown—in short, all
those with the extremities of the hair of a white or frosty color
without regard to the color of the ground or foil—under the name of
hoh-host. The Indians assured them that these were all of the same
species as the white bear, that they associated together, had longer
nails than the others, and never climbed trees. On the other hand, the
black skins, those that were black with white hairs intermixed or with
a white breast, the uniform bay, the brown, and the light
reddish-brown, were classed under the name _yack-ah_, and were said to
resemble each other in being smaller and having shorter nails, in
climbing trees, and being so little vicious that they could be pursued
with safety.

Lewis and Clark came to the conclusion that all those with white-tipped
hair found by them in the basin of the Columbia belonged to the same
species as the grizzlies of the upper Missouri; and that the black and
reddish-brown, etc., of the Rocky Mountains belong to a second species
equally distinct from the grizzly and the black bear of the Pacific
Coast and the East, which never vary in color.

As much as possible should be made by the ordinary traveler of these
descriptions, for he will be likely to see very little of any species
for himself; not that bears no longer exist here, but because, being
shy, they keep out of the way. In order to see them and learn their
habits one must go softly and alone, lingering long in the fringing
woods on the banks of the salmon streams, and in the small openings in
the midst of thickets where berries are most abundant.

As for rattlesnakes, the other grand dread of town dwellers when they
leave beaten roads, there are two, or perhaps three, species of them in
Oregon. But they are nowhere to be found in great numbers. In western
Oregon they are hardly known at all. In all my walks in the Oregon
forest I have never met a single specimen, though a few have been seen
at long intervals.

When the country was first settled by the whites, fifty years ago, the
elk roamed through the woods and over the plains to the east of the
Cascades in immense numbers; now they are rarely seen except by
experienced hunters who know their haunts in the deepest and most
inaccessible solitudes to which they have been driven. So majestic an
animal forms a tempting mark for the sportsman’s rifle. Countless
thousands have been killed for mere amusement and they already seem to
be nearing extinction as rapidly as the buffalo. The antelope also is
vanishing from the Columbia plains before the farmers and cattlemen.
Whether the moose still lingers in Oregon or Washington I am unable to
say.

On the highest mountains of the Cascade Range the wild goat roams in
comparative security, few of his enemies caring to go so far in pursuit
and to hunt on ground so high and dangerous. He is a brave, sturdy
shaggy mountaineer of an animal, enjoying the freedom and security of
crumbling ridges and overhanging cliffs above the glaciers, oftentimes
beyond the reach of the most daring hunter. They seem to be as much at
home on the ice and snowfields as on the crags, making their way in
flocks from ridge to ridge on the great volcanic mountains by crossing
the glaciers that lie between them, traveling in single file guided by
an old experienced leader, like a party of climbers on the Alps. On
these ice-journeys they pick their way through networks of crevasses
and over bridges of snow with admirable skill, and the mountaineer may
seldom do better in such places than to follow their trail, if he can.
In the rich alpine gardens and meadows they find abundance of food,
venturing sometimes well down in the prairie openings on the edge of
the timberline, but holding themselves ever alert and watchful, ready
to flee to their highland castles at the faintest alarm. When their
summer pastures are buried beneath the winter snows, they make haste to
the lower ridges, seeking the wind-beaten crags and slopes where the
snow cannot lie at any great depth, feeding at times on the leaves and
twigs of bushes when grass is beyond reach.

The wild sheep is another admirable alpine rover, but comparatively
rare in the Oregon mountains, choosing rather the drier ridges to the
southward on the Cascades and to the eastward among the spurs of the
Rocky Mountain chain.

Deer give beautiful animation to the forests, harmonizing finely in
their color and movements with the gray and brown shafts of the trees
and the swaying of the branches as they stand in groups at rest, or
move gracefully and noiselessly over the mossy ground about the edges
of beaver meadows and flowery glades, daintily culling the leaves and
tips of the mints and aromatic bushes on which they feed. There are
three species, the black-tailed, white-tailed, and mule deer; the last
being restricted in its range to the open woods and plains to the
eastward of the Cascades. They are nowhere very numerous now, killing
for food, for hides, or for mere wanton sport, having well-nigh
exterminated them in the more accessible regions, while elsewhere they
are too often at the mercy of the wolves.

Gliding about in their shady forest homes, keeping well out of sight,
there is a multitude of sleek fur-clad animals living and enjoying
their clean, beautiful lives. How beautiful and interesting they are is
about as difficult for busy mortals to find out as if their homes were
beyond sight in the sky. Hence the stories of every wild hunter and
trapper are eagerly listened to as being possibly true, or partly so,
however thickly clothed in successive folds of exaggeration and fancy.
Unsatisfying as these accounts must be, a tourist’s frightened rush and
scramble through the woods yields far less than the hunter’s wildest
stories, while in writing we can do but little more than to give a few
names, as they come to mind,—beaver, squirrel, coon, fox, marten,
fisher, otter, ermine, wildcat,—only this instead of full descriptions
of the bright-eyed furry throng, their snug home nests, their fears and
fights and loves, how they get their food, rear their young, escape
their enemies, and keep themselves warm and well and exquisitely clean
through all the pitiless weather.

For many years before the settlement of the country the fur of the
beaver brought a high price, and therefore it was pursued with
weariless ardor. Not even in the quest for gold has a more ruthless,
desperate energy been developed. It was in those early beaver-days that
the striking class of adventurers called “free trappers” made their
appearance. Bold, enterprising men, eager to make money, and inclined
at the same time to relish the license of a savage life, would set
forth with a few traps and a gun and a hunting knife, content at first
to venture only a short distance up the beaver streams nearest to the
settlements, and where the Indians were not likely to molest them.
There they would set their traps, while the buffalo, antelope, deer,
etc., furnished a royal supply of food. In a few months their pack
animals would be laden with thousands of dollars’ worth of fur.

Next season they would venture farther, and again farther, meanwhile
growing rapidly wilder, getting acquainted with the Indian tribes, and
usually marrying among them. Thenceforward no danger could stay them in
their exciting pursuit. Wherever there were beaver they would go,
however far or wild,—the wilder the better, provided their scalps could
be saved. Oftentimes they were compelled to set their traps and visit
them by night and lie hid during the day, when operating in the
neighborhood of hostile Indians. Not then venturing to make a fire or
shoot game, they lived on the raw flesh of the beaver, perhaps seasoned
with wild cresses or berries. Then, returning to the trading stations,
they would spend their hard earnings in a few weeks of dissipation and
“good time,” and go again to the bears and beavers, until at length a
bullet or arrow would end all. One after another would be missed by
some friend or trader at the autumn rendezvous, reported killed by the
Indians, and—forgotten. Some men of this class have, from superior
skill or fortune, escaped every danger, lived to a good old age, and
earned fame, and, by their knowledge of the topography of the vast West
then unexplored, have been able to render important service to the
country; but most of them laid their bones in the wilderness after a
few short, keen seasons. So great were the perils that beset them, the
average length of the life of a “free trapper” has been estimated at
less than five years. From the Columbia waters beaver and beaver men
have almost wholly passed away, and the men once so striking a part of
the view have left scarcely the faintest sign of their existence. On
the other hand, a thousand meadows on the mountains tell the story of
the beavers, to remain fresh and green for many a century, monuments of
their happy, industrious lives.

But there is a little airy, elfin animal in these woods, and in all the
evergreen woods of the Pacific Coast, that is more influential and
interesting than even the beaver. This is the Douglas squirrel
(_Sciurus Douglasi_). Go where you will throughout all these noble
forests, you everywhere find this little squirrel the master-existence.
Though only a few inches long, so intense is his fiery vigor and
restlessness, he stirs every grove with wild life, and makes himself
more important than the great bears that shuffle through the berry
tangles beneath him. Every tree feels the sting of his sharp feet.
Nature has made him master-forester, and committed the greater part of
the coniferous crops to his management. Probably over half of all the
ripe cones of the spruces, firs, and pines are cut off and handled by
this busy harvester. Most of them are stored away for food through the
winter and spring, but a part are pushed into shallow pits and covered
loosely, where some of the seeds are no doubt left to germinate and
grow up. All the tree squirrels are more or less birdlike in voice and
movements, but the Douglas is pre-eminently so, possessing every
squirrelish attribute, fully developed and concentrated. He is the
squirrel of squirrels, flashing from branch to branch of his favorite
evergreens, crisp and glossy and sound as a sunbeam. He stirs the
leaves like a rustling breeze, darting across openings in arrowy lines,
launching in curves, glinting deftly from side to side in sudden
zigzags, and swirling in giddy loops and spirals around the trunks, now
on his haunches, now on his head, yet ever graceful and performing all
his feats of strength and skill without apparent effort. One never
tires of this bright spark of life, the brave little voice crying in
the wilderness. His varied, piney gossip is as savory to the air as
balsam to the palate. Some of his notes are almost flutelike in
softness, while others prick and tingle like thistles. He is the
mockingbird of squirrels, barking like a dog, screaming like a hawk,
whistling like a blackbird or linnet, while in bluff, audacious
noisiness he is a jay. A small thing, but filling and animating all the
woods.

Nor is there any lack of wings, notwithstanding few are to be seen on
short, noisy rambles. The ousel sweetens the shady glens and cañons
where waterfalls abound, and every grove or forest, however silent it
may seem when we chance to pay it a hasty visit, has its
singers,—thrushes, linnets, warblers,—while hummingbirds glint and
hover about the fringing masses of bloom around stream and meadow
openings. But few of these will show themselves or sing their songs to
those who are ever in haste and getting lost, going in gangs formidable
in color and accoutrements, laughing, hallooing, breaking limbs off the
trees as they pass, awkwardly struggling through briery thickets,
entangled like blue-bottles in spider webs, and stopping from time to
time to fire off their guns and pistols for the sake of the echoes,
thus frightening all the life about them for miles. It is this class of
hunters and travelers who report that there are “no birds in the woods
or game animals of any kind larger than mosquitoes.”

Besides the singing birds mentioned above, the handsome Oregon grouse
may be found in the thick woods, also the dusky grouse and Franklin’s
grouse, and in some places the beautiful mountain partridge, or quail.
The white-tailed ptarmigan lives on the lofty snow peaks above the
timber, and the prairie chicken and sage cock on the broad Columbia
plains from the Cascade Range back to the foothills of the Rocky
Mountains. The bald eagle is very common along the Columbia River, or
wherever fish, especially salmon, are plentiful, while swans, herons,
cranes, pelicans, geese, ducks of many species, and water birds in
general abound in the lake region, on the main streams, and along the
coast, stirring the waters and sky into fine, lively pictures, greatly
to the delight of wandering lovers of wildness.




XXIII. The Rivers of Oregon


Turning from the woods and their inhabitants to the rivers, we find
that while the former are rarely seen by travelers beyond the immediate
borders of the settlements, the great river of Oregon draws crowds of
enthusiastic admirers to sound its praises. Every summer since the
completion of the first overland railroad, tourists have been coming to
it in ever increasing numbers, showing that in general estimation the
Columbia is one of the chief attractions of the Pacific Coast. And well
it deserves the admiration so heartily bestowed upon it. The beauty and
majesty of its waters, and the variety and grandeur of the scenery
through which it flows, lead many to regard it as the most interesting
of all the great rivers of the continent, notwithstanding the claims of
the other members of the family to which it belongs and which nobody
can measure—the Fraser, McKenzie, Saskatchewan, the Missouri,
Yellowstone, Platte, and the Colorado, with their glacier and geyser
fountains, their famous cañons, lakes, forests, and vast flowery
prairies and plains. These great rivers and the Columbia are intimately
related. All draw their upper waters from the same high fountains on
the broad, rugged uplift of the Rocky Mountains, their branches
interlacing like the branches of trees. They sing their first songs
together on the heights; then, collecting their tributaries, they set
out on their grand journey to the Atlantic, Pacific, or Arctic Ocean.

The Columbia, viewed as one from the sea to the mountains, is like a
rugged, broad-topped, picturesque old oak about six hundred miles long
and nearly a thousand miles wide measured across the spread of its
upper branches, the main limbs gnarled and swollen with lakes and
lakelike expansions, while innumerable smaller lakes shine like fruit
among the smaller branches. The main trunk extends back through the
Coast and Cascade Mountains in a general easterly direction for three
hundred miles, when it divides abruptly into two grand branches which
bend off to the northeastward and southeastward.

The south branch, the longer of the two, called the Snake, or Lewis,
River, extends into the Rocky Mountains as far as the Yellowstone
National Park, where its head tributaries interlace with those of the
Colorado, Missouri, and Yellowstone. The north branch, still called the
Columbia, extends through Washington far into British territory, its
highest tributaries reaching back through long parallel spurs of the
Rockies between and beyond the headwaters of the Fraser, Athabasca, and
Saskatchewan. Each of these main branches, dividing again and again,
spreads a network of channels over the vast complicated mass of the
great range throughout a section nearly a thousand miles in length,
searching every fountain, however small or great, and gathering a
glorious harvest of crystal water to be rolled through forest and plain
in one majestic flood to the sea, reinforced on the way by tributaries
that drain the Blue Mountains and more than two hundred miles of the
Cascade and Coast Ranges. Though less than half as long as the
Mississippi, it is said to carry as much water. The amount of its
discharge at different seasons, however, has never been exactly
measured, but in time of flood its current is sufficiently massive and
powerful to penetrate the sea to a distance of fifty or sixty miles
from shore, its waters being easily recognized by the difference in
color and by the drift of leaves, berries, pine cones, branches, and
trunks of trees that they carry.

That so large a river as the Columbia, making a telling current so far
from shore, should remain undiscovered while one exploring expedition
after another sailed past seems remarkable, even after due allowance is
made for the cloudy weather that prevails hereabouts and the broad
fence of breakers drawn across the bar. During the last few centuries,
when the maps of the world were in great part blank, the search for new
worlds was fashionable business, and when such large game was no longer
to be found, islands lying unclaimed in the great oceans, inhabited by
useful and profitable people to be converted or enslaved, became
attractive objects; also new ways to India, seas, straits, El Dorados,
fountains of youth, and rivers that flowed over golden sands.

Those early explorers and adventurers were mostly brave, enterprising,
and, after their fashion, pious men. In their clumsy sailing vessels
they dared to go where no chart or lighthouse showed the way, where the
set of the currents, the location of sunken outlying rocks and shoals,
were all unknown, facing fate and weather, undaunted however dark the
signs, heaving the lead and thrashing the men to their duty and
trusting to Providence. When a new shore was found on which they could
land, they said their prayers with superb audacity, fought the natives
if they cared to fight, erected crosses, and took possession in the
names of their sovereigns, establishing claims, such as they were, to
everything in sight and beyond, to be quarreled for and battled for,
and passed from hand to hand in treaties and settlements made during
the intermissions of war.

The branch of the river that bears the name of Columbia all the way to
its head takes its rise in two lakes about ten miles in length that lie
between the Selkirk and main ranges of the Rocky Mountains in British
Columbia, about eighty miles beyond the boundary line. They are called
the Upper and Lower Columbia Lakes. Issuing from these, the young river
holds a nearly straight course for a hundred and seventy miles in a
northwesterly direction to a plain called “Boat Encampment,” receiving
many beautiful affluents by the way from the Selkirk and main ranges,
among which are the Beaver-Foot, Blackberry, Spill-e-Mee-Chene, and
Gold Rivers. At Boat Encampment it receives two large tributaries, the
Canoe River from the northwest, a stream about a hundred and twenty
miles long; and the Whirlpool River from the north, about a hundred and
forty miles in length.

The Whirlpool River takes its rise near the summit of the main axis of
the range on the fifty-fourth parallel, and is the northmost of all the
Columbia waters. About thirty miles above its confluence with the
Columbia it flows through a lake called the Punch-Bowl, and thence it
passes between Mounts Hooker and Brown, said to be fifteen thousand and
sixteen thousand feet high, making magnificent scenery; though the
height of the mountains thereabouts has been considerably
overestimated. From Boat Encampment the river, now a large, clear
stream, said to be nearly a third of a mile in width, doubles back on
its original course and flows southward as far as its confluence with
the Spokane in Washington, a distance of nearly three hundred miles in
a direct line, most of the way through a wild, rocky, picturesque mass
of mountains, charmingly forested with pine and spruce—though the trees
seem strangely small, like second growth saplings, to one familiar with
the western forests of Washington, Oregon, and California.

About forty-five miles below Boat Encampment are the Upper Dalles, or
Dalles de Mort, and thirty miles farther the Lower Dalles, where the
river makes a magnificent uproar and interrupts navigation. About
thirty miles below the Lower Dalles the river expands into Upper Arrow
Lake, a beautiful sheet of water forty miles long and five miles wide,
straight as an arrow and with the beautiful forests of the Selkirk
range rising from its east shore, and those of the Gold range from the
west. At the foot of the lake are the Narrows, a few miles in length,
and after these rapids are passed, the river enters Lower Arrow Lake,
which is like the Upper Arrow, but is even longer and not so straight.

A short distance below the Lower Arrow the Columbia receives the
Kootenay River, the largest affluent thus far on its course and said to
be navigable for small steamers for a hundred and fifty miles. It is an
exceedingly crooked stream, heading beyond the upper Columbia lakes,
and, in its mazy course, flowing to all points of the compass, it seems
lost and baffled in the tangle of mountain spurs and ridges it drains.
Measured around its loops and bends, it is probably more than five
hundred miles in length. It is also rich in lakes, the largest,
Kootenay Lake, being upwards of seventy miles in length with an average
width of five miles. A short distance below the confluence of the
Kootenay, near the boundary line between Washington and British
Columbia, another large stream comes in from the east, Clarke’s Fork,
or the Flathead River. Its upper sources are near those of the Missouri
and South Saskatchewan, and in its course it flows through two large
and beautiful lakes, the Flathead and the Pend d’Oreille. All the lakes
we have noticed thus far would make charming places of summer resort;
but Pend d’Oreille, besides being surpassingly beautiful, has the
advantage of being easily accessible, since it is on the main line of
the Northern Pacific Railroad in the Territory of Idaho. In the purity
of its waters it reminds one of Tahoe, while its many picturesque
islands crowned with evergreens, and its winding shores forming an
endless variety of bays and promontories lavishly crowded with spiry
spruce and cedar, recall some of the best of the island scenery of
Alaska.

About thirty-five miles below the mouth of Clark’s Fork the Columbia is
joined by the Ne-whoi-al-pit-ku River from the northwest. Here too are
the great Chaudiere, or Kettle, Falls on the main river, with a total
descent of about fifty feet. Fifty miles farther down, the Spokane
River, a clear, dashing stream, comes in from the east. It is about one
hundred and twenty miles long, and takes its rise in the beautiful Lake
Coeur d’Alene, in Idaho, which receives the drainage of nearly a
hundred miles of the western slopes of the Bitter Root Mountains,
through the St. Joseph and Coeur d’Alene Rivers. The lake is about
twenty miles long, set in the midst of charming scenery, and, like Pend
d’Oreille, is easy of access and is already attracting attention as a
summer place for enjoyment, rest, and health.

The famous Spokane Falls are in Washington, about thirty miles below
the lake, where the river is outspread and divided and makes a grand
descent from a level basaltic plateau, giving rise to one of the most
beautiful as well as one of the greatest and most available of
water-powers in the State. The city of the same name is built on the
plateau along both sides of the series of cascades and falls, which,
rushing and sounding through the midst, give singular beauty and
animation. The young city is also rushing and booming. It is founded on
a rock, leveled and prepared for it, and its streets require no grading
or paving. As a power to whirl the machinery of a great city and at the
same time to train the people to a love of the sublime and beautiful as
displayed in living water, the Spokane Falls are unrivaled, at least as
far as my observation has reached. Nowhere else have I seen such
lessons given by a river in the streets of a city, such a glad,
exulting, abounding outgush, crisp and clear from the mountains,
dividing, falling, displaying its wealth, calling aloud in the midst of
the busy throng, and making glorious offerings for every use of utility
or adornment.

From the mouth of the Spokane the Columbia, now out of the woods, flows
to the westward with a broad, stately current for a hundred and twenty
miles to receive the Okinagan, a large, generous tributary a hundred
and sixty miles long, coming from the north and drawing some of its
waters from the Cascade Range. More than half its course is through a
chain of lakes, the largest of which at the head of the river is over
sixty miles in length. From its confluence with the Okinagan the river
pursues a southerly course for a hundred and fifty miles, most of the
way through a dreary, treeless, parched plain to meet the great south
fork. The Lewis, or Snake, River is nearly a thousand miles long and
drains nearly the whole of Idaho, a territory rich in scenery, gold
mines, flowery, grassy valleys, and deserts, while some of the highest
tributaries reach into Wyoming, Utah, and Nevada. Throughout a great
part of its course it is countersunk in a black lava plain and shut in
by mural precipices a thousand feet high, gloomy, forbidding, and
unapproachable, although the gloominess of its cañon is relieved in
some manner by its many falls and springs, some of the springs being
large enough to appear as the outlets of subterranean rivers. They gush
out from the faces of the sheer black walls and descend foaming with
brave roar and beauty to swell the flood below.

From where the river skirts the base of the Blue Mountains its
surroundings are less forbidding. Much of the country is fertile, but
its cañon is everywhere deep and almost inaccessible. Steamers make
their way up as far as Lewiston, a hundred and fifty miles, and receive
cargoes of wheat at different points through chutes that extend down
from the tops of the bluffs. But though the Hudson’s Bay Company
navigated the north fork to its sources, they depended altogether on
pack animals for the transportation of supplies and furs between the
Columbia and Fort Hall on the head of the south fork, which shows how
desperately unmanageable a river it must be.

A few miles above the mouth of the Snake the Yakima, which drains a
considerable portion of the Cascade Range, enters from the northwest.
It is about a hundred and fifty miles long, but carries comparatively
little water, a great part of what it sets out with from the base of
the mountains being consumed in irrigated fields and meadows in passing
through the settlements along its course, and by evaporation on the
parched desert plains. The grand flood of the Columbia, now from half a
mile to a mile wide, sweeps on to the westward, holding a nearly direct
course until it reaches the mouth of the Willamette, where it turns to
the northward and flows fifty miles along the main valley between the
Coast and Cascade Ranges ere it again resumes its westward course to
the sea. In all its course from the mouth of the Yakima to the sea, a
distance of three hundred miles, the only considerable affluent from
the northward is the Cowlitz, which heads in the glaciers of Mount
Rainier.

From the south and east it receives the Walla-Walla and Umatilla,
rather short and dreary-looking streams, though the plains they pass
through have proved fertile, and their upper tributaries in the Blue
Mountains, shaded with tall pines, firs, spruces, and the beautiful
Oregon larch (_Larix brevifolia_), lead into a delightful region. The
John Day River also heads in the Blue Mountains, and flows into the
Columbia sixty miles below the mouth of the Umatilla. Its valley is in
great part fertile, and is noted for the interesting fossils discovered
in it by Professor Condon in sections cut by the river through the
overlying lava beds.

The Deschutes River comes in from the south about twenty miles below
the John Day. It is a large, boisterous stream, draining the eastern
slope of the Cascade Range for nearly two hundred miles, and from the
great number of falls on the main trunk, as well as on its many
mountain tributaries, well deserves its name. It enters the Columbia
with a grand roar of falls and rapids, and at times seems almost to
rival the main stream in the volume of water it carries. Near the mouth
of the Deschutes are the Falls of the Columbia, where the river passes
a rough bar of lava. The descent is not great, but the immense volume
of water makes a grand display. During the flood season the falls are
obliterated and skillful boatmen pass over them in safety; while the
Dalles, some six or eight miles below, may be passed during low water
but are utterly impassable in flood time. At the Dalles the vast river
is jammed together into a long, narrow slot of unknown depth cut sheer
down in the basalt.

This slot, or trough, is about a mile and a half long and about sixty
yards wide at the narrowest place. At ordinary times the river seems to
be set on edge and runs swiftly but without much noisy surging with a
descent of about twenty feet to the mile. But when the snow is melting
on the mountains the river rises here sixty feet, or even more during
extraordinary freshets, and spreads out over a great breadth of massive
rocks through which have been cut several other gorges running parallel
with the one usually occupied. All these inferior gorges now come into
use, and the huge, roaring torrent, still rising and spreading, at
length overwhelms the high jagged rock walls between them, making a
tremendous display of chafing, surging, shattered currents,
counter-currents, and hollow whirls that no words can be made to
describe. A few miles below the Dalles the storm-tossed river gets
itself together again, looks like water, becomes silent, and with
stately, tranquil deliberation goes on its way, out of the gray region
of sage and sand into the Oregon woods. Thirty-five or forty miles
below the Dalles are the Cascades of the Columbia, where the river in
passing through the mountains makes another magnificent display of
foaming, surging rapids, which form the first obstruction to navigation
from the ocean, a hundred and twenty miles distant. This obstruction is
to be overcome by locks, which are now being made.

Between the Dalles and the Cascades the river is like a lake a mile or
two wide, lying in a valley, or cañon, about three thousand feet deep.
The walls of the cañon lean well back in most places, and leave here
and there small strips, or bays, of level ground along the water’s
edge. But towards the Cascades, and for some distance below them, the
immediate banks are guarded by walls of columnar basalt, which are worn
in many places into a great variety of bold and picturesque forms, such
as the Castle Rock, the Rooster Rock, the Pillars of Hercules, Cape
Horn, etc., while back of these rise the sublime mountain walls,
forest-crowned and fringed more or less from top to base with pine,
spruce, and shaggy underbrush, especially in the narrow gorges and
ravines, where innumerable small streams come dancing and drifting
down, misty and white, to join the mighty river. Many of these falls on
both sides of the cañon of the Columbia are far larger and more
interesting in every way than would be guessed from the slight glimpses
one gets of them while sailing past on the river, or from the car
windows. The Multnomah Falls are particularly interesting, and occupy
fern-lined gorges of marvelous beauty in the basalt. They are said to
be about eight hundred feet in height and, at times of high water when
the mountain snows are melting, are well worthy of a place beside the
famous falls of Yosemite Valley.

[Illustration: CAPE HORN, COLUMBIA RIVER]

According to an Indian tradition, the river of the Cascades once flowed
through the basalt beneath a natural bridge that was broken down during
a mountain war, when the old volcanoes, Hood and St. Helen’s, on
opposite sides of the river, hurled rocks at each other, thus forming a
dam. That the river has been dammed here to some extent, and within a
comparatively short period, seems probable, to say the least, since
great numbers of submerged trees standing erect may be found along both
shores, while, as we have seen, the whole river for thirty miles above
the Cascades looks like a lake or mill-pond. On the other hand, it is
held by some that the submerged groves were carried into their places
by immense landslides.

Much of interest in the connection must necessarily be omitted for want
of space. About forty miles below the Cascades the river receives the
Willamette, the last of its great tributaries. It is navigable for
ocean vessels as far as Portland, ten miles above its mouth, and for
river steamers a hundred miles farther. The Falls of the Willamette are
fifteen miles above Portland, where the river, coming out of dense
woods, breaks its way across a bar of black basalt and falls forty feet
in a passion of snowy foam, showing to fine advantage against its
background of evergreens.

Of the fertility and beauty of the Willamette all the world has heard.
It lies between the Cascade and Coast Ranges, and is bounded on the
south by the Calapooya Mountains, a cross-spur that separates it from
the valley of the Umpqua.

It was here the first settlements for agriculture were made and a
provisional government organized, while the settlers, isolated in the
far wilderness, numbered only a few thousand and were laboring under
the opposition of the British Government and the Hudson’s Bay Company.
Eager desire in the acquisition of territory on the part of these
pioneer state-builders was more truly boundless than the wilderness
they were in, and their unconscionable patriotism was equaled only by
their belligerence. For here, while negotiations were pending for the
location of the northern boundary, originated the celebrated
“Fifty-four forty or fight,” about as reasonable a war-cry as the
“North Pole or fight.” Yet sad was the day that brought the news of the
signing of the treaty fixing their boundary along the forty-ninth
parallel, thus leaving the little land-hungry settlement only a mere
quarter-million of miles!

As the Willamette is one of the most foodful of valleys, so is the
Columbia one of the most foodful of rivers. During the fisher’s harvest
time salmon from the sea come in countless millions, urging their way
against falls, rapids, and shallows, up into the very heart of the
Rocky Mountains, supplying everybody by the way with most bountiful
masses of delicious food, weighing from twenty to eighty pounds each,
plump and smooth like loaves of bread ready for the oven. The supply
seems inexhaustible, as well it might. Large quantities were used by
the Indians as fuel, and by the Hudson’s Bay people as manure for their
gardens at the forts. Used, wasted, canned and sent in shiploads to all
the world, a grand harvest was reaped every year while nobody sowed. Of
late, however, the salmon crop has begun to fail, and millions of young
fry are now sown like wheat in the river every year, from hatching
establishments belonging to the Government.

All of the Oregon waters that win their way to the sea are a tributary
to the Columbia, save the short streams of the immediate coast, and the
Umpqua and Rogue Rivers in southern Oregon. These both head in the
Cascade Mountains and find their way to the sea through gaps in the
Coast Range, and both drain large and fertile and beautiful valleys.
Rogue River Valley is peculiarly attractive. With a fine climate, and
kindly, productive soil, the scenery is delightful. About the main,
central open portion of the basin, dotted with picturesque groves of
oak, there are many smaller valleys charmingly environed, the whole
surrounded in the distance by the Siskiyou, Coast, Umpqua, and Cascade
Mountains. Besides the cereals nearly every sort of fruit flourishes
here, and large areas are being devoted to peach, apricot, nectarine,
and vine culture. To me it seems above all others the garden valley of
Oregon and the most delightful place for a home. On the eastern rim of
the valley, in the Cascade Mountains, about sixty miles from Medford in
a direct line, is the remarkable Crater Lake, usually regarded as the
one grand wonder of the region. It lies in a deep, sheer-walled basin
about seven thousand feet above the level of the sea, supposed to be
the crater of an extinct volcano.

Oregon as it is today is a very young country, though most of it seems
old. Contemplating the Columbia sweeping from forest to forest, across
plain and desert, one is led to say of it, as did Byron of the ocean,—

“Such as Creation’s dawn beheld, thou rollest now.”


How ancient appear the crumbling basaltic monuments along its banks,
and the gray plains to the east of the Cascades! Nevertheless, the
river as well as its basin in anything like their present condition are
comparatively but of yesterday. Looming no further back in the
geological records than the Tertiary Period, the Oregon of that time
looks altogether strange in the few suggestive glimpses we may get of
it—forests in which palm trees wave their royal crowns, and strange
animals roaming beneath them or about the reedy margins of lakes, the
oreodon, the lophiodon, and several extinct species of the horse, the
camel, and other animals.

Then came the fire period with its darkening showers of ashes and
cinders and its vast floods of molten lava, making quite another Oregon
from the fair and fertile land of the preceding era. And again, while
yet the volcanic fires show signs of action in the smoke and flame of
the higher mountains, the whole region passes under the dominion of
ice, and from the frost and darkness and death of the Glacial Period,
Oregon has but recently emerged to the kindly warmth and life of today.




XXIV. The Grand Cañon of the Colorado


Happy nowadays is the tourist, with earth’s wonders, new and old,
spread invitingly open before him, and a host of able workers as his
slaves making everything easy, padding plush about him, grading roads
for him, boring tunnels, moving hills out of his way, eager, like the
Devil, to show him all the kingdoms of the world and their glory and
foolishness, spiritualizing travel for him with lightning and steam,
abolishing space and time and almost everything else. Little children
and tender, pulpy people, as well as storm-seasoned explorers, may now
go almost everywhere in smooth comfort, cross oceans and deserts scarce
accessible to fishes and birds, and, dragged by steel horses, go up
high mountains, riding gloriously beneath starry showers of sparks,
ascending like Elijah in a whirlwind and chariot of fire.

First of the wonders of the great West to be brought within reach of
the tourist were the Yosemite and the Big Trees, on the completion of
the first transcontinental railway; next came the Yellowstone and icy
Alaska, by the northern roads; and last the Grand Cañon of the
Colorado, which, naturally the hardest to reach, has now become, by a
branch of the Santa Fé, the most accessible of all.

Of course, with this wonderful extension of steel ways through our
wildness there is loss as well as gain. Nearly all railroads are
bordered by belts of desolation. The finest wilderness perishes as if
stricken with pestilence. Bird and beast people, if not the dryads, are
frightened from the groves. Too often the groves also vanish, leaving
nothing but ashes. Fortunately, nature has a few big places beyond
man’s power to spoil—the ocean, the two icy ends of the globe, and the
Grand Cañon.

[Illustration: THE GRAND CAÑON AT O’NEILL’S POINT]

When I first heard of the Santa Fé trains running to the edge of the
Grand Cañon of Arizona, I was troubled with thoughts of the
disenchantment likely to follow. But last winter, when I saw those
trains crawling along through the pines of the Coconino Forest and
close up to the brink of the chasm at Bright Angel, I was glad to
discover that in the presence of such stupendous scenery they are
nothing. The locomotives and trains are mere beetles and caterpillars,
and the noise they make is as little disturbing as the hooting of an
owl in the lonely woods.

In a dry, hot, monotonous forested plateau, seemingly boundless, you
come suddenly and without warning upon the abrupt edge of a gigantic
sunken landscape of the wildest, most multitudinous features, and those
features, sharp and angular, are made out of flat beds of limestone and
sandstone forming a spiry, jagged, gloriously colored mountain range
countersunk in a level gray plain. It is a hard job to sketch it even
in scrawniest outline; and, try as I may, not in the least sparing
myself, I cannot tell the hundredth part of the wonders of its
features—the side cañons, gorges, alcoves, cloisters, and amphitheaters
of vast sweep and depth, carved in its magnificent walls; the throng of
great architectural rocks it contains resembling castles, cathedrals,
temples, and palaces, towered and spired and painted, some of them
nearly a mile high, yet beneath one’s feet. All this, however, is less
difficult than to give any idea of the impression of wild, primeval
beauty and power one receives in merely gazing from its brink. The view
down the gulf of color and over the rim of its wonderful wall, more
than any other view I know, leads us to think of our earth as a star
with stars swimming in light, every radiant spire pointing the way to
the heavens.

But it is impossible to conceive what the cañon is, or what impression
it makes, from descriptions or pictures, however good. Naturally it is
untellable even to those who have seen something perhaps a little like
it on a small scale in this same plateau region. One’s most extravagant
expectations are indefinitely surpassed, though one expects much from
what is said of it as “the biggest chasm on earth”—“so big is it that
all other big things—Yosemite, the Yellowstone, the Pyramids,
Chicago—all would be lost if tumbled into it.” Naturally enough,
illustrations as to size are sought for among other cañons like or
unlike it, with the common result of worse confounding confusion. The
prudent keep silence. It was once said that the “Grand Cañon could put
a dozen Yosemites in its vest pocket.”

The justly famous Grand Cañon of the Yellowstone is, like the Colorado,
gorgeously colored and abruptly countersunk in a plateau, and both are
mainly the work of water. But the Colorado’s cañon is more than a
thousand times larger, and as a score or two of new buildings of
ordinary size would not appreciably change the general view of a great
city, so hundreds of Yellowstones might be eroded in the sides of the
Colorado Cañon without noticeably augmenting its size or the richness
of its sculpture.

But it is not true that the great Yosemite rocks would be thus lost or
hidden. Nothing of their kind in the world, so far as I know, rivals El
Capitan and Tissiack, much less dwarfs or in any way belittles them.
None of the sandstone or limestone precipices of the cañon that I have
seen or heard of approaches in smooth, flawless strength and grandeur
the granite face of El Capitan or the Tenaya side of Cloud’s Rest.
These colossal cliffs, types of permanence, are about three thousand
and six thousand feet high; those of the cañon that are sheer are about
half as high, and are types of fleeting change; while glorious-domed
Tissiack, noblest of mountain buildings, far from being overshadowed or
lost in this rosy, spiry cañon company, would draw every eye, and, in
serene majesty, “aboon them a’” she would take her place—castle,
temple, palace, or tower. Nevertheless a noted writer, comparing the
Grand Cañon in a general way with the glacial Yosemite, says: “And the
Yosemite—ah, the lovely Yosemite! Dumped down into the wilderness of
gorges and mountains, it would take a guide who knew of its existence a
long time to find it.” This is striking, and shows up well above the
levels of commonplace description, but it is confusing, and has the
fatal fault of not being true. As well try to describe an eagle by
putting a lark in it. “And the lark—ah, the lovely lark! Dumped down
the red, royal gorge of the eagle, it would be hard to find.” Each in
its own place is better, singing at heaven’s gate, and sailing the sky
with the clouds.

Every feature of Nature’s big face is beautiful,—height and hollow,
wrinkle, furrow, and line,—and this is the main master-furrow of its
kind on our continent, incomparably greater and more impressive than
any other yet discovered, or likely to be discovered, now that all the
great rivers have been traced to their heads.

The Colorado River rises in the heart of the continent on the dividing
ranges and ridges between the two oceans, drains thousands of snowy
mountains through narrow or spacious valleys, and thence through cañons
of every color, sheer-walled and deep, all of which seem to be
represented in this one grand cañon of cañons.

It is very hard to give anything like an adequate conception of its
size; much more of its color, its vast wall-sculpture, the wealth of
ornate architectural buildings that fill it, or, most of all, the
tremendous impression it makes. According to Major Powell, it is about
two hundred and seventeen miles long, from five to fifteen miles wide
from rim to rim, and from about five thousand to six thousand feet
deep. So tremendous a chasm would be one of the world’s greatest
wonders even if, like ordinary cañons cut in sedimentary rocks, it were
empty and its walls were simple. But instead of being plain, the walls
are so deeply and elaborately carved into all sorts of
recesses—alcoves, cirques, amphitheaters, and side cañons—that, were
you to trace the rim closely around on both sides, your journey would
be nearly a thousand miles long. Into all these recesses the level,
continuous beds of rock in ledges and benches, with their various
colors, run like broad ribbons, marvelously beautiful and effective
even at a distance of ten or twelve miles. And the vast space these
glorious walls enclose, instead of being empty, is crowded with
gigantic architectural rock forms gorgeously colored and adorned with
towers and spires like works of art.

Looking down from this level plateau, we are more impressed with a
feeling of being on the top of everything than when looking from the
summit of a mountain. From side to side of the vast gulf, temples,
palaces, towers, and spires come soaring up in thick array half a mile
or nearly a mile above their sunken, hidden bases, some to a level with
our standpoint, but none higher. And in the inspiring morning light all
are so fresh and rosy-looking that they seem new-born; as if, like the
quick-growing crimson snowplants of the California woods, they had just
sprung up, hatched by the warm, brooding, motherly weather.

In trying to describe the great pines and sequoias of the Sierra, I
have often thought that if one of these trees could be set by itself in
some city park, its grandeur might there be impressively realized;
while in its home forests, where all magnitudes are great, the weary,
satiated traveler sees none of them truly. It is so with these majestic
rock structures.

Though mere residual masses of the plateau, they are dowered with the
grandeur and repose of mountains, together with the finely chiseled
carving and modeling of man’s temples and palaces, and often, to a
considerable extent, with their symmetry. Some, closely observed, look
like ruins; but even these stand plumb and true, and show architectural
forms loaded with lines strictly regular and decorative, and all are
arrayed in colors that storms and time seem only to brighten. They are
not placed in regular rows in line with the river, but “a’ through
ither,” as the Scotch say, in lavish, exuberant crowds, as if nature in
wildest extravagance held her bravest structures as common as
gravel-piles. Yonder stands a spiry cathedral nearly five thousand feet
in height, nobly symmetrical, with sheer buttressed walls and arched
doors and windows, as richly finished and decorated with sculptures as
the great rock temples of India or Egypt. Beside it rises a huge castle
with arched gateway, turrets, watch-towers, ramparts, etc., and to
right and left palaces, obelisks, and pyramids fairly fill the gulf,
all colossal and all lavishly painted and carved. Here and there a
flat-topped structure may be seen, or one imperfectly domed; but the
prevailing style is ornate Gothic, with many hints of Egyptian and
Indian.

Throughout this vast extent of wild architecture—nature’s own capital
city—there seem to be no ordinary dwellings. All look like grand and
important public structures, except perhaps some of the lower pyramids,
broad-based and sharp-pointed, covered with down-flowing talus like
loosely set tents with hollow, sagging sides. The roofs often have
disintegrated rocks heaped and draggled over them, but in the main the
masonry is firm and laid in regular courses, as if done by square and
rule.

Nevertheless they are ever changing; their tops are now a dome, now a
flat table or a spire, as harder or softer strata are reached in their
slow degradation, while the sides, with all their fine moldings, are
being steadily undermined and eaten away. But no essential change in
style or color is thus effected. From century to century they stand the
same. What seems confusion among the rough earthquake-shaken crags
nearest one comes to order as soon as the main plan of the various
structures appears. Every building, however complicated and laden with
ornamental lines, is at one with itself and every one of its neighbors,
for the same characteristic controlling belts of color and solid strata
extend with wonderful constancy for very great distances, and pass
through and give style to thousands of separate structures, however
their smaller characters may vary.

Of all the various kinds of ornamental work displayed—carving, tracery
on cliff faces, moldings, arches, pinnacles—none is more admirably
effective or charms more than the webs of rain-channeled taluses.
Marvelously extensive, without the slightest appearance of waste or
excess, they cover roofs and dome tops and the base of every cliff,
belt each spire and pyramid and massy, towering temple, and in
beautiful continuous lines go sweeping along the great walls in and out
around all the intricate system of side cañons, amphitheaters, cirques,
and scallops into which they are sculptured. From one point hundreds of
miles of the fairy embroidery may be traced. It is all so fine and
orderly that it would seem that not only had the clouds and streams
been kept harmoniously busy in the making of it, but that every
raindrop sent like a bullet to a mark had been the subject of a
separate thought, so sure is the outcome of beauty through the stormy
centuries. Surely nowhere else are there illustrations so striking of
the natural beauty of desolation and death, so many of nature’s own
mountain buildings wasting in glory of high desert air—going to dust.
See how steadfast in beauty they all are in their going. Look again and
again how the rough, dusty boulders and sand of disintegration from the
upper ledges wreathe in beauty for ashes—as in the flowers of a prairie
after fires—but here the very dust and ashes are beautiful.

Gazing across the mighty chasm, we at last discover that it is not its
great depth nor length, nor yet these wonderful buildings, that most
impresses us. It is its immense width, sharply defined by precipitous
walls plunging suddenly down from a flat plain, declaring in terms
instantly apprehended that the vast gulf is a gash in the once unbroken
plateau, made by slow, orderly erosion and removal of huge beds of
rocks. Other valleys of erosion are as great—in all their dimensions
some are greater—but none of these produces an effect on the
imagination at once so quick and profound, coming without study, given
at a glance. Therefore by far the greatest and most influential feature
of this view from Bright Angel or any other of the cañon views is the
opposite wall. Of the one beneath our feet we see only fragmentary
sections in cirques and amphitheaters and on the sides of the
out-jutting promontories between them, while the other, though far
distant, is beheld in all its glory of color and noble proportions—the
one supreme beauty and wonder to which the eye is ever turning. For
while charming with its beauty it tells the story of the stupendous
erosion of the cañon—the foundation of the unspeakable impression made
on everybody. It seems a gigantic statement for even nature to make,
all in one mighty stone word, apprehended at once like a burst of
light, celestial color its natural vesture, coming in glory to mind and
heart as to a home prepared for it from the very beginning. Wildness so
godful, cosmic, primeval, bestows a new sense of earth’s beauty and
size. Not even from high mountains does the world seem so wide, so like
a star in glory of light on its way through the heavens.

I have observed scenery-hunters of all sorts getting first views of
yosemites, glaciers, White Mountain ranges, etc. Mixed with the
enthusiasm which such scenery naturally excites, there is often weak
gushing, and many splutter aloud like little waterfalls. Here, for a
few moments at least, there is silence, and all are in dead earnest, as
if awed and hushed by an earthquake—perhaps until the cook cries
“Breakfast!” or the stable-boy “Horses are ready!” Then the poor
unfortunates, slaves of regular habits, turn quickly away, gasping and
muttering as if wondering where they had been and what had enchanted
them.

Roads have been made from Bright Angel Hotel through the Coconino
Forest to the ends of outstanding promontories, commanding extensive
views up and down the cañon. The nearest of them, three or four miles
east and west, are O’Neill’s Point and Rowe’s Point; the latter,
besides commanding the eternally interesting cañon, gives wide-sweeping
views southeast and west over the dark forest roof to the San Francisco
and Mount Trumbull volcanoes—the bluest of mountains over the blackest
of level woods.

Instead of thus riding in dust with the crowd, more will be gained by
going quietly afoot along the rim at different times of day and night,
free to observe the vegetation, the fossils in the rocks, the seams
beneath overhanging ledges once inhabited by Indians, and to watch the
stupendous scenery in the changing lights and shadows, clouds, showers,
and storms. One need not go hunting the so-called “points of interest.”
The verge anywhere, everywhere, is a point of interest beyond one’s
wildest dreams.

As yet, few of the promontories or throng of mountain buildings in the
cañon are named. Nor among such exuberance of forms are names thought
of by the bewildered, hurried tourist. He would be as likely to think
of names for waves in a storm. The Eastern and Western Cloisters, Hindu
Amphitheater, Cape Royal, Powell’s Plateau, Grand View Point, Point
Sublime, Bissell and Moran Points, the Temple of Set, Vishnu’s Temple,
Shiva’s Temple, Twin Temples, Tower of Babel, Hance’s Column—these
fairly good names given by Dutton, Holmes, Moran, and others are
scattered over a large stretch of the cañon wilderness.

All the cañon rock-beds are lavishly painted, except a few neutral bars
and the granite notch at the bottom occupied by the river, which makes
but little sign. It is a vast wilderness of rocks in a sea of light,
colored and glowing like oak and maple woods in autumn, when the
sun-gold is richest. I have just said that it is impossible to learn
what the cañon is like from descriptions and pictures. Powell’s and
Dutton’s descriptions present magnificent views not only of the cañon
but of all the grand region round about it; and Holmes’s drawings,
accompanying Dutton’s report, are wonderfully good. Surely faithful and
loving skill can go no farther in putting the multitudinous decorated
forms on paper. But the _colors_, the living rejoicing _colors_,
chanting morning and evening in chorus to heaven! Whose brush or
pencil, however lovingly inspired, can give us these? And if paint is
of no effect, what hope lies in pen-work? Only this: some may be
incited by it to go and see for themselves.

No other range of mountainous rock-work of anything like the same
extent have I seen that is so strangely, boldly, lavishly colored. The
famous Yellowstone Cañon below the falls comes to mind; but, wonderful
as it is, and well deserved as is its fame, compared with this it is
only a bright rainbow ribbon at the roots of the pines. Each of the
series of level, continuous beds of carboniferous rocks of the cañon
has, as we have seen, its own characteristic color. The summit
limestone beds are pale yellow; next below these are the beautiful
rose-colored cross-bedded sandstones; next there are a thousand feet of
brilliant red sandstones; and below these the red wall limestones, over
two thousand feet thick, rich massy red, the greatest and most
influential of the series, and forming the main color-fountain. Between
these are many neutral-tinted beds. The prevailing colors are
wonderfully deep and clear, changing and blending with varying
intensity from hour to hour, day to day, season to season; throbbing,
wavering, glowing, responding to every passing cloud or storm, a world
of color in itself, now burning in separate rainbow bars streaked and
blotched with shade, now glowing in one smooth, all-pervading ethereal
radiance like the alpenglow, uniting the rocky world with the heavens.

The dawn, as in all the pure, dry desert country is ineffably
beautiful; and when the first level sunbeams sting the domes and
spires, with what a burst of power the big, wild days begin! The dead
and the living, rocks and hearts alike, awake and sing the new-old song
of creation. All the massy headlands and salient angles of the walls,
and the multitudinous temples and palaces, seem to catch the light at
once, and cast thick black shadows athwart hollow and gorge, bringing
out details as well as the main massive features of the architecture;
while all the rocks, as if wild with life, throb and quiver and glow in
the glorious sunburst, rejoicing. Every rock temple then becomes a
temple of music; every spire and pinnacle an angel of light and song,
shouting color hallelujahs.

As the day draws to a close, shadows, wondrous, black, and thick, like
those of the morning, fill up the wall hollows, while the glowing
rocks, their rough angles burned off, seem soft and hot to the heart as
they stand submerged in purple haze, which now fills the cañon like a
sea. Still deeper, richer, more divine grow the great walls and
temples, until in the supreme flaming glory of sunset the whole cañon
is transfigured, as if all the life and light of centuries of sunshine
stored up and condensed in the rocks was now being poured forth as from
one glorious fountain, flooding both earth and sky.

Strange to say, in the full white effulgence of the midday hours the
bright colors grow dim and terrestrial in common gray haze; and the
rocks, after the manner of mountains, seem to crouch and drowse and
shrink to less than half their real stature, and have nothing to say to
one, as if not at home. But it is fine to see how quickly they come to
life and grow radiant and communicative as soon as a band of white
clouds come floating by. As if shouting for joy, they seem to spring up
to meet them in hearty salutation, eager to touch them and beg their
blessings. It is just in the midst of these dull midday hours that the
cañon clouds are born.

A good storm cloud full of lightning and rain on its way to its work on
a sunny desert day is a glorious object. Across the cañon, opposite the
hotel, is a little tributary of the Colorado called Bright Angel Creek.
A fountain-cloud still better deserves the name “Angel of the Desert
Wells”—clad in bright plumage, carrying cool shade and living water to
countless animals and plants ready to perish, noble in form and
gesture, seeming able for anything, pouring life-giving, wonder-working
floods from its alabaster fountains, as if some sky-lake had broken. To
every gulch and gorge on its favorite ground is given a passionate
torrent, roaring, replying to the rejoicing lightning—stones, tons in
weight, hurrying away as if frightened, showing something of the way
Grand Cañon work is done. Most of the fertile summer clouds of the
cañon are of this sort, massive, swelling cumuli, growing rapidly,
displaying delicious tones of purple and gray in the hollows of their
sun-beaten houses, showering favored areas of the heated landscape, and
vanishing in an hour or two. Some, busy and thoughtful-looking, glide
with beautiful motion along the middle of the cañon in flocks, turning
aside here and there, lingering as if studying the needs of particular
spots, exploring side cañons, peering into hollows like birds seeding
nest-places, or hovering aloft on outspread wings. They scan all the
red wilderness, dispensing their blessings of cool shadows and rain
where the need is the greatest, refreshing the rocks, their offspring
as well as the vegetation, continuing their sculpture, deepening gorges
and sharpening peaks. Sometimes, blending all together, they weave a
ceiling from rim to rim, perhaps opening a window here and there for
sunshine to stream through, suddenly lighting some palace or temple and
making it flare in the rain as if on fire.

Sometimes, as one sits gazing from a high, jutting promontory, the sky
all clear, showing not the slightest wisp or penciling, a bright band
of cumuli will appear suddenly, coming up the cañon in single file, as
if tracing a well-known trail, passing in review, each in turn darting
its lances and dropping its shower, making a row of little vertical
rivers in the air above the big brown one. Others seem to grow from
mere points, and fly high above the cañon, yet following its course for
a long time, noiseless, as if hunting, then suddenly darting lightning
at unseen marks, and hurrying on. Or they loiter here and there as if
idle, like laborers out of work, waiting to be hired.

Half a dozen or more showers may oftentimes be seen falling at once,
while far the greater part of the sky is in sunshine, and not a
raindrop comes nigh one. These thundershowers from as many separate
clouds, looking like wisps of long hair, may vary greatly in effects.
The pale, faint streaks are showers that fail to reach the ground,
being evaporated on the way down through the dry, thirsty air, like
streams in deserts. Many, on the other hand, which in the distance seem
insignificant, are really heavy rain, however local; these are the gray
wisps well zigzagged with lightning. The darker ones are torrent rain,
which on broad, steep slopes of favorable conformation give rise to
so-called “cloudbursts”; and wonderful is the commotion they cause. The
gorges and gulches below them, usually dry, break out in loud uproar,
with a sudden downrush of muddy, boulder-laden floods. Down they all go
in one simultaneous gush, roaring like lions rudely awakened, each of
the tawny brood actually kicking up a dust at the first onset.

During the winter months snow falls over all the high plateau, usually
to a considerable depth, whitening the rim and the roofs of the cañon
buildings. But last winter, when I arrived at Bright Angel in the
middle of January, there was no snow in sight, and the ground was dry,
greatly to my disappointment, for I had made the trip mainly to see the
cañon in its winter garb. Soothingly I was informed that this was an
exceptional season, and that the good snow might arrive at any time.
After waiting a few days, I gladly hailed a broad-browed cloud coming
grandly on from the west in big promising blackness, very unlike the
white sailors of the summer skies. Under the lee of a rim-ledge, with
another snow-lover, I watched its movements as it took possession of
the cañon and all the adjacent region in sight. Trailing its gray
fringes over the spiry tops of the great temples and towers, it
gradually settled lower, embracing them all with ineffable kindness and
gentleness of touch, and fondled the little cedars and pines as they
quivered eagerly in the wind like young birds begging their mothers to
feed them. The first flakes and crystals began to fly about noon,
sweeping straight up the middle of the cañon, and swirling in
magnificent eddies along the sides. Gradually the hearty swarms closed
their ranks, and all the cañon was lost in gray bloom except a short
section of the wall and a few trees beside us, which looked glad with
snow in their needles and about their feet as they leaned out over the
gulf. Suddenly the storm opened with magical effect to the north over
the cañon of Bright Angel Creek, inclosing a sunlit mass of the cañon
architecture, spanned by great white concentric arches of cloud like
the bows of a silvery aurora. Above these and a little back of them was
a series of upboiling purple clouds, and high above all, in the
background, a range of noble cumuli towered aloft like snow-laden
mountains, their pure pearl bosses flooded with sunshine. The whole
noble picture, calmly glowing, was framed in thick gray gloom, which
soon closed over it; and the storm went on, opening and closing until
night covered all.

Two days later, when we were on a jutting point about eighteen miles
east of Bright Angel and one thousand feet higher, we enjoyed another
storm of equal glory as to cloud effects, though only a few inches of
snow fell. Before the storm began we had a magnificent view of this
grander upper part of the cañon and also of the Coconino Forest and the
Painted Desert. The march of the clouds with their storm banners flying
over this sublime landscape was unspeakably glorious, and so also was
the breaking up of the storm next morning—the mingling of silver-capped
rock, sunshine, and cloud.

Most tourists make out to be in a hurry even here; therefore their days
or hours would be best spent on the promontories nearest the hotel. Yet
a surprising number go down the Bright Angel Trail to the brink of the
inner gloomy granite gorge overlooking the river. Deep cañons attract
like high mountains; the deeper they are, the more surely are we drawn
into them. On foot, of course, there is no danger whatever, and, with
ordinary precautions, but little on animals. In comfortable tourist
faith, unthinking, unfearing, down go men, women, and children on
whatever is offered, horse, mule, or burro, as if saying with Jean
Paul, “fear nothing but fear”—not without reason, for these cañon
trails down the stairways of the gods are less dangerous than they
seem, less dangerous than home stairs. The guides are cautious, and so
are the experienced, much-enduring beasts. The scrawniest Rosinantes
and wizened-rat mules cling hard to the rocks endwise or sidewise, like
lizards or ants. From terrace to terrace, climate to climate, down one
creeps in sun and shade, through gorge and gully and grassy ravine,
and, after a long scramble on foot, at last beneath the mighty cliffs
one comes to the grand, roaring river.

To the mountaineer the depth of the cañon, from five thousand to six
thousand feet, will not seem so very wonderful, for he has often
explored others that are about as deep. But the most experienced will
be awestruck by the vast extent of huge rock monuments of pointed
masonry built up in regular courses towering above, beneath, and round
about him. By the Bright Angel Trail the last fifteen hundred feet of
the descent to the river has to be made afoot down the gorge of Indian
Garden Creek. Most of the visitors do not like this part, and are
content to stop at the end of the horse trail and look down on the
dull-brown flood from the edge of the Indian Garden Plateau. By the new
Hance Trail, excepting a few daringly steep spots, you can ride all the
way to the river, where there is a good spacious camp-ground in a
mesquite grove. This trail, built by brave Hance, begins on the highest
part of the rim, eight thousand feet above the sea, a thousand feet
higher than the head of Bright Angel Trail, and the descent is a little
over six thousand feet, through a wonderful variety of climate and
life. Often late in the fall, when frosty winds are blowing and snow is
flying at one end of the trail, tender plants are blooming in balmy
summer weather at the other. The trip down and up can be made afoot
easily in a day. In this way one is free to observe the scenery and
vegetation, instead of merely clinging to his animal and watching its
steps. But all who have time should go prepared to camp awhile on the
riverbank, to rest and learn something about the plants and animals and
the mighty flood roaring past. In cool, shady amphitheaters at the head
of the trail there are groves of white silver fir and Douglas spruce,
with ferns and saxifrages that recall snowy mountains; below these,
yellow pine, nut pine, juniper, hop-hornbeam, ash, maple, holly-leaved
berberis, cowania, spiraea, dwarf oak, and other small shrubs and
trees. In dry gulches and on taluses and sun-beaten crags are sparsely
scattered yuccas, cactuses, agave, etc. Where springs gush from the
rocks there are willow thickets, grassy flats, and bright, flowery
gardens, and in the hottest recesses the delicate abronia, mesquite,
woody compositae, and arborescent cactuses.

The most striking and characteristic part of this widely varied
vegetation are the cactaceae—strange, leafless, old-fashioned plants
with beautiful flowers and fruit, in every way able and admirable.
While grimly defending themselves with innumerable barbed spears, they
offer both food and drink to man and beast. Their juicy globes and
disks and fluted cylindrical columns are almost the only desert wells
that never go dry, and they always seem to rejoice the more and grow
plumper and juicier the hotter the sunshine and sand. Some are
spherical, like rolled-up porcupines, crouching in rock-hollows beneath
a mist of gray lances, unmoved by the wildest winds. Others, standing
as erect as bushes and trees or tall branchless pillars crowned with
magnificent flowers, their prickly armor sparkling, look boldly abroad
over the glaring desert, making the strangest forests ever seen or
dreamed of. _Cereus giganteus_, the grim chief of the desert tribe, is
often thirty or forty feet high in southern Arizona. Several species of
tree yuccas in the same desert, laden in early spring with superb white
lilies, form forests hardly less wonderful, though here they grow
singly or in small lonely groves. The low, almost stemless _Yucca
baccata_, with beautiful lily flowers and sweet banana-like fruit,
prized by the Indians, is common along the cañon rim, growing on lean,
rocky soil beneath mountain mahogany, nut pines, and junipers, beside
dense flowery mats of _Spiræa cæspitosa_ and the beautiful
pinnate-leaved _Spiræa millefolia_. The nut pine (_Pinus edulis_)
scattered along the upper slopes and roofs of the cañon buildings, is
the principal tree of the strange dwarf Coconino Forest. It is a
picturesque stub of a pine about twenty-five feet high, usually with
dead, lichened limbs thrust through its rounded head, and grows on
crags and fissured rock tables, braving heat and frost, snow and
drought, and continuing patiently, faithfully fruitful for centuries.
Indians and insects and almost every desert bird and beast come to it
to be fed.

To civilized people from corn and cattle and wheat-field countries the
cañon at first sight seems as uninhabitable as a glacier crevasse,
utterly silent and barren. Nevertheless it is the home of the multitude
of our fellow-mortals, men as well as animals and plants. Centuries ago
it was inhabited by tribes of Indians, who, long before Columbus saw
America, built thousands of stone houses in its crags, and large ones,
some of them several stories high, with hundreds of rooms, on the mesas
of the adjacent regions. Their cliff-dwellings, almost numberless, are
still to be seen in the cañon, scattered along both sides from top to
bottom and throughout its entire length, built of stone and mortar in
seams and fissures like swallows’ nests, or on isolated ridges and
peaks. The ruins of larger buildings are found on open spots by the
river, but most of them aloft on the brink of the wildest, giddiest
precipices, sites evidently chosen for safety from enemies, and
seemingly accessible only to the birds of the air. Many caves were also
used as dwelling-places, as were mere seams on cliff-fronts formed by
unequal weathering and with or without outer or side walls; and some of
them were covered with colored pictures of animals. The most
interesting of these cliff-dwellings had pathetic little ribbon-like
strips of garden on narrow terraces, where irrigating water could be
carried to them—most romantic of sky-gardens, but eloquent of hard
times.

In recesses along the river and on the first plateau flats above its
gorge were fields and gardens of considerable size, where irrigating
ditches may still be traced. Some of these ancient gardens are still
cultivated by Indians, descendants of cliff-dwellers, who raise corn,
squashes, melons, potatoes, etc., to reinforce the produce of the many
wild food-furnishing plants—nuts, beans, berries, yucca and cactus
fruits, grass and sunflower seeds, etc.—and the flesh of animals—deer,
rabbits, lizards, etc. The cañon Indians I have met here seem to be
living much as did their ancestors, though not now driven into
rock-dens. They are able, erect men, with commanding eyes, which
nothing that they wish to see can escape. They are never in a hurry,
have a strikingly measured, deliberate, bearish manner of moving the
limbs and turning the head, are capable of enduring weather, thirst,
hunger, and over-abundance, and are blessed with stomachs which triumph
over everything the wilderness may offer. Evidently their lives are not
bitter.

The largest of the cañon animals one is likely to see is the wild
sheep, or Rocky Mountain bighorn, a most admirable beast, with limbs
that never fail, at home on the most nerve-trying precipices,
acquainted with all the springs and passes and broken-down jumpable
places in the sheer ribbon cliffs, bounding from crag to crag in easy
grace and confidence of strength, his great horns held high above his
shoulders, wild red blood beating and hissing through every fiber of
him like the wind through a quivering mountain pine.

Deer also are occasionally met in the cañon, making their way to the
river when the wells of the plateau are dry. Along the short spring
streams beavers are still busy, as is shown by the cottonwood and
willow timber they have cut and peeled, found in all the river
drift-heaps. In the most barren cliffs and gulches there dwell a
multitude of lesser animals, well-dressed, clear-eyed, happy little
beasts—wood rats, kangaroo rats, gophers, wood mice, skunks, rabbits,
bobcats, and many others, gathering food, or dozing in their sun-warmed
dens. Lizards, too, of every kind and color are here enjoying life on
the hot cliffs, and making the brightest of them brighter.

Nor is there any lack of feathered people. The golden eagle may be
seen, and the osprey, hawks, jays, hummingbirds, the mourning dove, and
cheery familiar singers—the black-headed grosbeak, robin, bluebird,
Townsend’s thrush, and many warblers, sailing the sky and enlivening
the rocks and bushes through all the cañon wilderness.

Here at Hance’s river camp or a few miles above it brave Powell and his
brave men passed their first night in the cañon on the adventurous
voyage of discovery thirty-three[34] years ago. They faced a thousand
dangers, open or hidden, now in their boats gladly sliding down swift,
smooth reaches, now rolled over and over in back-combing surges of
rough, roaring cataracts, sucked under in eddies, swimming like
beavers, tossed and beaten like castaway drift—stout-hearted,
undaunted, doing their work through it all. After a month of this they
floated smoothly out of the dark, gloomy, roaring abyss into light and
safety two hundred miles below. As the flood rushes past us,
heavy-laden with desert mud, we naturally think of its sources, its
countless silvery branches outspread on thousands of snowy mountains
along the crest of the continent, and the life of them, the beauty of
them, their history and romance. Its topmost springs are far north and
east in Wyoming and Colorado, on the snowy Wind River, Front, Park, and
Sawatch Ranges, dividing the two ocean waters, and the Elk, Wahsatch,
Uinta, and innumerable spurs streaked with streams, made famous by
early explorers and hunters. It is a river of rivers—the Du Chesne, San
Rafael, Yampa, Dolores, Gunnison, Cochetopa, Uncompahgre, Eagle, and
Roaring Rivers, the Green and the Grand, and scores of others with
branches innumerable, as mad and glad a band as ever sang on mountains,
descending in glory of foam and spray from snow-banks and glaciers
through their rocky moraine-dammed, beaver-dammed channels. Then, all
emerging from dark balsam and pine woods and coming together, they
meander through wide, sunny park valleys, and at length enter the great
plateau and flow in deep cañons, the beginning of the system
culminating in this grand cañon of cañons.

Our warm cañon camp is also a good place to give a thought to the
glaciers which still exist at the heads of the highest tributaries.
Some of them are of considerable size, especially those on the Wind
River and Sawatch ranges in Wyoming and Colorado. They are remnants of
a vast system of glaciers which recently covered the upper part of the
Colorado basin, sculptured its peaks, ridges, and valleys to their
present forms, and extended far out over the plateau region—how far I
cannot now say. It appears, therefore, that, however old the main trunk
of the Colorado may be, all its widespread upper branches and the
landscapes they flow through are new-born, scarce at all changed as yet
in any important feature since they first came to light at the close of
the Glacial Period.

The so-called Grand Colorado Plateau, of which the Grand Cañon is only
one of the well-proportioned features, extends with a breadth of
hundreds of miles from the flanks of the Wahsatch and Park Mountains to
the south of the San Francisco Peaks. Immediately to the north of the
deepest part of the cañon it rises in a series of subordinate plateaus,
diversified with green meadows, marshes, bogs, ponds, forests, and
grovy park valleys, a favorite Indian hunting ground, inhabited by elk,
deer, beaver, etc. But far the greater part of the plateau is good
sound desert, rocky, sandy, or fluffy with loose ashes and dust,
dissected in some places into a labyrinth of stream-channel chasms like
cracks in a dry clay-bed, or the narrow slit crevasses of
glaciers—blackened with lava flows, dotted with volcanoes and beautiful
buttes, and lined with long continuous escarpments—a vast bed of
sediments of an ancient sea-bottom, still nearly as level as when first
laid down after being heaved into the sky a mile or two high.

Walking quietly about in the alleys and byways of the Grand Cañon city,
we learn something of the way it was made; and all must admire effects
so great from means apparently so simple; rain striking light hammer
blows or heavier in streams, with many rest Sundays; soft air and
light, gentle sappers and miners, toiling forever; the big river sawing
the plateau asunder, carrying away the eroded and ground waste, and
exposing the edges of the strata to the weather; rain torrents sawing
cross-streets and alleys, exposing the strata in the same way in
hundreds of sections, the softer, less resisting beds weathering and
receding faster, thus undermining the harder beds, which fall, not only
in small weathered particles, but in heavy sheer-cleaving masses,
assisted down from time to time by kindly earthquakes, rain torrents
rushing the fallen material to the river, keeping the wall rocks
constantly exposed. Thus the cañon grows wider and deeper. So also do
the side cañons and amphitheaters, while secondary gorges and cirques
gradually isolate masses of the promontories, forming new buildings,
all of which are being weathered and pulled and shaken down while being
built, showing destruction and creation as one. We see the proudest
temples and palaces in stateliest attitudes, wearing their sheets of
detritus as royal robes, shedding off showers of red and yellow stones
like trees in autumn shedding their leaves, going to dust like
beautiful days to night, proclaiming as with the tongues of angels the
natural beauty of death.

Every building is seen to be a remnant of once continuous beds of
sediments,—sand and slime on the floor of an ancient sea, and filled
with the remains of animals,—and every particle of the sandstones and
limestones of these wonderful structures to be derived from other
landscapes, weathered and rolled and ground in the storms and streams
of other ages. And when we examine the escarpments, hills, buttes, and
other monumental masses of the plateau on either side of the cañon, we
discover that an amount of material has been carried off in the general
denudation of the region compared with which even that carried away in
the making of the Grand Cañon is as nothing. Thus each wonder in sight
becomes a window through which other wonders come to view. In no other
part of this continent are the wonders of geology, the records of the
world’s auld lang syne, more widely opened, or displayed in higher
piles. The whole cañon is a mine of fossils, in which five thousand
feet of horizontal strata are exposed in regular succession over more
than a thousand square miles of wall-space, and on the adjacent plateau
region there is another series of beds twice as thick, forming a grand
geological library—a collection of stone books covering thousands of
miles of shelving, tier on tier, conveniently arranged for the student.
And with what wonderful scriptures are their pages filled—myriad forms
of successive floras and faunas, lavishly illustrated with colored
drawings, carrying us back into the midst of the life of a past
infinitely remote. And as we go on and on, studying this old, old life
in the light of the life beating warmly about us, we enrich and
lengthen our own.

THE END



Footnotes:

[by the editor of the 1918 original of this text]:

[1] This essay was written early in 1875.

[2] The wild sheep of California are now classified as _Ovis nelsoni_.
Whether those of the Shasta region belonged to the latter species, or
to the bighorn species of Oregon, Idaho, and Washington, is still an
unsettled question.

[3] An excerpt from a letter to a friend, written in 1873.

[4] Muir at this time was making Yosemite Valley his home.

[5] An obsolete genus of plants now replaced in the main by
_Chrysothamnus_ and _Ericameria_.

[6] An early local name for what is now known as Lassen Peak, or Mt.
Lassen. In 1914 its volcanic activity was resumed with spectacular
eruptions of ashes, steam, and gas.

[7] Pronounced Too’-lay.

[8] Letter dated “Salt Lake City, Utah, May 15, 1877.”

[9] Letter dated “Salt Lake City, Utah, May 19, 1877.”

[10] Letter dated “Lake Point, Utah, May 20, 1877.”

[11] Letter dated “Salt Lake, July, 1877.”

[12] Letter dated “September 1, 1877.”]

[13] Letter written during the first week of September, 1877.

[14] The spruce, or hemlock, then known as _Abies Douglasii_ var.
_macrocarpa_ is now called _Pseudotsuga macrocarpa_.

[15] Written at Ward, Nevada, in September, 1878.

[16] See footnote 5.

[17] Written at Eureka, Nevada, in October, 1878.

[18] Now called _Pinus monophylla_, or one-leaf piñon.

[19] Written at Pioche, Nevada, in October, 1878.

[20] Written at Eureka, Nevada, in November, 1878.

[21] Date and place of writing not given. Published in the _San
Francisco Evening Bulletin_, January 15, 1879.

[22] November 11, 1889; Muir’s description probably was written toward
the end of the same year.

[23] This tree, now known to botanists as _Picea sitchensis_, was named
_Abies Menziesii_ by Lindley in 1833.

[24] Also known as “canoe cedar,” and described in Jepson’s _Silva of
California_ under the more recent specific name _Thuja plicata_.

[25] Now classified as _Tsuga mertensiana_ Sarg.

[26] Now _Abies grandis_ Lindley.

[27] _Chamæcyparis lawsoniana_ Parl. (Port Orford cedar) in Jepson’s
_Silva_.

[28] 1889.

[29] A careful re-determination of the height of Rainier, made by
Professor A. G. McAdie in 1905, gave an altitude of 14,394 feet. The
Standard Dictionary wrongly describes it is “the highest peak (14,363
feet) within the United States.” The United States Baedeker and
railroad literature overstate its altitude by more than a hundred feet.

[30] Doubtless the red silver fir, now classified as _Abies amabilis_.

[31] Lassen Peak on recent maps.

[32] _Pseudotsuga taxifolia_ Brit.

[33] _Thuja plicata_ Don.

[34] Muir wrote this description in 1902; Major J. W. Powell made his
descent through the canyon, with small boats, in 1869.


Note from the transcriber:

A phrase Muir uses that readers might doubt: “fountain range,” by which
he means a mountainous area where rain or snow fall that is the source
of water for a river or stream downslope. So it is not a typographical
error for “mountain range”! Another odd phrase is “(something) is well
worthy (something else)” rather than “well worth” or “well worthy of.”
He uses this at least twice in this work.—jg